CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/cl830120sgenulvol1iss20 1/700

LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES — PROPRIETARY

Use pursuant to Company instructions

CL8301

CDMA IS-95 and 3G-1X RF Design andGrowth Engineering for Cellular Systems

Student Guide

Lucent Learning

CL8301-2.0-SG.en.ULIssue 2.0

August 2002

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


ii LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES — PROPRIETARY


CDMA IS-95 and 3G-1X RF Design and Growth Engineering for Cellular Systems

Copyright © 2002 Lucent Technologies. All Rights Reserved.

This material is protected by the copyright laws of the United States and other countries. It may not be reproduced, distributed, or altered in any

fashion by any entity (either internal or external to Lucent Technologies), except in accordance with applicable agreements, contracts, or licensing,

without the express written consent of Lucent Technologies and the business management owner of the material.

For permission to reproduce or distribute, please contact:

Product Development Manager: 1-888-582-3688 (1-888-LUCENT8)

Notice

Every effort was made to ensure that this information product was complete and accurate at the time of printing. However, information is subject

to change.

Trademarks

AUTOPLEX is a trademark of Lucent Technologies.

Flexent is a trademark of Lucent Technologies.

Ordering information

The ordering number for this document is CL8301. To order this or other Lucent Technologies information products, see “To obtain documentation,

training, and technical support or submit feedback” on the 401-010-001 Flexent ® /AUTOPLEX ® Wireless Networks System Documentation CD-

ROM or the documentation web site at https://wireless.support.lucent.com/amps/rls_info/rls_doc/cd_docs/customer.support/

customer.support_toc.pdf.wen.

IS95 may be ordered from:

Telecommunications Industry Association

Standards and Technology Department

2001 Pennsylvania Ave., N. W.

Washington, DC 20006

1-800-854-7179.

J-STD-008 and IS-2000 may be ordered from:

Global Engineering Documents

15 Inverness Way

Englewood, CO 80112-57101-303-397-7956.

Support

Information product support

Lucent Technologies provides a referral telephone number for support. Use this number to report errors or to ask questions about the information

product. This is a non-technical number. The referral telephone number is 1-888-582-3688 (1-888-LUCENT8).

Technical support

For technical support, see “To obtain documentation, training, and technical support or submit feedback” on the 401-010-001 Flexent ® /

AUTOPLEX ® Wireless Networks System Documentation CD-ROM or the documentation web site at https://wireless.support.lucent.com/amps/

rls_info/rls_doc/cd_docs/customer.support/customer.support_toc.pdf.wen .

Developed by Lucent Technologies Customer Training and Information Products

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


iiiLUCENT TECHNOLOGIES — PROPRIETARYUse pursuant to Company instructions


Preface .................................................................................................. vLevel 2 Assessment ............................................................................... viiCourse Objectives ................................................................................. ixMajor References .................................................................................. xi

Section 1: IS 2000 Overview 1-1

Section 2: Carrier Frequency Assignment 2-1

Section 3: Lucent Technologies CDMA Hardware Configurations 3-1

Section 4: Link Budget for Reverse Link 4-1

Section 5: Link Budget for Forward Link 5-1

Section 6: Antenna Selection 6-1

Section 7: PN Offset Index Assignment 7-1

Section 8: Traffic Engineering Capacity 8-1

Section 9: Traffic Engineering Channel Element Engineering 9-1Section 10: Traffic Engineering Packet Pipe Engineering 10-1

Section 11: Capacity Limits Summary 11-1

Section 12: Appendix 12-1

Appendix I: Hardware Overview 12-3

Appendix II: Receiving and Modeling Fading 12-13

Appendix III: Traffic Models Tutorial 12-29

Appendix IV: Blocked-Calls-Cleared Tables (Erlang B) 12-39

Appendix V: Blocking for a CDMA Hybrid System 12-53

Appendix VI: Microcell Engineering 12-61

Appendix VII: Repeater Discussion 12-85

Appendix VIII: RF Design Process 12-107

Section 13: Answer Key 13-1

Acronyms A-1

Glossary G-1

References R-1

CONTENTS

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


iv LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES — PROPRIETARY



7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


vLUCENT TECHNOLOGIES — PROPRIETARYUse pursuant to Company instructions


This course is one in a series of courses intended to provide an in-depth understanding of cellularengineering employing Lucent Technologies CDMA technology.

Cellular engineering is the discipline which addresses how a cellular or PCS system is laid out to

provide radio coverage throughout a service area, how it is grown to meet teletraffic demand, andhow system performance is monitored and adjusted to tune and optimize its operation.

The course deals with the fundamental principles which provide the theoretical basis for cellularengineering, as well as, practical implementation for system layout and growth. This course doesnot deal with optimization. (Note that optimization is dealt with in a related course entitled “RFPerformance Engineering of CDMA Systems, CL3723.”) Actual examples are presentedthroughout the course based on the Lucent Technologies wireless systems.

After completing the course, the learner will be able to state quantitative criteria for coverage,capacity and quality. The learner will be able to describe in detail the specific hardwareconfigurations of the Lucent Technologies wireless systems. The learner will also be able to make

informed decisions about the selection of values for the most important translation parameters.

The units are organized with a balance of theory and practice, and are ordered to present aprogression of concepts of increasing complexity.

PREFACE

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


vi LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES — PROPRIETARY



7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


viiLUCENT TECHNOLOGIES — PROPRIETARYUse pursuant to Company instructions


Introduction

This course uses Level 2 Assessment tools to gauge the extent to which you have met theobjectives of the course. Level 2 Assessment results should be used solely to make furthertraining and development decisions. The results may not be used for any other purpose withoutthe written consent of Lucent Learning.

Purpose Of The Assessment

As stated above, the assessment serves a developmental purpose. There are a number of benefitsto having the assessment as part of this course.

Use of the Level 2 Assessment will objectively measure effective training. The questions arelinked to the course objectives, which, in turn, are linked to the tasks performed on the job. These

links hold our course developers and instructors accountable to produce and deliver materials thatare relevant to your needs.

What The Assessment Consists Of

The assessment for this course is a paper-and-pencil type document that assesses your learningthrough the use of knowledge-based questions with multiple-choice answers. Everything thatappears on the assessment will be covered in this course. Along with each assessment booklet, ascanner sheet will be provided for you to record your answers.

Special Accommodations

If you are in need of any special accommodations during the assessment period, it is yourresponsibility to notify the course instructor ahead of time. You may wish to do this as early in thecourse as possible so that whatever requirements you may have can be properly prepared.

When Administered

The assessment for this course will be administered on the last day of class, after all scheduledinstruction has been completed. During the assessment you will have access to all of the referencematerials that are available to you during this course. Those materials include your student guide.

Time Allotment

You will each have 60 minutes to complete the entire assessment.

LEVEL 2 ASSESSMENT

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


viiiLUCENT TECHNOLOGIES — PROPRIETARYUse pursuant to Company instructions


7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


ixLUCENT TECHNOLOGIES — PROPRIETARYUse pursuant to Company instructions


This course is designed to enable you to:

Assess the RF engineering design factors of CDMA coverageand capacity.

• Design hardware configurations to support coverage andcapacity for single and multiple carrier frequencies.

• Develop PN offset indices.

• Explain the conditions required for introducing multiple carrierfrequencies.

• Select CDMA carrier frequencies for initial deployment or

growth capacity.

COURSE OBJECTIVES

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


x LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES — PROPRIETARY



7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


xiLUCENT TECHNOLOGIES — PROPRIETARYUse pursuant to Company instructions


• CDMA RF Engineering Guidelines,

401-614-012.

• PCS CDMA RF Engineering Guidelines,

401-703-201.

• CDMA 3G-1X RF Engineering Guidelines,

401-614-040.

• Data Base Update,

401-610-036.

• Service Measurements,

401-610-135.

• System Capacity Monitoring and Engineering Guidelines,

401-610-009.

• ANSI, J-STD-008, Personal Station-Base Station Compatibility Requirement for 1.8 to 2.0GHz Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) Personal Communications System.

• TIA/EIA Interim Standard,

Mobile Station-Base Station Compatibility Standard for Dual-Mode Wideband Spread

Spectrum Cellular System,

TIA/EIA/IS-95A,

Telecommunications Industry Association.

• TIA/EIA Interim Standard,

Family of standards for “cdma2000 Standards for Spread Spectrum Systems”

TIA/EIA/IS-2000A.

• https://wireless.support.lucent.com

MAJOR REFERENCES

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


xii LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES — PROPRIETARY



7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Section 1

LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES – PROPRIETARY



IS-2000 Overview Section 1

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


IS-2000 Overview CL8301 – v2.0

1-2 LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES – PROPRIETARY



IMT-2000 MINIMUM DATA RATES

ITU 3G Vision

The International Telecommunication Union (ITU) original 3G vision was for one unify-

ing terrestrial air and core network system for the next generation of wireless communica-

tion. Some of the major aspects of the ITU vision, which help define 3G technology,

include:

• Global Roaming with Fixed Wireless Services

• High Circuit Mode and High Packet Data Rates

• Internet Accessibility

• Negotiable Quality of Service (QoS)

• Variable Data Rate

• Bandwidth-on-Demand

• Support of Multimedia Services

Radio Operating Environments

The ITU envisioned four very distinct radio operating environments, one satellite and

three terrestrial, where the minimum data rates and coverage differ for each radio operat-

ing environment:

• 9.6 kb/s for global satellite mega coverage

• 144 kb/s for high-mobility vehicular macrocell coverage

• 384 kb/s for low-mobility pedestrian microcell coverage

• 2 Mb/s for indoor picocell coverage

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0 IS-2000 Overview

LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES – PROPRIETARY 1-3Use pursuant to Company instructions


IMT-2000 MIMINUM DATA RATES

Global

Regional

Local Area

IndoorOffice/Home

MEGA CELL

MACRO CELL

MICRO CELL

PICO CELL

> 9.6 kb/s

> 144 kb/s

> 384 kb/s

> 2.048 Mb/s

8 9

7

4 5

6

3 2

1

# 0

*

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






GLOBAL WIRELESS STANDARDSEVOLUTION

Because of large investments in various 2G technologies and equipment, service providers

and equipment venders responding to the ITU C-circular letter wanted to leverage their

knowledge and investment into the new 3G technology. In short, the service providers

from around the world proposed 3G solutions that provided a graceful evolution from

their current 2G terrestrial radio interface and core network technologies.

As result, a variety of proposals was submitted to the ITU. The next step for the ITU was

to build a consensus among all participants to harmonize the different 3G proposals into

three major terrestrial radio interface proposals and two core network technologies, which

became the International Mobile Telecommunication (IMT) family of 3G technologies

standards that are documented into the IMT-2000 Standards.

The three major terrestrial proposal are:

• W-CDMA, proposed by GSM service providers

• CDMA2000, proposed by IS-95 CDMA service providers• UWC-136, proposed by IS-136 TDMA service providers

The core network defines the Mobile Application Part (MAP) that insures the operability

between service providers.The two core network technologies are:

• GSM MAP, proposed by GSM service providers

• ANSI TIA/EIA-41 MAP, proposed by IS-136 TDMA and CDMA IS-95 service pro-

viders

To permit service providers the freedom to chose any of the three terrestrial technologies

regardless of the its present 2G radio interface, either core network may be used with any

of the three terrestrial technologies in a mix-and-match fashion.

The wideband CDMA or W-CDMA proposal comes primarily from Europe, where GSM

technology is widely deployed. Two official IMT standards are derived from this pro-

posal: IMT-DS (Direct Spread), which is a frequency division duplex (FDD) scheme

where separate carrier are used for reverse and forward link and IMT-TC (Time Code);

and a time division duplex (TDD) scheme, where reverse and forward link data is trans-

mitted on a single carrier separated by time. W-CDMA will be backward-compatible with

GSM on the core network side, thus protecting the existing GSM infrastructure. In addi-

tion to Europe, there is a great support for W-CDMA from GSM carriers on a worldwide

basis.

Support for CDMA2000, which is officially known in the IMT Standards as IMT-MC

(Multi-Carrier), comes from those service providers currently using cdmaOne (IS-95)technology. This support is primarily in the United States. CDMA2000 is also supported

Korea and Japan.

Lastly, the UWC-136, officially known as IMT-SC (Single Carrier), was originally sup-

ported by TDMA service providers and manufactures in the United States. This support

has dwindled considerably, and may play a minor role in the IMT-2000 family.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





GLOBAL WIRELESS STANDARDSEVOLUTION

I S - 9 5 -

A

I S - 9

5 - B

I S - 1 3

6

G S M

G S

M G P R S c

d m a

2 0 0 0

1 X M C

1 x

E V - D

O

( P h a s e

1 )

H D R

• 6 4 k b p s D a t a

• 1 5 3 k b p s D a t a

• 2 . 4

M b p s D a t a

c d m a

2 0 0 0

3 X M C

• 3 8 4 + k b p s D a t a

1 9 9 5

1 9 9 9

2 0 0 0

2 0 0 1

2 0

0 2

2 0 0 3 +

P D C

P D C

• 2 8 . 8

k b p s

W -

C D M A ( U M T S )

( E u r o p e

)

• 3 8 4

k b p s D a t a

• 3 8 4 + k b p s P a c k e t

• N e w R F I n t e r f a c e

1 x

E V - D

V

( P h a s e

2 )

• D a t a a n d V o i c e

W - C

D M A

( J a p a n

)

E D G

E ( U S )

C o m

p a c

t

E D G E ( U S )

C l a s s

i c

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






IS-2000 LAYERING STRUCTURE

Unlike IS-95B, IS-2000 is structured in accordance with the International Standard Orga-

nization (ISO) Open System Interface (OSI) model, and is defined in a family of stan-

dards. The IS-2000 family of standards consists of 6 documents and specifies a spread

spectrum radio interface using CDMA technology to meet the requirements for 3G wire-

less communication.

The first standard, IS-2000-1, provides an introduction and describes CDMA2000 com-

patibility and the relationship with TIA/EIA-95B.

The next four standards, IS-2000-2 through IS-2000-5, specify CDMA2000 functional

interface on Layers 1, 2, and 3, in accordance with the OSI reference mode. Layer 2,

which is subdivided into the Link Access Control (LAC) sublayer and the Medium Access

Control (MAC) sublayer, is described in IS-2000-3 and IS-2000-4.

The last standard, IS-2000-6, specifies analog operation to support dual-mode mobiles and

base stations.

Link Layer

The Link Layer, which divides the Medium Access Control (MAC) sublayer and a Link

Access Control (LAC) sublayer, consists of these components:

• LAC Protocol - Supports and controls mechanisms for data transport services

• QoS Control - Supports varying levels of reliability and Quality of Service (QoS) char-

acteristics

• MAC Protocol - Manages RF resources to keep total interference below acceptable lev-

el

• Multiplexer - Maps logical data and signaling channels into code channels

Physical Layer

The physical layer provides coding and modulation services for a set of logical channels

used by the Link Layer, and generates a set of physical channels that are directly transmit-

ted over the air interface.

MAC Sublayer

From the RF engineering point of view, in 3G, the MAC sublayer has major significance

with respect to managing RF resources and insuring Quality of Service (QoS). The QoS

allows users willing to pay more for services to subscribe to different classes of service. Auser who will be transmitting video may subscribe to high data rates with little delay. This

user may be willing to tolerate a low level of reliability. Another user transmitting critical

data is willing to tolerate low data rates and delay, but requires a high level of reliability.

To insure reliability, the MAC sublayer includes a Radio Link Protocol that attempts Best

Effort Delivery by re-transmission of error data frames.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





IS-2000 LAYERING STRUCTURE

– N e w f o r c d m a 2 0 0 0

M u l t i p l e x

i n g

Q o S C o n t r o l

B e s t E f f o r t D e l i v e r y R L P

M A C

C o n t r o l

S t a t e

H i g h - s p e e d

C i r c u i t N e t w o r k

l a y e r s e r v i c e s

L A C

P r o t o c o l

N u l l L A C

M A C

L A C

P h y s i c a l L a y e r

I P P P P

T C P

U D

P

S i g n a l i n g

S e r v i c e s

P a c k e t D a t a

A p p l i c a t i o n

V o i c e

S e r v i c e s

C i r c u i t D a

t a

A p p l i c a t i o n

P h y s i c a l L a y e r

( O S I 1 )

L i n k L a y e r

( O S I 2 )

U p p e r L a y e r s

( O S I 3 - 7 )

I P : I n t e r n e t P r o t o c o l

L A C : L i n k A c c e s s C o n t r o l

M A C : M e d i u m A c c e s s C o n t r o

l

O S I : O p e n S y s t e m I n t e r c o n n e c t

P P P : P o i n t - t o - P o i n t P r o t o c o l

Q o S : Q u a l i t y o f S e r v i c e

R L P : R a d i o L i n k P r o t o c o l

T C P : T r a n s m i s s i o n C o n t r o l P

r o t o c o l

U D P : U s e r D a t a P r o t o c o l

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






MAC MANAGING INTERFERENCE

In 2G, where most users sent voice data, management of the RF resource is relatively sim-

ple. The base station is able to handle a certain number of call, after which additional calls

are blocked. The number of calls is related to the Total Allowable Interference level.

In 3G, where a multitude of services are offered, each having a different data rate, thelevel of interference contributed from each user may differ considerably, making manage-

ment of the Total Allowable Interference level more complex. This management is han-

dled by the MAC protocol.

Each user may or may not share a dedicated channel with other users. When the user is

assigned to share a dedicated channel, such as when each user is assigned the same Walsh

code, to avoid contention of RF resource, the MAC protocol tells each user when it can

and cannot transmit. When each user is assigned a separate dedicated channel, although

multiple users can simultaneously transmit, the MAC protocol still tells each user when it

can transmit. In this way, the MAC protocol can keep the total interference contributed

from all the users below the Total Allowable Interference level.

An example of this interference management scheme is shown in the figure. The amount

of interference introduced by each user is a function of its transmitted data rate. Whenever

a user accesses the network to transmit a message, it negotiates a level of service in accor-

dance with its QoS. The amount of transmission time the MAC protocol allocates for each

user is based on the user’s QoS and the current interference environment. In this example,

five users are illustrated, each on a separate dedicated channel. The MAC protocol will

stack only those users who keep the total interference below the Minimum Allowable

Total Interference level.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





MAC MANAGING INTERFERENCE

Maximum Allowable Total Interference Level

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






QUALITY OF SERVICE PROFILE

Service provider and user benefits are obtained through the user quality of service profile,

specified in the 3G standards. The QoS profile identifies five measurable performance

parameters that users may request to ensure a level of performance suitable for their data

application requirements. Some user applications, such as voice or video, require mini-

mum delay and maximum data rates, while other applications, such as for e-commerce,

may tolerate some delay while requiring dependability and a high level of data integrity.

Other user data applications will require varying levels of dependability, data integrity,

and data rates.

The first two parameters, which are concerned with dependability and data integrity, are:

• Precedence, offering preferable treatment when resource are limited

• Reliability, offering acknowledgment and protection schemes for the data.

The last three parameters that are concern with data transfer rate are:

• Delay

• Peak Throughput• User Data Throughput

Rather than having each subscriber select from the five parameters, pre-defined combina-

tions of levels may be offered to the customers at set service charges. The mobile user can

then select from a menu list which includes economy service, normal service, and pre-

mium service, or from four different traffic classes:

• Conversational class (speech, voice over IP, video conferencing)

• Streaming class (streaming video)

• Interactive class (web browsing, database retrieval)

• Background class (background download of e-mails, SMS)

The standard allows the mobile user to override his/her subscribed QoS Profile and select

a different QoS profile on a call-by-call basis. A mobile user who subscribes to an expen-

sive premium service for conducting business may select Economy Service when surfing

the Internet.

Each a time data session is about to start, the wireless network must determine if the data

session can be supported at the requested QoS. This determination is made by the Connec-

tion Admission Control (CAC), which must consider commitments made to users already

connected to the network in respect to the resources currently available. When resources

are low, the CAC may offer to support the data session at a lower QoS than requested, or it

may reject the data session request completely.

To ensure a higher level of performance quality when requested, the service provider must

be willing to commit additional resources to the subscriber requiring that level of service.

The quality of service required by each mobile user is defined by the Subscriber QoS Pro-

file, which may be a default value in the subscriber's form.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





QUALITY OF SERVICE PROFILE

• Different applications require different QoS

— Precedence

— Reliability

— Delay

— Peak throughput

— Average throughput

• User may select QoS profile

— Conversation class — Streaming class

— Interactive class

— Background class

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS

IS-95 provides:

• Overlay with AMPS

• Frequency reuse of N=1

• Soft handoff

• Variable rate vocoders

• Fast power control

In addition to the IS-95 characteristics, IS-2000 provides:

• Backward compatibility with cdmaOne:

— Overlay with IS-95B on the same 1.25 MHz channel

— Reuse of same base stations and IS-41D infrastructure

— Handoff from 2G to 3G and 3G to 2G

• Faster data rates and double voice traffic through technology enhancements

• Pilot channels on the reverse link for coherent detection at the base station, which en-

able mobiles to transmit at less power

• Faster forward and reverse link power control at 800 times per second

• Intelligent Antennas, either switch beam or adaptive array beam, that steer a narrower

beam lobe in the direction of the mobile user

• Turbo coding at higher transmission rates (greater than 14.4 kbps) for improved error

detection

• Supplemental channel for faster data rates

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS

• Backward compatibility with IS-95

— Overlay with IS-95B on the same 1.25 MHz channel

— Reuse of same base stations and IS-41D infrastruc-ture

— Handoff from 2G to 3G and 3G to 2G

• Faster data rates and double voice traffic throughtechnology enhancements

— e.g. enhanced convolutional coding and Turbo

codes — Supplemental channels for high data rates

• Reverse link pilot for coherent detection

• Faster forward power control at 800Hz

• Supporting intelligent antennas

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






REVERSE LINK PHYSICAL CHANNELS

A noted difference between IS-95 and IS-2000 is the number of logical and physical chan-

nels used. In IS-95, only two channels are used in the reverse link (Uplink):

• Traffic Channel - Used during the actual voice call (physical channel)

• Access Channel - For signals in the idle mobile mode (physical channel)Only one channel is used at any one time; either the traffic during the actual call, or the

access channel for signaling and messages such as requesting access for a call.

To reach the higher data rates and allow more flexibility on the services required for 3G,

in IS-2000, more channels are used in the reverse link. The channels are:

• Fundamental Channel (R-FCH) - For low data rates and voice calls that operate in the

same way as 2G traffic channels for backwards capability. Channel carries both mas-

sage and control data.

• Supplemental Channel (R-SCH) - For high data rate transmission, such as multime-

dia. The channel carries data only and messages must be transmitted with either the fun-

damental channel and/or dedicated control channel.• Dedicated Control Channel (R-DCCH) - For signaling and short messages for the

supplemental channel

• Pilot Channel (R-PICH) - Similar to the forward link pilot channel, it is used at the

base station to provide phase reference for the received reverse link signal. The pilot

channel allows the mobile to transmit at a lower power level to reduce the overall inter-

ference level.

• Supplemental Code Channel (R-SCCH) - For high data rate transmission, such as

multimedia, and is used in a similar manner as the supplemental channel.

• Access Channel (R-ACH) - Used when the mobile must access the system to initiate

communication or respond to a direct message sent from the base station. Similar to IS-95 access channel.

• Enhanced Access Channel (R-EACH) - For better access, using 5-ms mini-frames for

less collisions.

• Common Control Channel (R-CCCH) - For sending data or messages without setting

up the dedicated traffic channel

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





REVERSE LINK PHYSICAL CHANNELS

R e v e r s e C D

M A C h a n n e l f o r S R 1 a n d S

R 3

C o m m o n

C o

n t r o l C h a n n e l

O p e r a t i o n

T r a f f i c C h a n n e l

O p e r a t i o n

( R C 3 t o 6 )

A c c e s s

C h a n n e l

T r a f f i c

C h a n n e l

( R C 1 o r 2 )

E n h a n c e d

A c c e s s C h a n n e l

O p e r a t i o n

0 t o 7 R e v e r s e

S u p p l e m e n t a l

C o d e C h a n n e l s

R e v e r s e

F u n d a m e n t a l

C h a n n e l

E n h a n c e d

A c c e s s C h a n n e l

R e v e r s e

P i l o t C h a n n e l

R e v e r s e C o m m o n

C o

n t r o l C h a n n e l

R e v e r s e

P

i l o t C h a n n e l

0 o r 1 R e

v e r s e

D e d i c a t e d

C o n t r o l

C h a n n e l

R e v e r s e

P i l o t C h a n n e l

0 t o 2 R e

v e r s e

S u p p l e m

e n t a l

C h a n n e l

0 o r 1 R e

v e r s e

F u n d a m

e n t a l

C h a n n e l

R e v e r s e P o w e r

C o n t r o l S u b

c h a n n e l

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






RADIO CONFIGURATIONSReverse Link

Radio Configuration (RC) identifies the general characteristics of the radio interface,

among which are:

• Data rate• Forward error correction (FEC)

• Speech coding (vocoder rate)

• Modulation scheme

Currently, six reverse link radio configurations (RC1 through RC6) are defined for IS-

2000. The first four RCs are for the 1X spreading rate (SR), which equals 1.2288 Mchips/

sec, and the last two are for the 3X spreading rate (SR3), which equals 3 x 1.2288 Mchips/

sec, or 3.6864 Mchips/sec.

Radio configurations RC1 and RC2, which use the same modulation scheme as the IS-95

8kbps and 13kbps vocoders, respectively, apply to both IS-95 and IS-2000.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





RADIO CONFIGURATIONSReverse Link

Radio

Config

Associated

Spreading Rate

Data Rates, Forward Error Correction, and General

Characteristics

1 1 1200, 2400, 4800, and 9600 bps data rates with R = 1/3, 64-

ary orthogonal modulation (non-coherent) (IS-95, 8kbps

vocoder)

2 1 1800, 3600, 7200, and 14400 bps data rates with R = 1/2, 64-

ary orthogonal modulation (non-coherent) (IS-95, 13kbps

vocoder)

3 1 1200, 1350, 1500, 2400, 2700, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400,76800, and 153600 bps with R = 1/4, 307200 bps data rate

with R = 1/2, BPSK modulation with a pilot (CDMA2000

1X, 8kbps vocoder)

4 1 1800, 3600, 7200, 14400, 28800, 57600, 115200, and

230400 bps with R = 1/4, BPSK modulation with a pilot

5 3 1200, 1350, 1500, 2400, 2700, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400,

76800, and 153600 bps with R = 1/4, 307200 and 614400

bps data rate with R = 1/3, BPSK modulation with a pilot

(CDMA2000 3x, 8 kbps vocoder)

6 3 1800, 3600, 7200, 14400, 28800, 57600, 115200, 230400

bps, and 460800 bps with R = 1/4, 1036800 bps data rate

with R = 1/2, BPSK modulation with a pilot

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






REVERSE LINK WALSH CODES

In IS-95 the Walsh codes were used on the reverse link to perform 64-ary Orthogonal

Modulation. In IS-2000 the Walsh codes are used to distinguish the reverse link physical

channels within the mobile. The Walsh codes are used to insure orthogonality. Spectrum

spreading is done with the long code, which is used to distinguish between mobiles as

done in 2G. Because only four channels are being separated, Walsh codes of shorter chip

lengths can be used. The Walsh codes for the four reverse channels are given in the table

To allow easy acquisition of the pilot channel, a null Walsh code is used, just as in the for-

ward link pilot channels in 2G and 3G.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





REVERSE LINK WALSH CODES

Channel Type Walsh Function

R-PICH W032

R-EACH W28

R-CCCH W28

R-DCCH W816

R-FCH W416

R-SCH 1 W12 or W2

4

R-SCH 2 W24 or W6

8

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






REVERSE LINK FUNDAMENTAL CHANNELRC3

The primary attribute of IS-2000 backward compatibility with IS-95 is in the use of the

fundamental channels. The transmission of a voice call or a low data rate service in IS-

2000 is handled the same way as in IS-95 over its traffic channel, and in this respect, the

operation of the fundamental channel is similar to that of the traffic channel.

However, there are differences between IS-95 and IS-2000. Although both use 20-ms

frames, IS-2000 may also use 5-ms frames for the transmission of control data when a

supplemental channel is being transmitted. Another difference is the implementation of

forward power control requests. In IS-95, the mobile power control request is transmitted

on the traffic channel; in IS-2000, the power control request is multiplexed on the reverse

link pilot channel.

The main differences between the IS-2000 Reverse Link Fundamental Channel processing

and the IS-95 Reverse Link Traffic Channel processing are:

• Frame size is fixed at 20ms• Number of bits per frame is 16, 40, 80, or 172 bits

• Convolutional encoder with R=1/3 is used

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





REVERSE LINK FUNDAMENTAL CHANNELRC3

A d d F r a m e

Q u a l i t y

I n d i c a t o r

A d d 8

R e s e r v e d /

E n c o d e r

T a i l B i t s

C o n v o l u t i o n a l

o r T u r b o

E n c o d e r

S y m b o l

R e p e t i t i o n

B l o c k

I n t e r l e a v e r

S y m b o l

P u n c t u r e

C

M o d u l a t i o n

S y m b o l

C h a n n e l

B i t s

B i t s / F r a m e

2 4 B i t s / 5

m s

1 6 B i t s / 2 0

m s

4 0 B i t s / 2 0 n

m s

8 0 B i t s / 2 0 n

m s

1 7 2 B i t s / 2 0 n

m s

3 6 0 B i t s / 2 0 n

m s

7 4 4 B i t s / 2 0 n

m s

1 , 5

1 2 B i t s / 2 0 n

m s

3 , 0

4 8 B i t s / 2 0 n

m s

6 , 1

2 0 B i t s / 2 0 n

m s

1 t o 6 , 1

1 9 B i t s / 2 0 n

m s

B i t s

1 6 6 6 8 1

2 1 6

1 6

1 6

1 6

1 6

D a t a R a t e

( k b p s

)

9 . 6 1 . 5 2 . 7 / n 4 . 8 / n 9 . 6 / n

1 9 . 2 / n

3 8 . 4 / n

7 6 . 8 / n

1 5 3 . 6 / n

3 0 7 . 2 / n

R 1 / 4

1 / 4

1 / 4

1 / 4

1 / 4

1 / 4

1 / 4

1 / 4

1 / 4

1 / 2

F a c t o r

2 x

1 6 x 8 x 4 x 2 x

1 x 1 x 1 x 1 x 1 x

D e l e t i o n

N o n e

1 o f 5

1 o f 9

N o n e

N o n e

N o n e

N o n e

N o n e

N o n e

N o n e

S y m b o l s

3 8 4

1 , 5

3 6

1 , 5

3 6

1 , 5

3 6

1 , 5

3 6

1 , 5

3 6

3 , 0

7 2

6 , 1

4 4

1 2 , 2

8 8

1 2 , 2

8 8

R a t e

( k s p s )

7

6 . 8

7

6 . 8

7 6 . 8

/ n

7 6 . 8

/ n

7 6 . 8

/ n

7 6 . 8

/ n

1 5

3 . 6

/ n

3 0

7 . 2

/ n

6 1

4 . 4

/ n

6 1

4 . 4

/ n

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






DATA CALL WITH SUPPLEMENTAL CHANNEL

A data call does not need the high data bandwidth all the time, so the resources must be

efficiently managed to maximize capacity.

The figure shows the structure of a data call using the Supplemental Channel (SCH). The

user session starts when a data user “logs on” to the system. During a session, several datacalls may be made. Being “logged on” to the system does not necessarily mean that air-

interface resources are allocated to the user. The time period where the user is still “logged

on” but no resources are allocated to a call is called the dormant period.

A data call needs a channel on which to transmit and receive messages, while the SCH is

only used to transmit user data. For messaging, a Fundamental Channel (FCH) or a Dedi-

cated Control Channel (DCCH) can be used. The figure shows a FCH for messaging. The

SCH can only be setup once a FCH/DCCH is established.

If a data burst needs to be transmitted, the system will set up a SCH in addition to the

FCH/DCCH to transmit the high speed data. The bandwidth of the SCH and the duration

of the burst may be determined in order to maximize capacity and minimize interference.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





DATA CALL WITH SUPPLEMENTAL CHANNEL

Data Rate[kbps]

1.2 kbps(FCH)

9.6 kbps(FCH)

19.2 kbps(SCH)

38.4 kbps(SCH)

76.8 kbps(SCH)

153.6 kbps(SCH)

DormantPeriod

Call #1 Call #N

User sessionLog on Log off

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






SUPPLEMENTAL CHANNEL

The Supplemental Channel is used to transmit high speed data. The number of supplemen-

tal channels permitted to be transmitted by the base station is optional. In this regard, a

service may configure the system in may ways.

• No Supplemental Channel - A service provider may choose not to have any supple-mental channels and not provide any high speed data capabilities.

• Single Dedicated Supplemental Channel - Only one supplemental channel is avail-

able, and dedicated to one call.

• Multi-Dedicated Supplemental Channel - More than one supplemental channel is

available, and each channel is dedicated to one call.

• Single Shared Supplemental Channel - More than one user is assigned to a single

supplemental channel. Unlike the users on either the single or multi-dedicated supple-

mental channel that can be in either the switched or packed mode, users on the shared

supplemental channel must be in the packet mode. Each user must receive control data

on either a separate dedicated control channel or fundamental channel.

• Multiple Shared Supplemental Channel - More than one shared supplemental chan-

nel is available.

There two ways of sharing the RF resource:

• Assign each user its own supplemental channel (either single dedicated supplemental

channel or multi-dedicated supplemental channel)

• Assign users to share one or more supplemental channels (either single shared supple-

mental channel or multi-shared supplemental channel)

Regardless of the methods used to assign supplemental channels or if they are dedicated or

shared, the fundamental objective is to keep the overall interference level below a maxi-

mum allowable total interference level. This interference management is handled throughthe MAC protocol that will schedule when and how long a user can transmit. The MAC

protocol is transmitted to each user over either dedicated control channel or fundamental

channel using 5ms frames.

A shared supplemental channel is illustrated in the figure. In this illustration, each user is

in communication with the base station on two channels. This means that each user is

assigned two Walsh codes: One for user data on the shared supplemental channel, and the

other for control data, which can be over either a fundamental channel or a dedicated con-

trol channel (this illustration shows the dedicated control channel).

Any request for user data is transmitted to the base station over the dedicated control chan-

nel. The base station will schedule transmission of the requested data over the shared sup-

plemental channel so that user data is sent to only one user at a time. If the base receives

requests for user data from more than one user at the same time, the base station will make

the decision about which user will be served first, based on user QoS or some other param-

eter.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





SUPPLEMENTAL CHANNEL

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






COMPLEX SCRAMBLING

In IS-95 the traffic channel undergo convolutional coding and interleaving. The signal is

then spread using 64-ary Orthogonal (Walsh) Modulation and further spread using the

long code. The resulting signal is transmitted on both the I and Q component. Appropriate

signal-strength is achieved by gate the transmission (turn transmitter off) depending on the

vocoder rate.

In IS-2000 the process is different. The four physical channels are combined onto a single

RF carrier, as shown in the figure. The data on each of the four channels undergo:

• Covolution coding and interleaving for data recovering in the event that a few bits are

lost during transmission

• Unique Walsh code multiplication to distinguish each of the four channels on the RF

carrier

• Gain control to compensate for different path losses as the mobile moves into and out

of fades, as the user moves throughout the base station RF domain

The pilot and dedicated control channels are summed together to generate the in-phase, orI component, of the transmitter signal. In a similar manner, the fundamental and supple-

mental channels are summed together to form the quadrature or, Q component. Because

the bit rates of the fundamental and supplemental channels are higher and require consid-

erably more power to transmit than the pilot and dedicated control channels, an imbalance

occurs.

To compensate for this imbalance, complex scrambling is used during spreading, where

the I and Q components are cross-multiplied with the I and Q components of the PN code.

The product is a complex number, having a real part and an imaginary part that are 90

degrees apart, as shown below.

The transmission on the reverse link in IS-2000 is continuous, not gated as in IS-95.

I jQ+( ) PN I jPNQ+( )× I PNI× Q PNQ×–( ) j Q PN I× I PNQ×+( )+=

Real Component Imaginary Component

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





COMPLEX SCRAMBLING

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






EFFECT OF HPSK

Before the product of the cross-multiplication described above is QPSK-modulated, it is

cross-multiplied with Walsh codes W0 and W1. The proposal for this multiplication,

which reduces out-of-band transmissions by almost 4 dB, came from operators and was

agreed on by the 3G wireless community as part of its harmonizing efforts. This additional

multiplication and the subsequent QPSK modulation is called Harmonized PSK (HPSK).

The result of the HPSK modulation is then transmitted to the base station.

The effect of HPSK modulation on reducing out-of-band transmissions illustrated in the

figure shows a 5-MHz bandwidth using a spectrum analyzer. HPSK modulation is impor-

tant at network bordering cells to reduce inter-network interference and better meet the

legal requirements set in the host country.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





EFFECT OF HPSK

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FORWARD LINK CHANNELS

To maintain compatibility with IS-95, with some variation, IS-2000 uses the same forward

link channel functionalities that are used in IS-95. These channels are:

• Pilot Channel (F-PICH) - Similar to the forward link pilot channel in IS-95, it is used

at the mobile to provide continuous time and phase reference to allow the mobile to ac-quire the base station and to permit coherent detection of the received forward link sig-

nal. Each base station transmits the short PN code using Walsh code W0 (all zeros) over

the pilot channel with a unique timing offset for base station distinction.

• Sync Channel (F-SYNC) - In addition to providing system timing and network identi-

fication, the sync channel identifies the state of the long PN code so that the generation

of the long PN code in the mobile is synchronized with the generation of the long PN

code at the base station.

• Paging Channel (F-PCH) - Provides notification of incoming calls to idle mobiles. In

addition, the paging channel may be used to broadcast messages.

• Fundamental Channel (F-FCH) - For low data rates and voice calls that operate in the

same way as 2G traffic channels for backwards capability. Channel carries both mes-sage and control data.

As with its reverse link counterpart, in addition to transmitting voice calls and low data

rate transmissions in 20-ms frames, IS-2000 provides the option of transmitting signalling

and control data at only a one-eighth rate (one-eighth power) in 5-ms frames over the for-

ward link fundamental channel.

The additional channels that are introduced in IS-2000 are:

• Supplemental Channel (F-SCH) - For high data rate transmission, such as multimedia.

Channel carries user data only and must be transmitted with either the fundamental

channel and/or dedicated control channel.

• Dedicated Control Channel (F-DCCH) - For transmitting control data to individual

users on the supplemental channel. The control data includes signaling for soft handoff,

power control, and MAC protocol.

• Common Control Channel (F-CCCH) - For broadcasting control data and messages

to all mobiles within the service area

• Quick Paging Channel (F-QPCH) - For extending the battery life of the mobile.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FORWARD LINK CHANNELS

F O R W A R D C D M A C H A N N E L

f o r S p r e a d i n g R a t e s 1 a n d 3

( S R 1 a n d S R 3 )

P i l o t

C h a n n e l s

S y n c

C h a n n e l

P a g i n g

C h a n n e l s

( S R 1 )

C o m m

o n

C o n t r o l

C h a n n

e l s

T r a f f i c

C h a n n e l s

0 - 1 F u n d a m e n t a l

C h a n n e l

M o b i l e S t a t i o n

P o w e r C o n t r o l

S u b c h a n n e l

0 - 7

S u p p l e m e n t a l

C o d e

C h a n n e l s R a d i o

C o n

f i g u r a t i o n s 1 - 2

0 - 2 S u p p l e m e n t a l

C h a n n e l s R a d i o

C o n f i g u r a t i o n s 3 - 9

B r o a d c a s t

C h

a n n e l s

Q u i c k

P a g i n g

C h a n n e l s

C o m m o n

P

o w e r C o n t r o l

C h a n n e l s

C o m m o n

A s s i g n m e n t

C h a n n e l s

F o r w a r d

P i l o t

C h a n n e l

T r a n s m i t

D i v e r s i t y P i l o t

C h a n n e l

A u x i l i a r y

P i l o t

C h a n n e l s

A u

x i l i a r y T r a n s m i t

D i v e r s i t y P i l o t

C h a n n e l s

0 - 1 D e d i c a t e d

C o n t r o l

C h a n n e l

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






RADIO CONFIGURATIONSForward Link

For the forward link there are six radio configurations (RC) defined, RC1 through RC9.

RC1 and RC2 corresponds to IS-95 Rate Set (RS) 1 and 2 respectively. The first five RCs

are for the 1X spreading rate (SR1) and the last four for the 3X spreading rate (SR3).

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





RADIO CONFIGURATIONSForward Link

Radio

Configuration

Associated

Spreading

Rate

Data Rates, Forward Error Correction, and

General Characteristics

1 1 1200, 2400, 4800, and 9600 bps data rates with R=1/2,

BPSK pre-spreading symbols

2 1 1800, 3600, 7200, and 14400 bps data rates with R=1/2,

BPSK pre-spreading symbols

3 1 1200, 1350, 1500, 2400, 2700, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400,

76800, and 153600 bps data rates with R= 1/4, QPSK pre-spreading symbols, OTD allowed

4 1 1200, 1350, 1500, 2400, 2700, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400,

76800, 153600, and 307200 bps data rates with R= 1/2,

QPSK pre-spreading symbols, OTD allowed

5 1 1800, 3600, 7200, 14400. 28800, 57600, 115200, and

230400 with R= 1/4, QPSK pre-spreading symbols, OTD

allowed

6 3 1200, 1350, 1500, 2400, 2700, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400,

76800, 153600, and 307200 bps data rates with R= 1/6,QPSK pre-spreading symbols, MC modes, OTD allowed

7 3 1200, 1350, 1500, 2400, 2700, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400,

76800, 153600, 307200, and 614400 bps data rates with R=

1/3, QPSK pre-spreading symbols, MC modes, OTD

allowed

8 3 1800, 3600, 7200, 14400. 28800, 57600, 115200, 230400,

and 460800 with R= 1/4 (20 ms) or 1/3 (5 ms), QPSK pre-

spreading symbols, MC modes, OTD allowed

9 3 1800, 3600, 7200, 14400. 28800, 57600, 115200, 230400,

460800, and 1036800 bps data rates with R= 1/2 (20 ms) or

1/3 (5 ms), QPSK pre-spreading symbols, MC modes, OTD

allowed

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FORWARD LINK FUNDAMENTAL CHANNELRC3

Analogous to the Reverse Fundamental Channel (R-FCH) the Forward Fundamental

Channel (F-FCH) is similar to that of the 2G traffic channel. The figure shows an example

of the F-FCH processing for RC3.

The main differences between the IS-2000 Reverse Link Fundamental Channel processing

and the IS-95 Reverse Link Traffic Channel processing are:

• Frame size is fixed at 20ms

• Number of bits per frame is 16, 40, 80, or 172 bits

• Convolutional encoder with R=1/2 is used

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FORWARD LINK FUNDAMENTAL CHANNELRC3

A d d F r a m e

Q u a l i t y

I n d i c a t o r

A d d 8

R e s e r v e d /

E n c o d e r

T a i l B i t s

C o n v o l u t i o n a l

o r T u r b o

E n c o d e r

S y m b o l

R e p e t i t i o n

B l o c k

I n t e r l e a v e r

S y m b o l

P u n c t u r e

W

M o d u l a

t i o n

S y m b

o l

C h a n n e l

B i t s

B i t s / F r a

m e

2 4 B i t s / 5

m s

1 6 B i t s / 2 0

m s

4 0 B i t s / 2 0 n

m s

8 0 B i t s / 2 0 n

m s

1 7 2 B i t s / 2 0 n

m s

3 6 0 B i t s / 2 0 n

m s

7 4 4 B i t s / 2 0 n

m s

1 , 5 1 2 B i t s / 2 0 n

m s

3 , 0 4 8 B i t s / 2 0 n

m s

1 t o 3 , 0 4 7 B i t s / 2 0 n

m s

B i t s 1 6 6 6 8 1

2 1 6

1 6

1 6

1 6

D a t a R a t e

( k b p s )

9 . 6

1 . 5

2 . 7 / n

4 . 8 / n

9 . 6 / n

1 9 . 2 / n

3 8 . 4 / n

7 6 . 8 / n

1 5 3 . 6 / n

R 1 / 4

1 / 4

1 / 4

1 / 4

1 / 4

1 / 4

1 / 4

1 / 4

1 / 4

F a c t o r

1 x

8 x 4 x 2 x 1 x

1 x 1 x 1 x 1 x

D e l e t i o n

N o n e

1 o f 5

1 o f 9

N o n e

N o n e

N o n e

N o n e

N o n e

N o n e

S y m b o l s

1 9 2

7 6 8

7 6 8

7 6 8

7 6 8

1 , 5 3 6

3 , 0 7 2

6 , 1 4 4

1 2 , 2 8 8

R a t e ( k s p s )

3 8 . 4

3 8 . 4

3 8 . 4 / n

3 8 . 4 / n

3 8 . 4 / n

7 6 . 8 / n

1 5 3 . 6 / n

3 0 7 . 2 / n

6 1 4 . 4 / n

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






BASE STATION CIRCUIT

An overview of a single carrier circuit that is found in a 1X (1.25MHz) base station is

shown in the figure. The figure illustrates the data paths for fundamental, supplemental,

dedicated control, and common control channels prior to QPSK modulation in the base

station. The functionalities of the paging and sync channels, which are transmitted for

control of all uses, are broadcast to all users over the common control channels (CCCH).

Just as in IS-95, the In-phase (I) and the Quadrature-phase (Q) component of the pilot

channel is derived from the short code generator output that is time-offset for base station

identification. To maintain downward compatibility, the data on the forward channels is

processed at the base station in a manner similar to that of the forward channels in IS-95.

The primary difference is that after the channel data is encrypted by the long code, convo-

luted coded, and interleaved, rather than transmitting the same data bits as I and Q compo-

nents, the data bits stream is split, and alternate set of bits are transmitted as either I or Q

components.

The channel data on the I and Q bits streams is then spread by the appropriated Walsh

code, and the offset short PN code is applied. The power of the data bits is then adjustedby the gain control to allow for the RF path loss between the mobile user and the base sta-

tion. The I and Q outputs of the gain control circuit of each are combined by the summing

network and modulated by the QPSK modulator. The modulated signal is amplified and

sent to the antenna.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





BASE STATION CIRCUIT

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






DIRECT SPREAD VS. MULTI CARRIER

The Direct Spread option that is used in W-CDMA spreads the transmitted signal across

the allotted bandwidth, as shown in the figure. In a 5-MHz band, which includes 0.75-

MHz guard bands on either side, the transmitted signal is spread across a 3.75-MHz car-

rier.

Earlier, multi-carrier was defined as the method of obtaining wider bandwidths through

multiplication of a 1.25-MHz subcarrier. Rather than using Walsh codes to spread data

over the transmitted licensed bandwidth as in the direct spread scheme, the multicarrier

scheme lays the 1.25-MHz subcarrier side-by-side to obtain a wider bandwidth, as shown.

Thus, a 1X multi-carrier mode has 1.25-Mhz bandwidth, a 3X multi-carrier mode has

3.75-Mhz bandwidth, and so on. Although this training course centers on the 1X mode, at

times it will be beneficial to discuss the multi-carrier scheme in more detail.

The multi-carrier scheme is popular among service providers now deploying IS-95

because it allows the service provider to overlay IS-2000 on top of its present IS-95

scheme that uses a 1.25-Mhz bandwidth. This is especially useful for a service provider

that has a 5 MHz licence and wants to deploy IS-2000, but cannot go to the wider band-widths promised in 3G. The service provider may overlay IS-2000 on top of any 1.25-

MHz subcarrier in the 1X mode, or all three subcarriers in the 3X mode, to achieve back-

ward compatibility with IS-95.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





DIRECT SPREAD VS MULTI CARRIER

5 MHz

1.25 MHz 1.25 MHz

Multi-carrier Forward Link

5 MHz

Direct Spread Forward Link

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






IS-2000 OVERVIEWSummary

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





IS-2000 OVERVIEWSummary

• Evolution of IS-95 to satisfy ITU’s 3G vision, IMT-2000

• Backward compatible with IS-95

— High speed data rates, up to 2 Mbps

— Double voice capacity

— Reverse link pilot

— Faster power control

• Reverse link channels separated by Walsh codes

• Supplemental channel carries high speed data

• Complex scrambling

• New forward link channels

— Quick Paging Channel

• Direct Spread vs. Multi-Carrier

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






IS-2000 OVERVIEWKnowledge Check

Question 1.

What is the minimum data rate the ITU has defined for outdoor environments?

A. 9.6 kb/s

B. 144 kb/s

C. 384 kb/s

D. 2.048 Mb/s

Question 2.

What is the maximum data rate the ITU has defined for indoor environments?

A. 9.6 kb/s

B. 144 kb/s

C. 384 kb/s

D. 2.048 Mb/s

Question 3.

What model is IS-2000 structured in accordance with?

A. ITU (International Telecommunication Union) model

B. IS-95

C. OSI (Open System Interface) model

D. Okumara-Hata model

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





IS 2000 OVERVIEWKnowledge Check

Question 4.

True/False: The primary function of the MAC protocol is to ensure that interference con-tributed by all the users is kept below the Total Allowable Interference Level.

Question 5.

What type of traffic is the fundamental channel (FCH) primarily used for?

A. Voice only

B. Data only

C. Voice and low speed data

D. Voice and high speed data

Question 6.

Reverse link signal detection at the base station is improved by a phase reference extracted

from what reverse link channel?

A. Dedicated Control Channel (R-DCCH)

B. Reverse Pilot Channel (R-PICH)

C. Enhanced Access Channel (R-EACH)

D. Supplemental Channel (R-SCH)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






IS-2000 OVERVIEWKnowledge Check (Continued)

Question 7.

True/False: The transmission of user data on a supplemental channel (SCH) must be

accompanied by control data on either a dedicated control channel (R-DCCH) or a funda-

mental channel (R-FCH).

Question 8.

What is complex scrambling used for?

A. To spread the user data and achieve processing gain.

B. To compensate for imbalance between the In-phase (I) and Quadrature-phase (Q)

components.

C. To multiplex several traffic channels on the carrier.

D. To make the user data more complex.

Question 9.

True/False: Each user data bit is transmitted to the mobile on both the In-phase (I) and

Quadrature-phase (Q) component.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Section 2




Carrier Frequency Assignment Section 2

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Carrier Frequency Assignment CL8301 – v2.0




CELLULAR CDMA SPECTRUMBase Station Transmit

For CDMA Systems defined by IS-95, the base station transmitted spectrum is initiallydetermined by the finite impulse response filters (FIR) at baseband, then translated andamplified at the assigned transmit frequency. The FIR filter produces a nearly ideal rectan-

gular spectrum, with a 1.23 MHz bandwidth at the 3 dB points. Nonlinear effects in thebase station RF equipment generate intermodulation products (IMP) that produce a noisefloor surrounding the ideal spectrum.

The plot shows the Cellular CDMA Minicell base station transmitted spectrum operatingat the maximum recommended power (that is, 4.5 watts) as measured in a 30 kHz band-width at “J4.” The vertical scale is 10 dB per division, the horizontal scale is 0.5 MHz perdivision, the 0 dBm reference represents the minicell “mean output power.”

The IS-95 specification requires that the base station 3 dB bandwidth is 1.23 MHz, withthe maximum noise floor is 45 dB below the “mean output power” level ±750 kHz fromthe center frequency. The requirement is shown as the dashed line overlay on the spec-trum.

The “mean output power” reference is calculated from the measured power spectral den-sity in a 30 kHz bandwidth at the center of the CDMA channel. To correct for the measur-ing bandwidth to get the total mean output power, multiply the measured power in the30 kHz band by the bandwidth ratio (1250 kHz/30 kHz), or

10 × log10 (1250/30) = 16 dB.

The plot’s 0 dB reference accounts for this 16 dB bandwidth correction; therefore, the ver-tical scale shows signal levels referenced to the “mean output power.”

The markers (MKRs) show the signal level at 750 kHz from the center of the CDMAchannel is 46.9 dB below the signal level at the channel center. Adding the 16 dB band-width correction gives the noise floor at 750 kHz of –62.9 dBc. This complies with themore demanding 1.98 MHz specification even at the 750 kHz offset.

The requirement for a mobile is a 3 dB bandwidth of 1.23 MHz and the maximum noisefloor is 42 dB below the mean output power ±885 kHz, as measured in a 30 kHz band-width.

To prevent interference between the CDMA channel and the adjacent frequencies at thesame physical location, the current recommended guard band between the edge of theCDMA channel and the first adjacent channel is 270 kHz, or nine 30 kHz channels.

Acronyms

MKR – Marker

RES BW – Resolution Bandwidth

VBW – Video Bandwidth

SWP – Sweep TimeREF – Reference

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0 Carrier Frequency Assignment



CELLULAR CDMA SPECTRUMBase Station Transmit

0

-10.0

-20.0

-30.0

-40.0

-50.0

-60.0

-70.0

-80.0

876.99 877.99 878.99 879.99 880.99 881.99

Center 879.435 MHzRes. BW 30 kHz

VBW 30 kHz Span 5.000 MHzSweep 20.0 msec

Frequency [MHz]

09149138 Sep. 29, 1998Ref. 0 dBm at 10 dB

MKR 750 kHz-46.90 dB

45 dBc

60 dBc

0.750 MHz-46.90 dB

Marker @

3 dB Bandwidth

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






SHARED FREQUENCY SPECTRUM

The acceptable guard band between a CDMA and an analog channel should be about nine,

30 kHz channels. The nominal CDMA channel requires 41 analog AMPS channels with 9

channel spacing as a guard between the edge of a CDMA channel and the adjacent analog

AMPS channels. This means 59 analog AMPS channels must be removed from service to

add the first CDMA channel, 41 more for a total of 100 analog AMPS channels for the

second, etc. In a cellular system engineered with a reuse factor of 7, three analog AMPS

channels per sector, per base station, will be needed for the first CDMA channel, and an

additional two channels per sector for each additional CDMA channel.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





SHARED FREQUENCY SPECTRUM

Guard Bands

1 CDMA ChannelAMPS

ChannelsAMPS

Channels

• 1 CDMA Channel

9 AMPSChannels(270 kHz)

41 Channels(1.23 MHz)


Guard Bands

N CDMA Channels

• N CDMA Channels


N × 41 Channels(N × 1.23 MHz)


AMPS

Channels

AMPS

Channels

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Cellular Spectrum Partitioning

In the United States, the cellular spectrum has two frequency bands, A and B. Currently,

each band is 25MHz with 12.5MHz allocated for reverse link and 12.5MHz allocated for

forward link.

Previously, each band was allocated 20MHz. FCC then gave each band an additional5MHz. However, it wasn’t possible to add the additional spectrum to existing bands in a

continuous manner. As a result, the spectrum was partitioned into bands A’’, A’, A, B’,

and B.

Typically when we refer to A or B band, we mean the expanded spectrum including A’’,

A’, and B’.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CELLULAR SPECTRUM PARTITIONING

846.5

MHz

825

MHz

824MHz

835MHz

845MHz

849MHz

A’’ A A’B B’ Reverse link

891.5MHz

870MHz

869MHz

880MHz

890MHz

894MHz

A’’ A A’B B’ Forward link

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






AMPS CHANNEL ASSIGNMENTwith the Primary CDMA Carrier and Guard Bands

A Band

Shown is the traditional AMPS channel assignments for a reuse factor of 7 and three sec-

tors per base station. The 395 channels are divided into seven channel groups, and each

group is divided into three channel sets. A different channel group is assigned to each base

station in the seven cell cluster, and a different channel set is assigned to each sector in a

cell site. Three columns represent the channels assigned to a single cell site.

Also shown is an overlay of the Primary CDMA channel on the traditional reuse factor of

7 AMPS channel assignments. The CDMA channel requires removing AMPS channels

263 – 303 from AMPS service. AMPS channels 254 – 262, and 304 – 312 are removed to

provide the nine channel guard bands between the CDMA channel and the active AMPS

channels. The shaded AMPS channels show one CDMA channel requires removing two

channels per sector in each cell in the seven cell cluster. The dark AMPS channels show

an average one additional channel per sector is required for a guard channel.

Adding the first CDMA channel to a fully loaded AMPS system will require removing anaverage of three AMPS channels per sector to accommodate the first CDMA channel.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






A Band

Channel Groups

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Channel Sets

1 8 15 2 9 16 3 10 17 4 11 18 5 12 19 6 13 20 7 14 21

Setup Channels

316 323 330 317 324 331 318 325 332 319 326 333 320 327 313 321 328 314 322 329 315

Voice Channels

996 997 991 998 992 993 994 995

1003 1010 1017 1004 1011 1018 1005 1012 1019 1006 1013 999 1007 1014 1000 1008 1015 1001 1009 1016 1002

1 8 15 2 9 16 3 10 4 11 1020 5 12 1021 6 13 1022 7 14 1023

22 29 36 23 30 37 24 31 17 25 32 18 26 33 19 27 34 20 28 35 21

43 50 57 44 51 45 52 38 46 53 39 47 54 40 48 55 41 49 56 42

64 71 78 65 72 58 66 73 59 67 74 60 68 75 61 69 76 62 70 77 63

85 92 86 93 79 87 94 80 88 95 81 89 96 82 90 97 83 91 98 84

106 113 99 107 114 100 108 115 101 109 116 102 110 117 103 111 118 104 112 119 105

127 134 120 128 135 121 129 136 122 130 137 123 131 138 124 132 139 125 133 126

148 155 141 149 156 142 150 157 143 151 158 144 152 159 145 153 160 146 154 140 147

169 176 162 170 177 163 171 178 164 172 179 165 173 180 166 174 167 175 161 168

190 197 183 191 198 184 192 199 185 193 200 186 194 201 187 195 181 188 196 182 189

211 218 204 212 219 205 213 220 206 214 221 207 215 208 216 202 209 217 203 210

232 239 225 233 240 226 234 241 227 235 242 228 236 222 229 237 223 230 238 224 231253 260 246 254 261 247 255 262 248 256 249 257 243 250 258 244 251 259 245 252

CDMA

CH #1 274 281 267 275 282 268 276 283 269 277 263 270 278 264 271 279 265 272 280 266 273

295 302 288 296 303 289 297 290 298 284 291 299 285 292 300 286 293 301 287 294

309 310 304 311 305 312 306 307 308

670 667 668 669

677 684 671 678 685 672 679 686 673 680 687 674 681 688 675 682 689 676 683 690

691 698 705 692 699 706 693 700 707 694 701 708 695 702 709 696 703 710 697 704 711

712 713 714 715 716

Legend:

304 – Guard Channel

283 – Center of CDMA Channel

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






AMPS CHANNEL ASSIGNMENTwith CDMA Carriers and Guard Bands

A Band

The chart shows the channel assignments for an A band system with the maximum spec-

trum assigned to CDMA. For the A Band assignment there are 9 CDMA channels, and 21

analog set-up channels. The hardware can support all nine CDMA channels in an omnidi-

rectional base station; however, the current hardware will support only four CDMA chan-

nels in a three-sector base station.

Note, CDMA channel 9, AMPS channels 671 – 711, may not be usable, since there are

only 5 AMPS guard channels, 712 – 716, not the recommended 9 guard channels between

the CDMA channel and the first channel assigned to the B system. The channel can be

used for CDMA only if the B band system has assigned the adjacent channels to CDMA

as well. The guard channels are required to reduce adjacent channel interference between

CDMA and AMPS calls when the other system has assigned the adjacent channels to

AMPS. In this case, only eight CDMA channels are available, and the rest may be AMPS

or TDMA channels.In the maximum CDMA system AMPS channels 999 – 1023, and 671 – 711 are used for

CDMA calls, AMPS channels 991 – 998, 304 – 312, and 712 – 716 are reserved guard

channels, and AMPS channels 313 – 333 are still available for AMPS setup channels.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






A Band

Channel Groups

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Channel Sets

1 8 15 2 9 16 3 10 17 4 11 18 5 12 19 6 13 20 7 14 21

Setup Channels

316 323 330 317 324 331 318 325 332 319 326 333 320 327 313 321 328 314 322 329 315

Voice Channels

996 997 991 998 992 993 994 995

CDMA 1003 1010 1017 1004 1011 1018 1005 1012 1019 1006 1013 999 1007 1014 1000 1008 1015 1001 1009 1016 1002

CH # 8 1 8 15 2 9 16 3 10 4 11 1020 5 12 1021 6 13 1022 7 14 1023

CH # 7 22 29 36 23 30 37 24 31 17 25 32 18 26 33 19 27 34 20 28 35 21

43 50 57 44 51 45 52 38 46 53 39 47 54 40 48 55 41 49 56 42

CH # 6 64 71 78 65 72 58 66 73 59 67 74 60 68 75 61 69 76 62 70 77 63

85 92 86 93 79 87 94 80 88 95 81 89 96 82 90 97 83 91 98 84

CH # 5 106 113 99 107 114 100 108 115 101 109 116 102 110 117 103 111 118 104 112 119 105

127 134 120 128 135 121 129 136 122 130 137 123 131 138 124 132 139 125 133 126

CH# 4 148 155 141 149 156 142 150 157 143 151 158 144 152 159 145 153 160 146 154 140 147

169 176 162 170 177 163 171 178 164 172 179 165 173 180 166 174 167 175 161 168

CH # 3 190 197 183 191 198 184 192 199 185 193 200 186 194 201 187 195 181 188 196 182 189

211 218 204 212 219 205 213 220 206 214 221 207 215 208 216 202 209 217 203 210

CH # 2 232 239 225 233 240 226 234 241 227 235 242 228 236 222 229 237 223 230 238 224 231

253 260 246 254 261 247 255 262 248 256 249 257 243 250 258 244 251 259 245 252

CH # 1 274 281 267 275 282 268 276 283 269 277 263 270 278 264 271 279 265 272 280 266 273

295 302 288 296 303 289 297 290 298 284 291 299 285 292 300 286 293 301 287 294

309 310 304 311 305 312 306 307 308

670 667 668 669

CH # 9 677 684 671 678 685 672 679 686 673 680 687 674 681 688 675 682 689 676 683 690

691 698 705 692 699 706 693 700 707 694 701 708 695 702 709 696 703 710 697 704 711

712 713 714 715 716

Legend:



7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







B Band

Shown is the traditional AMPS channel assignments for a reuse factor of 7 and

three-sector base station. The 395 channels are divided into seven channel groups, and

each group is divided into three channel sets. A different channel group is assigned to each

base station in the seven cell cluster, and a different channel set is assigned to each sector

of a cell site. Three columns represent the channels assigned to a single cell site.

Also shown is an overlay of the Primary CDMA channel on the traditional reuse factor of

7 AMPS channel assignments. The CDMA channel requires removing AMPS channels

364 – 404 from analog service. AMPS channels 355 – 363, and 405 – 413 are removed to

provide the nine channel guard bands between the CDMA channel and the analog AMPS

channels. The shaded analog AMPS channels show one CDMA channel requires remov-

ing two channels per sector in each cell in the seven cell cluster. The dark analog AMPS

channels show an average one additional channel per sector is required for a guard chan-

nel.Adding the first CDMA channel to a fully loaded AMPS system will require removing an

average of three analog AMPS channels per sector to accommodate the first CDMA chan-

nel.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






B Band

Channel Groups1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Channel Sets

1 8 15 2 9 16 3 10 17 4 11 18 5 12 19 6 13 20 7 14 21

Setup Channels

334 341 348 335 342 349 336 343 350 337 344 351 338 345 352 339 346 353 340 347 354

Voice Channels

355 362 356 363 357 358 359 360 361

CDMA 376 383 369 377 370 378 364 371 379 365 372 380 366 373 381 367 374 382 368 375

CH#1 397 404 390 398 384 391 399 385 392 400 386 393 401 387 394 402 388 395 403 389 396

418 425 411 419 405 412 420 406 413 421 407 414 422 408 415 423 409 416 424 410 417

439 432 440 426 433 441 427 434 442 428 435 443 429 436 444 430 437 445 431 438

460 446 453 461 447 454 462 448 455 463 449 456 464 450 457 465 451 458 466 452 459

481 467 474 482 468 475 483 469 476 484 470 477 485 471 478 486 472 479 473 480

502 488 495 503 489 496 504 490 497 505 491 498 506 492 499 507 493 500 487 494 501

523 509 516 524 510 517 525 511 518 526 512 519 527 513 520 514 521 508 515 522

544 530 537 545 531 538 546 532 539 547 533 540 548 534 541 528 535 542 529 536 543

565 551 558 566 552 559 567 553 560 568 554 561 555 562 549 556 563 550 557 564

586 572 579 587 573 580 588 574 581 589 575 582 569 576 583 570 577 584 571 578 585

607 593 600 608 594 601 609 595 602 596 603 590 597 604 591 598 605 592 599 606

628 614 621 629 615 622 630 616 623 610 617 624 611 618 625 612 619 626 613 620 627

649 635 642 650 636 643 637 644 631 638 645 632 639 646 633 640 647 634 641 648

656 663 657 664 651 658 665 652 659 666 653 660 654 661 655 662

733 719 726 734 720 727 735 721 728 736 722 729 737 723 730 717 724 731 718 725 732

754 740 747 755 741 748 756 742 749 743 750 744 751 738 745 752 739 746 753

775 761 768 776 762 769 763 770 757 764 771 758 765 772 759 766 773 760 767 774

782 789 797 783 790 777 784 791 778 785 792 779 786 793 780 787 794 781 788 795

798 799

Legend:



7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







B Band

The final chart show the channel assignments for a B band system with the maximum

CDMA channels assigned, and the remaining channels assigned to analog AMPS calls.

There are 8 CDMA channels, 21 analog set-up channels, and 31 analog AMPS voice

channels. The remaining channels are guard channels and cannot be assigned for AMPS

analog or CDMA use. The maximum base station will have eight CDMA channels, and

four AMPS analog channels, with three AMPS set-up channels.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






B Band

Channel Groups1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Channel Sets

1 8 15 2 9 16 3 10 17 4 11 18 5 12 19 6 13 20 7 14 21

Setup Channels

334 341 348 335 342 349 336 343 350 337 344 351 338 345 352 339 346 353 340 347 354

Voice Channels

355 362 356 363 357 358 359 360 361

CDMA 376 383 369 377 370 378 364 371 379 365 372 380 366 373 381 367 374 382 368 375

CH# 1 397 404 390 398 384 391 399 385 392 400 386 393 401 387 394 402 388 395 403 389 396

CH# 2 418 425 411 419 405 412 420 406 413 421 407 414 422 408 415 423 409 416 424 410 417

439 432 440 426 433 441 427 434 442 428 435 443 429 436 444 430 437 445 431 438

CH# 3 460 446 453 461 447 454 462 448 455 463 449 456 464 450 457 465 451 458 466 452 459

481 467 474 482 468 475 483 469 476 484 470 477 485 471 478 486 472 479 473 480

CH# 4 502 488 495 503 489 496 504 490 497 505 491 498 506 492 499 507 493 500 487 494 501

523 509 516 524 510 517 525 511 518 526 512 519 527 513 520 514 521 508 515 522

CH# 5 544 530 537 545 531 538 546 532 539 547 533 540 548 534 541 528 535 542 529 536 543

565 551 558 566 552 559 567 553 560 568 554 561 555 562 549 556 563 550 557 564

CH# 6 586 572 579 587 573 580 588 574 581 589 575 582 569 576 583 570 577 584 571 578 585607 593 600 608 594 601 609 595 602 596 603 590 597 604 591 598 605 592 599 606

CH# 7 628 614 621 629 615 622 630 616 623 610 617 624 611 618 625 612 619 626 613 620 627

649 635 642 650 636 643 637 644 631 638 645 632 639 646 633 640 647 634 641 648

656 663 657 664 651 658 665 652 659 666 653 660 654 661 655 662

733 719 726 734 720 727 735 721 728 736 722 729 737 723 730 717 724 731 718 725 732

754 740 747 755 741 748 756 742 749 743 750 744 751 738 745 752 739 746 753

CH# 8 775 761 768 776 762 769 763 770 757 764 771 758 765 772 759 766 773 760 767 774

782 789 797 783 790 777 784 791 778 785 792 779 786 793 780 787 794 781 788 795

798 799

Legend:



7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






RECOMMENDED CDMA CHANNEL ASSIGNMENTSA Band

This table shows the recommended assignments for a system serving CDMA and AMPS

users. These recommendations are given for various numbers of 1.23 MHz bandwidth

CDMA RF carrier frequencies. The assignments start with the Primary CDMA RF carrier

frequency, and the Secondary RF carrier frequency is the last added. The reason is that

this RF carrier frequency incurs the greatest AMPS channel loss because it requires its

own guard band penalty in addition to the 0.54 MHz guard band penalty for the other eight

CDMA RF carrier frequencies. If the Primary RF carrier frequency cannot provide ade-

quate setup capacity, the Secondary RF carrier frequency may have to be implemented

before all the possible CDMA RF carrier frequencies in the A-band are needed.

For example, consider a base station with five CDMA carrier frequencies. The CDMA

channels are assigned AMPS channels 119, 160, 210, 242, and 283. The five CDMA RF

carrier frequencies along with the required guard bands remove AMPS channels 90 – 312,

leaving 171 AMPS voice channels and 21 AMPS setup channels.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





RECOMMENDED CDMA CHANNEL ASSIGNMENTSA Band

Number of CDMAChannels

CDMA ChannelAssignments

Number of AMPSChannels* Leftover

AMPS ChannelAssignments*

1 283 356 1-252, 313-333,667-716, 991-1023

2 242, 283 315 1-211, 313-333,667-716, 991-1023

3 201, 242, 283 274 1-170, 313-333,667-716, 991-1023

4 160, 201, 242, 283 233 1-129, 313-333,667-716, 991-1023

5 119, 160, 210, 242,283

192 1-88, 313-333,667-716, 991-1023

6 78, 119, 160, 201,242, 283

151 1-47, 313-333,667-716, 991-1023

7 37, 78, 119, 160,201, 242, 283

110 1-6, 313-333,667-716, 991-1023

8 1019, 37, 78, 119,160, 201, 242, 283

50 313-333,667-716

9 691†, 1019, 37, 78,119, 160, 201, 242,

283

21 313-333

* Frequency assignments and available channels include the 21 AMPS setup channels.† Channel 691 may not be appropriate depending on technology choice of the B band operator.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






RECOMMENDED CDMA CHANNEL ASSIGNMENTSB Band

Although the recommended CDMA channel assignments for the B Band follow the same

pattern as those for the A Band, the details are different.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





RECOMMENDED CDMA CHANNEL ASSIGNMENTSB Band

Number of CDMAChannels

CDMA ChannelAssignments

Number of AMPSChannels* Leftover

AMPS ChannelAssignments*

1 384 356 334-354, 415-666,717-799

2 384, 425 315 334-354, 456-666,717-799

3 384, 425, 466 274 334-354, 497-666,717-999

4 384, 425, 466,507

233 334-354, 538-666,717-999

5 384, 425, 466,507, 548

192 334-354, 579-666,717-999

6 384, 425, 466,507, 548, 589

151 334-354, 620-666,717-799

7 384, 425, 466,507, 548, 589,

630

110 334-354, 661-666,717-799

8 384, 425, 466,

507, 548, 589,630, 777

57 334-354, 661-666,

717-746

* Frequency assignments and available channels include the 21 AMPS setup channels.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CARRIER ASSIGNMENT CONSIDERATIONSFOR FLEXENT MODULAR CELL

Amplifiers and filter for the Flexent Modular Cell are designed for 5 MHz wide frequency

blocks, to hold three CDMA carriers. Currently the amplifier and filter packs are manufac-

tured in the sub-blocks shown. To efficiently use the hardware it is recommended to

assign the carrier frequencies such that they fall within the least number of sub-blocks.

For example, if three carriers are deployed and operating in the A band the carriers should

be assigned to channels 201, 242, and 283.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CARRIER ASSIGNMENT CONSIDERATIONSFOR FLEXENT MODULAR CELL

• Amplifiers and filters are designed for 5 MHz blocks and are

currently manufactured in the following sub-blocks.

Sub-Block Cellular Channels

A1 201, 242, 283

A2 78, 119, 160

A3 37

A’ 691

A” 1019

B1 384, 425, 466

B2 507, 548, 589

B3 630

B’ 777

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CGSA FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETERS

carrier.channel [1-10], carrier.bandclass[1-10]

Please refer to the Database Update Manual (401-610-036) for more details on the transla-

tion parameters.

CDMA Carrier allows a CDMA channel number and band class to be

defined for each CDMA carrier in this CGSA.

Common Carrier

Channel Number(channel[ ])

Form: cgsa, cell2

— This parameter may be overridden by a similar parame-ter defined on the “cell2” form.

CDMA (Band Class = 850)

The first carrier (channel[1]) should be the same for eachCDMA cell site and one of the following: 283, 384, 691,

or 777. Each non-PCS channel number assigned in thislist cannot be within 31 AMPS channels of any otherCDMA carrier defined in this list or the one on the “cell2”

form.Range:

Carrier 1: 283, 384, 691, or 777 (recommended)Carrier 2-10: 1-309, 358-642, 691-692, 741-777,

1015-1023

Band Class(bandclass[ ])

Form: cgsa, cell2

— identifies the band class associated with the correspond-ing channel number. If the channel number (in the previ-

ous field) is not one of the preferred channels (25, 50,

70,..., 1175), do not use a value of 1900 in this field. Thisfield may be overridden by a similar field on the “cell2”

form.Range:

850 = cellular, 1800 = Korea CDMA PCS,and

1900 = CDMA PCS

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CGSA FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETERS

carrier.channel [1-10], carrier.bandclass[1-10]

IMSI Feature Information:

Mobile Country Code.............................................................................................................. 55) ___

Mobile Network Code ............................................................................................................. 56) ___

NMSI Length........................................................................................................................... 57) ___

IMSI 11_12 ............................................................................................................................. 58) ___

AUTOPLEX

Cellular CELLULAR GEOGRAPHIC SERVICE AREA (cgsa) Screen 5 of 7

System

+59) CDMA Carrier

ChannelNumber BandClass Test CarrierDesignation

Common Carrier [1] ____ ____ ____ WARNING: CHANGING THE CHANNEL NUMBER

OR BANDCLASS OF AN ACTIVE CARRIER MAY

RESULT IN THE TERMINATION OF CALLS. REFER

TO THE DATABASE UPDATE (Lucent-401-610-036)

FOR MORE DETAILS.

[2] ____ ____ ____

[3] ____ ____ ____

[4] ____ ____ ____

[5] ____ ____ ____

[6] ____ ____ ____

[7] ____ ____ ____

[8] ____ ____ ____

[9] ____ ____ ____

[10] ____ ____ ____

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CARRIER FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENTSSUMMARY

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CARRIER FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENTSSUMMARY

• When implementing a new carrier frequency the spectrum

has to be cleared — minimize external interference.

— Cellular: analog channels

• Transmission has to be within the allocated frequencyband.

• In cellular bands analog channels have to be removed tosupport CDMA.

— Guard-band — Guard-distance

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CARRIER FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENTKnowledge Check

Question 1.

What is the bandwidth of a channel in the cellular (850 MHz) spectrum?

A. 30 kHz

B. 50 kHz

C. 1.23 MHz

D. 1.25 MHz

Question 2.

What is the bandwidth of an IS-95 carrier?

A. 30 kHz

B. 50 kHz

C. 1.23 MHz

D. 1.25 MHz

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Section 3




Lucent Technologies CDMA HardwareConfigurations Section 3

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Lucent Technologies CDMA Hardware Configurations CL8301 – v2.0




FLEXENT/AUTOPLEXWIRELESS NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

The Flexent/AUTOPLEX Wireless Network Architecture components are:

Executive Cellular Processor Complex (ECPC)• The ECP complex controls the overall operation of the wireless system.

• Element Management System (EMS) resides on the Operations and Management Plat-

form (OMP-FX). The EMS provides a fault-management application for managing the

Applications Processor (AP) hardware and software.

• Cell Site Nodes (CSN) on the Interprocess Message Switch (IMS) ring are used for com-

munication between the ECP and Series II cell site.

• Flexent cells do not require CSN, the communication goes through the Applications

Processor (AP)

Applications Processor (AP)

• The Mobility Manager Applications Processor (MM-AP) controls a number of Radio

Cluster Server Applications Processors (RCS-AP). The RCS-AP is running the Radio

Cluster Server (RCS) application and communicates with the ECPC via an Ethernet In-

terface Node (EINE) connection on the IMS ring.

— The RCS replaces the Radio Cluster Controller (RCC) hardware and software lo-cated in the primary cabinet of a typical Autoplex System Series II cell site.

— The remote RCS enables the Flexent cells to be more compact and increases theprocessing capacity of the cell.

5ESS® Digital Cellular Switch (DCS).

• The Digital Cellular Switch (DCS) provides the wireless network, switching to and from

the wireless subscriber.

• In addition to user voice and data packets, the DCS provides a dedicated signaling com-

munications path, from the cells to the CSN or the RCS in the APC.

Cell Sites

• Cell sites provide the interface between the network and the mobiles.

• A number of different cell sites can be used

— Autoplex Series II cells sites

— Flexent cell sites

— Cell sites from outside vendors through the IS-634 interface

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0 Lucent Technologies CDMA Hardware Configurations



FLEXENT/AUTOPLEXWIRELESS NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

R P C N

E C P

A C D N

S S 7 N

D L N

S S 7 N

C D N

C D N

D L N

E I N E O

M P - F X

R P C N

S S

7

I S - 4 1

o t h e r s y s t e m s

o t h e r s y s t e m s

F l e x e n t D i s t r i b u t e d

B a s e S t a t i o n

F l e x e n t

M o d u l a r C e l l

A U T O P L E X

S e r i e s I I

P S T N

P S T N

I M S R i n g

E C P C

5 E S S - D C S

C o n t r o l A u t o p l e x

C o n t r o l F l e x e n

t

T r a f f i c d a t a

C o n t r o l A u t o p l e x

C o n t r o l F l e x e n

t


R C S - A

P

M M - A

P C

E I N E

C S N

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






3G-1X PACKET DATANETWORK COMPONENTS

The CDMA 3G-1X Packet Data architecture is similar to the CDMA Circuit Data archi-

tecture with Internet access. Two deployment options are offered initially:

• Inter-Working Function (IWF) server• Packet Control Function (PCF) server with Packet Data Server Node (PDSN)

At least one IWF server or a PCF server must be configured.

The main network components seen in Figure 5-2 are:

• Executive Cellular Processor Complex (ECPC) - Provides the same functions packet

data call as it does for other calls: control of call setup, AMA (billing) records, Service

Measurements, and access to subscriber record information

• 5ESS® Digital Cellular Switch (DCS) - Sets up the path from a cell packet pipe to the

IWF or PCF server that is servicing the call

• OMP-FX/EMS - Allows Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (OA&M) func-tions via the Element Management System (EMS) Graphical User Interface (GUI)

• 3G-1X Inter-Working Function (IWF) server - Performs the gateway function between

the CDMA air interface and the IP network

• 3G-1X Packet Control Function (PCF) server - Provides the interface between the wire-

less DCS (implemented on the L-interface as defined in IS-658) and the Packet Data

Server Node (PDSN) on the R-P interface. Combined with the PDSN, the PCF performs

the same functions as the 3G-1X IWF server.

• Packet Data Server Node (PDSN) - Supports the data protocols to the mobile and pro-

vides an interface to the IP backbone. It also detects whether a mobile is requesting Sim-

ple or Mobile IP service. The PDSN is supplied by a third-party vendor.• Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting (AAA) server - Authenticates terminal

equipment users when they attempt to establish a connection. In addition, this server

stores accounting information from the IWF or PDSN.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





3G-1X PACKET DATANETWORK COMPONENTS

5E DCS5E DCS

PDSNPCF

LNS

LNS

FLEXENTCDBS/

Modular Cell

SII Cells

MSC

ECPComplex

ECPComplex

PCF / PDSNCluster

FR overPacket Pipe

IS658

L interface

(Frame Relay

over T1/E1)

AAAServer

OMP/EMSServer

OMP/EMSServer

Internet/PacketData Network Service Provider

Network (100baseT)

RouterRouter

Packet Data

Mobiles

EMS(Web)Clients

Private / Corp.Network

Firewall /Router

Fixed EndSystem

IP

L2TP

Tunnel IP

Firewall /Router

Fixed EndSystem

Open R-P

Interface

L2TP

Tunnel

PDSN

FA

LAN Switch

PCF

3rd PartyPDSN

3rd PartyPDSN

IP

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






AUTOPLEX WIRELESS NETWORK PLATFORM

The architecture of a CDMA system is similar to that of an analog system, except that the

CDMA system requires speech processing equipment at the MSC and new CDMA equip-

ment at the base station. The digitized voice from the mobiles are relayed by the base sta-

tions to the MSC for speech processing, frame selection and switching to the PSTN. The

digitized voice is in a packetized format using one of the IS–96–C* standard formats, and

IS-95 protocol. The frame relay function is provided by the packet switching platform in

the 5ESS® DCS switch, and the speech coding/decoding is provided by the CDMA

speech handling equipment. The conventional circuit switch platform in the 5ESS® pro-

vides connection between the PSTN and the CDMA speech handling equipment. All inter

and intra base station switching is handled by the packet switch platform.

All the cellular and PCS products share the same architecture. The differences between the

base station products is physical size, capacity, coverage, and band class (cellular, PCS,

etc.). The same CDMA Radio Cluster (CRC) hardware is used to generate and receive

CDMA signals for all of Lucent Technologies products, that is, PCS Minicells, Cellular

Minicells, and Cellular Series II Growth Frames.

* TIA/EIA Interim Standard, Speech Service Option Standard for Wideband Spread Spectrum Systems,TIA/EIA/IS-96-C, Telecommunications Industry Association.

Acronyms

AMP – Amplifier

RCC – Radio Control Complex

DCS – Digital Cellular Switch

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





AUTOPLEX WIRELESS NETWORK PLATFORM

Mobile Switching Center (MSC)

5ESS DCS

Packet Switch

CDMA Speech

Handling Equipment

Voice Trunks

Packet Pipes

Control Data Links

PSTN

RCC

CDMARadioCluster

Base Station

AMP

RCC

CDMARadioCluster

Base Station

AMPAccess Manager/ ECP Complex

Plat

Circuit SwitchPlatform

form

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






5ESS® DCSCDMA Block Diagram

Components of the 5ESS®-2000 Switch needed to support CDMA include:

• Switching Module (SM) – contains the PSU as well as TSI, DSUs, SM processors, etc.

(Supports one PSU.)

• Packet Switching Unit (PSU) – which contains a 100 Mbps bus that performs the

packet switching function in the 5ESS. (Up to 8 PSUs in 8 SMs can be directly inter-

connected using PHAs.

• Frame Relay Protocol Handler (FRPH) – terminate the packet pipes from the S-II

cell sites onto the packet bus. (Handles the voice frames from 8 DSOs.)

• Protocol Handler-Voice (PHV) – performs speech encoding/decoding and speech

frame selection functions. (Twelve user channels per PHV.)

• Protocol Handler-ATM (PHA) – interfaces the PSU with an Asynchronous Transfer

Mode interconnecting platform for future high-speed packet switching between multi-

ple PSUs. (Supports 256 ATM links on 154 Mbps OC-3 fiber.)

ECPC/AM – Executive control Processor Complex (Cellular)/Access Manager (PCS)

CSN – Cell Site Node

DSN – Digital Switch Node

DSU – Digital Service Unit

TSI – Time Slot Interchange

DLTU – Digital Line Trunk Unit

FRPH – Frame Relay Protocol HandlerSH – Speech Handler

ATM – Asynchronous Transfer Mode

PHA – Protocol Handler – ATM

PHBV – Protocol Handler – Voice

EC – Echo Canceller

DFI – Digital Facilities Interface

CCC – CDMA Cluster Controller

CE – Channel Element

BBA – Bus Interface, Baseband Combiner, and Analog Conversion Unit

LA – Linear Amplifier

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





5ESS® DCSCDMA Block Diagram

CDMASH

(PHV)

PSU toATM

Interface(PHA)

FRPH

Packet Switching Unit(PSU)

Switching Module (SM)

ECP

CDN

CSN

ECPC/AM

ATMInter-

connect(optional)

To otherSM PSUs

ATMDirect

Connect

100 Mb Bus

Base Station

TDM Bus

DFI

LABBA

Tx

Rx

DLTU

DSU

DLTUEC TSI

Rx

5ESS® –2000 Switch

PSTN

CCCCE

SS7N

Administrative Module (AM)

Communications Module (AM)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






AUTOPLEX CDMA RADIO CLUSTERPhysical Shelf Layout

The CDMA Radio Cluster (CRC) is a common building block for all the PCS and cellularCDMA base station products. The CRC contains all the hardware required to generate andreceive CDMA signals for a cell sector. The CDMA Cluster Controller (CCC), and up to

four Extended Channel Units (ECU) make up a group called the Channel Unit Cluster(CUC). The Bus Interface Unit (BIU), the Analog Conversion Unit (ACU), and the Base-band Combiner and Radio (BCR) make up a group called the BBA.

The CUC generates and decodes the CDMA base band signals for each active traffic chan-nel and the overhead channels, pilot, page, access, and sync. The ECU contains 10 Chan-nel Elements (CE) each CE can be used for traffic, pilot, page, access, or sync functions.The CEs are capable of generating and receiving either 8K, 13K or EVRC calls on a call-by-call basis. The CCC is the controller for a group of ECUs. The CCC logically termi-nates the packet pipe that carries the encoded speech for the traffic CEs, and communi-cates with the RCC over the TDM bus. A CCC is capable of controlling up to 4 ECUs.Each ECU contains 10 CEs, so a CCC can control a total of 40 CEs. The CUC outputs are

routed to BBA where the digital signals from the CEs are combined, converted to analogform, and transmitted on the RF frequency assigned to the base station.

The BBA interfaces digital CDMA signals from the CEs and the CDMA RF frequencysignals transmitted and received by each sector antenna. On transmit the ACU combinesall the digital CEs signals for calls assigned to a sector, converts the combined signal toanalog form, and routes the analog signal to the BCR connected to a sector. The digitalsignals from a CE can be routed to two sectors simultaneously for calls that are in softerhandoff with the two sectors. The BCR converts this signal to the RF frequency assignedto the sector, and sends it to the linear amplifier where it is amplified to the proper powerlevel for transmission. On receive, the BCR converts the RF signals from the sectorantenna to baseband and sends the signal to the ACU. The ACU converts the basebandanalog signal to digital form, and then sends the digital signal to the CEs. The individualCEs then decode the traffic channels into individual speech frames that are then sent to theMSC over the packet pipe.

Finally the Synchronous Clock and Tone (SCT) boards are used to provide the accuratetiming required for CDMA, as well as test tones that are used by diagnostic programs totest the base station. The Digital Facility Interface (DFI) board physically terminates theT1/E1 transmission facility used to carry the packet pipes and the two data links used tocarry messages between the RCC and the MSC.

Acronyms

DFI – Digital Facilities InterfaceSCT – Synchronous Clock and Tone

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





AUTOPLEX CDMA RADIO CLUSTERPhysical Shelf Layout

Also known as:

• CDMA Radio Module

• CDMA Radio Shelf

C

C

C

E

C

U

E

C

U

E

C

U

E

C

U

B

I

U

A

C

U

B

C

R

D

F

I

S

C

T

P

O

W

E

R

CUC BBA

or

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






AUTOPLEX BASE STATION IMPLEMENTATION

Three CRC shelves make up the basic equipment group to provide one RF carrier fre-

quency on each of the three sectors of a base station.

The Channel Unit Cluster (CUC) contains the channel elements that provide the channel

coding/decoding. The CUC provides both Rate Set 1 and Rate Set 2 channel coding. TheCUC also contains the CDMA Cluster Controller (CCC) to provide control functions for

the CDMA channels elements, as well as the interface between each traffic channel and

the TDM bus.

The Analog Conversion Unit (ACU) adds the outputs from all the CEs assigned to a sec-

tor, and connects this signal to the assigned Baseband Combiner & Radio (BCR). On

receive the ACU connects the BCR receive signal to the assigned CE. On transmit, the

BCR takes the composite signal from the ACU, modulates the RF carrier frequency, and

connects the RF output to the linear amplifier. The linear amplifier may be the general

Linear Amplifier Circuit (LAC) or Module Linear Amplifier Circuit (MLAC) for Series II

base stations, or one of the special amplifiers for minicell base stations. On receive, the

BCR takes the received CDMA signal, converts it back to baseband, and sends the base-band signal to ACUs.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





AUTOPLEX BASE STATION IMPLEMENTATION

AnalogConversion

Unit(ACU)

BasebandCombiner& Radio(BCR)

CRC

to/from

α, β, γ α

γ

β

α

CRC

to/from

α, β, γ α

γ

β

β

CRC

to/from

α, β, γ α

γ

β

γ

Rx0 Rx1 Tx

Rx0 Rx1 Tx

β

γ

α

T r an s mi t an d R e c ei v eA m pl i f i er

s & F i l t er s

Rx0 Rx1 Tx

AnalogConversion

Unit(ACU)

AnalogConversion

Unit

(ACU)

BasebandCombiner& Radio

(BCR)

BasebandCombiner& Radio(BCR)

Channel UnitCluster(CUC)



7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CELLULAR CDMA MINICELL LINE-UP

Shown is a fully equipped Cellular CDMA Minicell products cabinet layout. The primary

cabinet is the same cabinet that was described in Unit 2, and provides the first CDMA RF

carrier frequency for a three-sector cell. The growth cabinet provides the second CDMA

RF carrier frequency. The minicell cabinets are flexible and can be configured to provide

up to six CDMA RF carrier frequencies in an omnidirectional cell, or one CDMA RF car-

rier frequency in a six-sector cell. Also shown is the optional power cabinet.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CELLULAR CDMA MINICELL LINE-UP

*

* Antenna Interface Frame is not required for the Cellular CDMA Compact Minicell product.

Growth Antenna Interface* Primary Power

(Customer orLucent Technologiessupplied frame)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CELLULAR CDMA HYBRID MINICELL

The Cellular CDMA Minicell provides CDMA service on the full 850 MHz cellular A

band or B band CDMA channels. It will provide a single CDMA RF frequency for a three

sector base station or three CDMA RF frequencies for an omnidirectional base station.

The Cellular CDMA Hybrid Minicell consists of three frames, the minicell primary frame,

the mini antenna interface frame (AIF), and the linear amplifier frame. The frames are

supplied in indoor models and can be powered from either AC or DC power sources. The

power sources require an additional frame not shown on the figure.

The primary frame contains three interconnected CRCs to provide softer handoff between

sectors. Notch filters are provided so the minicell can be operated on both the expanded

spectrum channels (A’ or B’ bands) and the limited spectrum CDMA channels (A or B

band). An optional CDMA Radio Test Unit (CRTU) is available to detect and diagnose

the CDMA equipment problems. The Radio Switch Panel (RSP) in the AIF connects the

CRTU to the sector transmit and receive antenna paths to provide an end-to-end test.

The primary frame also contains the Radio Control Complex which is the redundant base

station controller used in all the Series II base station products. A built-in Channel ServiceUnit (CSU) terminates the T1/E1 transmission facility that connects the base station to the

MSC. Finally the primary frame contains the GPS receiver and mini RF Timing Generator

(RFTGm) that provides accurate GPS timing for the CDMA radio modules.

The Cellular CDMA Hybrid Minicell uses the Series II Double Density Growth Frame for

growth carriers.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CELLULAR CDMA HYBRID MINICELL

AIF

MLAC

MLAC

R x a n

d T x

F i l t e

r s

RSP

Notch FilterNotch Filter

Notch Filter

CSU Shelf

RFTG

RCC

Misc.

CRTU Alarms

RF

CRC

Primary LAFDDGF

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CELLULAR CDMA COMPACT MINICELLPrimary Cabinet

Shown is the Cellular CDMA Compact Minicell which operates at 850 MHz. It is similar

to the CDMA Minicell in terms of capacity and power output. The compact minicell does

not require the additional mini antenna interface frame, as all the filters are mounted in the

primary frame. However, the compact minicell only operates on CDMA channels in the A

or B bands. It does not support expanded spectrum operation.

The transmit power amplifiers provide 20 watts at the antenna interface connector for each

physical antenna face.

Note: Using additional frames to support system operation using multiple carrier frequen-

cies is discussed in Unit 3.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CELLULAR CDMA COMPACT MINICELLPrimary Cabinet

Fan

RCC

Filter Panel

Filter Panel

Filter Panel

CRCs

RFTGm

RFTGmCRTUm

TX

AMP

TX

AMP

TX

AMP

CSU

BBA Numbers 2, 4 and 6on ceqcom2 form

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CELLULAR CDMA MINICELLGrowth Cabinet

The Cellular CDMA Minicell growth cabinet is used to add additional CDMA RF chan-

nels and/or sectors to the Cellular CDMA Minicell primary cabinet. One growth cabinet

can be added to the primary cabinet.

The growth cabinet uses the same components as the primary cabinet, CRCs, power

amplifiers, filters, etc. The growth cabinet is connected to the RCC and RFTG in the pri-

mary cabinet.

For the three-sector configurations (one or two CDMA RF carrier frequencies), all receive

paths come into the mini antenna interface cabinet. These receive signals are then fed to

the primary and growth cabinets (when present). For the second and third carriers, the

CDMA Radio Clusters (CRCs) and Transmit Power Amplifiers (TPA) or CDMA Ampli-

fier Modules (CAMs) physically reside in the growth cabinet. The transmit path for the

second carrier is routed from the growth cabinet to the mini antenna interface cabinet.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CELLULAR CDMA MINICELLGrowth Cabinet

CDMAAmplifierModule(CAM)

BBA Number 8on ceqcom2 form






CRC

CRC

CRC

CRC

CRC

CRC

Fans

CDMAAmplifierModule(CAM)

Filters

A m p l i f i e r

A m p l i f i e r

A m p l i f i e r

A m p l i f i e r

A m p l i f i e r

A m p l i f i e r

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CELLULAR CDMASERIES II GROWTH FRAME

Double Density

The CDMA Double Density Growth Frame provides up to 12 additional CRCs.

The CDMA Growth Frame can be used with an existing Series II Primary Frame that pro-vides analog service. Note that the Series II Primary Frame, although necessary for sup-

porting CDMA service, does not provide CDMA service per se. This option allows adding

CDMA capacity to an existing base station by adding a CDMA Growth Frame, and load-

ing the CDMA translation parameters into the RCC.

Two CDMA Growth Frames can be connected to a primary frame.

The Growth Frame CRCs require two System Clock and Timing (SCT) boards to provide

basic timing to the CRCs connected to the TDM bus. The first four shelves (CRC 0

through CRC 3) are connected to the first TDM bus, and the last two shelves (CRC 4 and

CRC 5) are connected to the second TDM bus; therefore, two additional SCT boards are

required if CRC 4 and CRC 5 are used. Packet pipes are connected to the CRCs via theDigital Facilities Interface (DFI) boards. The DFI for CRC 4 and CRC 5 is located in the

primary frame.

Only one group of BIU, ACU, and BCR is active on a shelf, the other group is not used in

the current product.

The BCR is connected to the Modular Linear Amplifier Combiner (MLAC) in the Series

II Linear Amplifier Frame (LAF). For single CDMA carrier frequency operation the

MLAC is rated at 80 watts for the 13 kbps vocoder, and 90 watts for the 8 kbps vocoders,

referenced to the antenna interface connector J4.

Note: Using more than three CRCs or a Double Density Growth Frame to support multiple

CDMA carrier frequencies is discussed in Unit 3.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CELLULAR CDMASERIES II GROWTH FRAME

Double Density

Power Distribution, RF

CRC

CRC

CRC CRC

CRC

CRC

Fans

CRC CRC

CRCCRC

CRC CRC

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






3G-1X CELL SITE COMPONENTSAutoplex

3G-1X is designed to operate in the same 1.25MHz bandwidth as IS-95 systems. There-

fore, base stations that provide 3G-1X service can use the same RF components that are

designed for 2G operation.

In order to support 3G-1X in a Series II cell site, one new hardware component is needed,

a new channel card, ECU-32.

The ECU-32 is capable of processing both IS-95A/B (2G) and 3G-1X channels. This

means that existing ECU-10 can be swapped out for ECU-32 or an ECU-32 can be added

to a new or existing carrier, and the cell site can still provide 2G service in addition to 3G-

1X service.

The new ECU-32 board has 32 bi-directional channel elements (CE) to support up to 32

Fundamental Channels (FCH) and control channels. In addition to the 32 CEs, the ECU-

32 has an additional 32 uni-directional CEs to support Forward Supplemental Channels

(F-SCH) used during bursts of high speed data. The Sync Channel is assigned a uni-direc-tional CE.

Note: ECU-32 and ECU-10 are not allowed on the same shelf. AUTOPLEX cells use

channel element pooling across shelves, allowing any channel card from a shelf to provide

service on any sector within the carrier. This means that a single ECU-32 can process up

to 32 3G and 2G voice and data calls on any sector in a 2 or 3 sector configuration.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





3G-1X CELL SITE COMPONENTSAutoplex

• ECU-32

— Can process IS-95 and 3G-1X channels

— 32 bi-directional channel elements for FundamentalChannels and overhead channels

— Additional 32 uni-directional channel elements forForward Supplemental Channels and the sync chan-nel

— Cannot be on the same shelf as ECU-10

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FLEXENT PLATFORM ARCHITECTURE

The Flexent architecture can co-exist with the Autoplex architecture. What is needed is an

Ethernet Interface Node (EINE) connected to the IMS ring in the ECP complex. The EINE

in the ring node cabinet is connected to an Application Processor (AP).

An AP is a central processing unit (CPU) that provides generic computing facilities to hosta wide range of applications in a Flexent wireless network. Pairs of APs host the Radio

Cluster Server (RCS) application for Flexent base stations RCS-AP. RCS applications

perform the call-processing and OA&M functions for all the Flexent base stations in a

Flexent network.

APs that support IS-634 base stations host the Message Management Application (MMA)

rather than the RCS application. Although you cannot run both the RCS and MMA appli-

cations on the same AP pair within an AP Frame, you can “mix and match” RCS and

MMA applications on different AP pairs within an AP Frame. For more information about

MSC support of IS-634 base stations and the MMA application, see the IS-634 Feature

Guide (401-710-080).

An Application Processor Frame (APF) is the cabinet that houses the APs and several

other hardware modules in a Flexent wireless network. The modules are rack-mounted in

the APF. The APF is compatible with the Lucent Technologies 5ESS ® -2000 Digital Cel-

lular Switch (DCS).

An Application Processor Cluster (APC) is the set of all APs that reside in an APF. An

Application Processor Cluster Complex (APCC) is composed of multiple APCs sharing a

dual–rail LAN with an Operations and Management Platform (OMP). APFs within an

APCC are numbered Frame 1, Frame 2, and Frame 3.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT PLATFORM ARCHITECTURE

R P C N

E C P

A C D N

S S 7 N

D L N

S S 7 N

C D N

C D N

D L N

E I N

E O M P - F X

R P C N

S S 7

I S - 4 1

o t h e r

s y s t e m s

o t h e r

s y s t e m s

F l e x e n

t D i s t r i b u t e

d

B a s e

S t a t i o n

F l e x e n t

M o

d u

l a r C e

l l

A U T O P L E X

S e r i e s

I I P S T N

P S T N

I M S R i n g

E C P C

5 E S S - D C S

C o n t r o l A u t o

p l e x

C o n t r o l F l e x

e n t


C o n t r o l A u t o

p l e x

C o n t r o l F l e x e n t


R C

S - A P

M M

- A P C

E I N E

C S N

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






APPLICATION PROCESSOR

Introduction

An Application Processor (AP) is a central processing unit that provides generic comput-

ing facilities to host a wide range of applications in a Flexent wireless network. The APs

perform the call-processing and underlying OA&M functions for the Flexent cells in a

Flexent network. Pairs of APs host the Radio Cluster Server (RCS) application for the

cells.

Reference: Flexent Application Processor Cluster OA&M 401-710-101.

APF

An Application Processor Frame (APF) is the cabinet that houses the APs and several

other hardware modules in a Flexent wireless network.

• Up to 8 AP modules are rack-mounted in the APF.

• The APF is compatible with the Lucent Technologies 5ESS Digital Cellular Switch.

APC

An Application Processor Cluster (APC) is the set of all APs that reside in an APF.

• High availability with two or more APs installed in an APC.

• The APC utilizes a Local Maintenance Terminal (LMT) computer to provide direct AP

console access and maintenance controls.

APCG

An Application Processor Cluster Group (APCG) is composed of multiple APCs sharing a

dual-rail LAN with an Operations and Management Platform (OMP). APFs within an

APCG are numbered Frame 1, Frame 2, and Frame 3.

• Redundant Ethernet local area network connectivity between all APs, the IMS Ring, and

the OMP system.

• Local and remote console connectivity providing maintenance and administrative ac-

cess including control of power and system boot operations.

RCS

Radio Cluster Server (RCS) application resides on APs and perform call-processing andOA&M functions for Flexent cells.

• Each RCS handles up to six Microcells or one Modular cell. Each AP pair can host up

to 16 RCSs. Thus, one AP pair can serve up to 96 Microcells or up to 16 Modular cells.

The number of Modular cells served by an AP pair varies with the volume and nature of

the traffic (for example, volume of handoffs) on those cells, and may be less than 16

Modular Cells per AP.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





APPLICATION PROCESSOR

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FLEXENT CDMA MICROCELLProduct Outline

The Flexent CDMA Microcell provides radio functionality for a geographical area, which

can be served by an omnidirectional antenna system or a multisector antenna system. One

microcell serves one sector or one omni antenna system. Several microcells can also be

connected in a daisy-chain configuration.

Component Function

CDMA Radio Complex (CRC) Responsible for controlling the microcell and interfacing

the T1 or E1 facilities to the microcell.

CDMA Channel Unit (CCU-20) Performs all baseband signal processing necessary to

originate the forward baseband signal and to terminatethe reverse baseband signal. Up to two CCUs can be

accommodated by a microcell.

CDMA Baseband Radio (CBR) Receives the digitally combined baseband forward signalfrom the CCU-20s and converts it to a low power levelmodulated RF signal.

CDMA Amplifiers The microcell supports two amplifiers:

1) The Transmit RF amplifier (TX AMP) which amplifiesthe RF signal from the CBR up to the required power

level. Output power at J4 is 10W (NAR) or 20W (interna-tional) for cellular and 8W for PCS.

2) The Low Noise Amplifier Module (LNAM) in the receivepath which amplifies the received RF signal from the

Mobile Terminal.

Filters and Test Couplers Ensure that the RF signal conforms to the spectral limits

described in the appropriate standards, and allow the RFpath to be tested.

Time Frequency Unit (TFU) Provides the reference frequency and CDMA clocks used

by the CBRs and CCUs, and contains a GPS unit to pro-vide CDMA network synchronization.

Oscillator Module (OM) Provides an ovenized oscillator reference to the TFU.

CDMA Test Radio Module (CTRM) Optional device that allows the customer to perform

online testing of the functionality of the traffic and over-head channels.

Power Converter Unit (PCU) Converts AC power to the DC voltages needed by the cellequipment.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT CDMA MICROCELLProduct Outline

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FLEXENT CDMA MICROCELL ARCHITECTURE

The Flexent CDMA Radio Controller (CRC) terminates the packet pipe and controls the

circuit packs containing the channel elements. The CDMA Channel Unit-20 (CCU-20)

contains 20 channel elements for CDMA signal processing. The signals from the channel

elements are fed into the CDMA Baseband Radio (CBR) where the digital signal is con-

verted to analog and modulated onto a RF carrier. The amplifier is amplifying the signal to

desired output power.

Acronyms

CRC – CDMA Radio Controller

CCU – CDMA Channel Unit (20 Channel Elements)

CBR – CDMA Baseband Radio

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT CDMA MICROCELL ARCHITECTURE

Filters,CouplersCCU-20 CBR Amp

Tx/Rx

CRC

Rx

CCU-20

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FLEXENT MODULAR CELL FRAME

The CDMA modular cell provides radio functionality for a geographical area, which can

be served by an multi-directional antenna system. The modular cell features the following:

• Utilizes up to six T1/E1 lines to exchange traffic and control data with the switch.

• Supports up to 360 CDMA channel elements (two per carrier/face for overhead chan-nels and the remainder for traffic channels.)

• Provides 16 watts of output power in the PCS range, or 20 watts when operating in the

cellular band.

• Sector and carrier (cabled for full three-sector configuration):

— Three sector, 1-3 carrier

— Two sector, 1-3 carrier.

• Operation in PCS and Cellular frequency bands.

• Supports local and remote service provider diagnostics and alarm analysis capabilities.

• Front access for cabling and circuit pack replacement for indoor applications. (Outdoor

applications vent the amplifiers to the rear.)

• Growth to wideband CDMA applications.

The main processing takes place in the CDMA Digital Module (CDM). The architecture

of the CDM is presented next.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT MODULAR CELL FRAME

Amplifiers

T F U

C D M

C D M

C D M

Wi d e b an d

P r ovi si on

Filters, LNA

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FLEXENT MODULAR CELLCDMA DIGITAL MODULE

3 Sectors

The CDMA Digital Module (CDM) handles most of the signal processing for the Flexent

Modular Cell. A CDM consist of a CDMA Radio Controller (CRC), one to three CDMA

Baseband Radios (CBR), one to six CDMA Channel Units (CCU), and a power unit

(PCU).

One CDM can handle three sectors on one carrier. It can terminate two T1/E1 lines for

packet pipes and signaling links. The CRC controls the CCUs. One CCU has 20 channel

elements (CCU-20). The digital signals from the CCUs goes into one of the CBRs (one

per face) for analog to digital conversion and RF modulation. The RF signal is then fed to

the Multi-Carrier Amplifier (MCA).

The Flexent Modular Cell is prepared for next generation signal processing. There is an

empty slot for a wideband module when available.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT MODULAR CELLCDMA DIGITAL MODULE

3 Sectors

C D M

F 3

C D M F 1

C D M F 2

PCU3

CBR F3C3

CBR F3C2

CBR F3C1

PCU2

CBR F2C3

CBR F2C2

CBR F2C1

PCU1

CBR F1C3

CBR F1C2

CBR F1C1

CRC F3C1

CCU F3C6

CCU F3C5

CCU F3C4

CCU F3C3

CCU F3C2

CCU F3C1

CRC F2C1

CCU F2C6

CCU F2C5

CCU F2C4

CCU F2C3

CCU F2C2CCU F2C1

CRC F1C1

CCU F1C6

CCU F1C5

CCU F1C4

CCU F1C3

CCU F1C2

CCU F1C1

MEM

TFU 2

TFU 1MBU

DS3

W i d e

b a n

d

P r o v

i s i o n

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FLEXENT MODULAR CELLCDM Interconnection

In a Flexent Modular Cell channel element pooling is automatic, a channel element can be

assigned any of the CBRs in the CDM. For a three sector configuration the CDM has three

CBRs – one for each antenna face. The CBRs are connected to each Multi-Carrier Ampli-

fier (MCA) associated with each antenna face. If the Modular Cell has more than one car-

rier the other CBRs in the other CDMs are connected to the same MCAs. In other words,

the CBRs associated with the alpha face are connected to the same MCA.

The MCA is a virtual amplifier defined in translations. An MCA consists of a number of

Ultra Linear Amplifier Modules (ULAM) based on the number of carriers the MCA is

supporting. For three carriers three ULAMs are equipped in one MCA. The MCA is linear

in 5MHz so the carriers selected for the MCA should be adjacent to each other.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT MODULAR CELLCDM Interconnection

C C U 6

C C U 5

C C U 4

C C U 3

C C U 2

C C U 1

C R C 1

C B R 3

C B R 2

C B R 1

CDM 1

3:1

1:3

3:1

1 2 3

MCA 1

ULAM

PAF 1

LNA1 +Duplex

Filters (2)

C C U 6

C C U 5

C C U 4

C C U 3

C C U 2

C C U 1

C R C 2

C B R 3

C B R 2

C B R 1

CDM 2

3:1

1:3

3:1

4 5 6

MCA 2

ULAM

PAF 2

LNA2 +Duplex

Filters (2)

C C U 6

C C U 5

C C U 4

C C U 3

C C U 2

C C U 1

C R C 3

C B R 3

C B R 2

C B R 1

CDM 3

3:1

1:3

3:1

7 8 9

MCA 3

ULAM

PAF 3

LNA3 +Duplex

Filters (2)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FLEXENT MODULAR CELL GROWTH FRAME

The Flexent Modular Cell can be grown by configuring a Modular Cell Growth Frame. A

growth frame can support an additional three carriers for three sectors. Additional anten-

nas are not needed.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT MODULAR CELL GROWTH FRAME

Amplifiers

T F U

C D M

C D M

C D M

Wi d e b an d

P r ov i s i on

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FLEXENT MODULAR CELLANTENNA CONFIGURATION

With triplex filters the Flexent Modular Cell can support up to 11 carriers per sector using

only two antennas per sector and two growth cabinets. If duplex filters are used, up to 6

carriers per sector can be configured using two antennas per sector.

With duplex filters the 6 carriers can be configured as:

• Antenna 1: Rx F1-F6, Tx F1-F3

• Antenna 2: Rx F1-F6, Tx F4-F6

With triplex filters 11 carriers can be configured using two antennas as seen in the figure.

• Antenna 1: Rx F1-F11, Tx F1-F3, Tx F7-F9

• Antenna 2: Rx F1-F11, Tx F4-F6, Tx F10-F11

It is important to remember that each group of 3 contiguous transmit frequencies in a 5

MHz band must be at least 5 MHz apart from the other group of 3 frequencies on the same

triplexer. This is needed to ensure isolation between the two frequency blocks. See theCarrier Assignment section for a list of currently available frequency blocks.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT MODULAR CELLANTENNA CONFIGURATION

(Per Sector)

Rx F1-F11

Tx F1-F3

Tx F7-F9

Rx F1-F11

Tx F4-F6

Tx F10-F11

J4 (Antenna Ports)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






MODULAR CELL FLAVORS

The Flexent Modular Cell is undergoing an evolution towards OneBTS. OneBTS will sup-

port multiple technologies using one frame type.

Modular Cell 2.0Modular Cell 2.0 supports three carriers and three sectors.

Modular Cell 3.0

Modular Cell 2.0 supports three carriers and three sectors. The cell can be upgraded to

support OneBTS equipment.

Modular Cell HD

The High Density option is used to co-locate with Series II frames to allow cellular mar-

kets to utilize all available CDMA carriers in the spectrum.

Modular Cell 4.0

Modular Cell 4.0 supports six carriers and three sectors using OneBTS equipment.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





MODULAR CELL FLAVORS

• Modular Cell 2.0

— 3 carriers, 3 sectors

— Not upgradeable to OneBTS



— Upgradeable to OneBTS

• Modular Cell HD

— Co-located with Series II

— Use LAF and AIF



— OneBTS ready

— New modules required

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FLEXENT CDMA DISTRIBUTED BASE STATION

The Flexent CDMA Distributed Base Station (“MicroMinicell”) incorporates most of the

capabilities of the Flexent Modular Cell assemblage into a configuration with separate

digital and RF modules that can be remotely situated from each other, for example

mounted on a pole or a wall.

The base station consists of two basic modules, RF Unit (RFU) and Baseband Unit (BBU)

to allow for modular growth.

Baseband Unit

Each BBU contains the digital components necessary to support a one-carrier/ three-sector

area. The BBU supports up to 120 channel elements are supported per BBU, two per car-

rier per face. A BBU contains the following components:

• One CDMA Radio Controller (CRC)

• One to six CDMA Channel Units (CCUs)

• Timing Frequency Unit (TFU) in BBU1, with an optional spare in BBU2

• Oscillator Module (OM)

• Fiberoptic Module (FOM) - provides the optical interface to/from each sector’s RFU.

• Power Converter Unit (PCU)

• Input/Output Card (IOC)

RF Unit

Each RFU contains the RF hardware necessary to support a one-carrier/one-sector area.

The RFU provides an output power of 16 watts for both the cellular and PCS frequency

bands. An RFU contains the following components:• One Pre-distortion CDMA Baseband Radio (PCBR)

• Flexent CDMA MicroMini 5100 Base Station Tx Amplifier (MMA), output power at

J4 is 16W for both cellular and PCS

• Power Conversion Unit (PCU)

• Filters

• Measurement Module (MM)

• Couplers

• Cabling

The Flexent CDMA Distributed Base Station can be grown to support CDMA2000 appli-

cations.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT CDMA DISTRIBUTED BASE STATION

Tx/Rx

Rx

RFU

Tx/Rx

Rx

RFU

Tx/Rx

Rx

RFU

BBU

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






3G-1X CELL SITE COMPONENTSFlexent

For a Flexent cell site to support 3G-1X, one new hardware component is needed, a new

channel card, CCU-32 The CCU-32 can handle both IS-95A/B and 3G-1X channels and

has 32 bi-directional CEs for FCH and control channels. Also, the CCU-32 has 32 addi-

tional uni-directional CEs to be used for F-SCH. The Sync Channel is assigned a uni-

directional CE.

Note: The CCU-32 can be mixed with older channel cards (CCU-20) on the same shelf.

CCU-20 can remain in the shelf and continue to process 2G calls alongside CCU-32.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





3G-1X CELL SITE COMPONENTSFlexent

• CCU-32

— Can process IS-95 and 3G-1X channels

— 32 bi-directional channel elements for FundamentalChannels and overhead channels

— Additional 32 uni-directional channel elements forForward Supplemental Channels and the SyncChannel

— Can be mixed with CCU-20

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






3G-1X DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS

Implementation of 3G-1X is straightforward. Most Lucent 2G systems may be upgraded

to 3G-1X via addition of 3G-1X channel cards and the appropriate software release.

Operators may have very different needs for 3G-1X from market to market and even

within a particular network. Therefore, there are no recommendations how to specificallydeploy 3G-1X in an existing IS-95 network. However, knowing the characteristics of 3G-

1X, the operator can address the following questions based on the needs in the market or

network:

• Should a carrier be provisioned with a mix of 3G-1X and 2G or 3G-1X only?

• Should one carrier be upgraded? Multiple carriers? All carriers?

• Should the entire network be upgraded or concentrate on the “Hot spots” with high voice

and data growth?

3G-1X Facts

To find an answer to the above questions, consider these important 3G-1X facts, all of

which have been discussed or will be discussed throughout the course:

• 3G-1X can double the number of voice subscribers on a carrier.

• The 3G-1X-link budget for voice is at least as good as the IS-95 link budget. This means

that the coverage area for 3G-1X voice users will be equal or slightly better than for IS-

95 voice users for new and existing deployments. A 1:1 overlay is recommended.

• 3G-1X can provide up to 153.6 kbps High Speed Packet Data. Various data rates can

used, but not all data rates may be available at the cell boundaries, especially for cell

sites that have been optimized for maximum voice coverage. The maximum coverage

area decreases as the data rate increases.

The system will seek to provide the maximum data rates possible to a mobile given the

environmental conditions, system resources, and mobile capability.

• The 3G-1X channel cards can process voice and data calls for both 3G-1X and 2G.

Therefore, replacing all 2G channel cards with 3G-1X will not remove 2G functionality;

2G may instead increase.

• With 3G-1X and 2G co-existing on the same carrier, the full capacity of 3G-1X may not

be reached.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





3G-1X DEPLOYMENT SCENARIOS

• Straightforward

— 3G-1X channel cards

— Software

• Questions

— Should a carrier be provisioned with a mix of 3G-1Xand 2G or 3G-1X only?

— Should one carrier be upgraded? Multiple carriers?All carriers?

— Should the entire network be upgraded or concen-trate on the “Hot spots” with high voice and datagrowth?

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






3G-1X OPERATION OVERVIEW

It is important to know how the system will treat 2G and 3G mobiles when they are served

by a base station with 3G channel cards. There are two general cases:

• Assigning calls among 2G and 3G channel cards

• Assigning calls between carriers in a multi-carrier cell

Assigning Calls Among Channel Cards

For a carrier with mixed 2G channel cards (ECU-10 or CCU-20) and 3G-1X channel cards

(ECU-32 or CCU-32), the system will attempt to assign a mobile that requests 2G service

to the 2G card first. If a 2G card is not available (e.g., no remaining capacity or out of ser-

vice), then the call will be placed on an ECU-32. This is true for a 2G mobile that origi-

nates on the carrier or a mobile (2G or 3G) that is handing off into the cell as a 2G call.

3G mobiles are first assigned to the 3G channel card (CCU-32 or ECU-32) as 3G calls. If

a 3G channel card is not available, the mobile would be directed to a 2G card in 2G mode.

Assigning Calls Between Carriers

Initially, it is expected that not all carriers in a multi-carrier case station will have 3G-1X

channel cards. In that case, the system provides means to control the assignment of 2G and

3G calls.

When a 3G mobile enters the area covered by a 3G equipped cell, it will look for the

Extended CDMA Channel List Message (ECLM) for carriers to hash to. The ECLM lists

3G capable carriers.

There are a number of translations that control the system preferences when both 2G and

3G are present in a sector. Their purpose is to give bias to carriers based on the generationused, 2G or 3G-1X. The bias is used in the Traffic Channel Assignment algorithm (TCA)

and controls 2G-only carriers, 3G-1X carriers, and 3G-1X data carriers.

Hardware Deployment Example

When starting out, it may not matter as much to have just one carrier support both 2G and

3G-1X, and the remaining carriers 2G-only. One can set the 2G load preference delta to 0,

the 3G load preference delta to the desired level of preference, and the Allow Sharing 3G-

1X Carrier to “yes”. 2G mobiles will hash to the carrier also, but will be assigned 2G hard-

ware (if available), and 3G mobiles will be assigned 3G hardware (if available).

As the density of 3G mobiles increases, this carrier will start showing a load imbalance,and at that point it might be worthwhile to replace the remaining 2G hardware on that car-

rier with 3G hardware, and disallow sharing of the 3G-1X carrier. The 2G mobiles will no

longer hash to the 3G carrier, and will originate elsewhere. The 2G load preference delta

will also have to be set to the appropriate level at that point.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





3G-1X OPERATION OVERVIEW

• 3G-1X calls prefer 3G-mode

— May go to 2G

• 2G calls prefer 2G-only hardware

— May go to 3G-1X hardware

• Carrier deployment

— Dedicated

— Co-exist with 2G

• TCA algorithm can assign carrier bias

— 2G-only

— 3G-1X

— 3G-1X data

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






IS-634 SYSTEM INTERFACE

Introduction

A consortium of vendors formed the CDMA Development Group (CDG) and consoli-

dated the earlier IS-634 and IOS (Inter-Operability Standard) standards into CDG IOS

which continues to develop the standards for Open A interface. Lucent Technologies sup-

ports these standards, and currently refers to all Open A interface functionality as IS-634.

• IS-634 is a set of common transport messages used to make connections between the

MSC’s cell (base) site and base site servers for voice and data calls

• IS-634 is now known as ANSI-634 A interface Standard

• IS-634 is an Inter-Operability Standard

• With IS-634 support, is possible to configure a Lucent MSC with non-Lucent cell sites

• Later, Lucent cells will also directly support IS-634 message types.

Base Station Controller

An IS-634 base station (BS) consists of a Base Station Controller (BSC) and its associated

Base Transceiver Systems (BTS) that provide radio transmission functions. Messages to

and from an IS-634 BS to the MSC use the Open A interface communication protocol.

Call Processing Features

The following call processing features that are currently available on Flexent/

AUTOPLEX wireless network systems are also available with IS-634 base stations (BSs)

that offer those same features. The features include:

• Soft handoffs within an IS-634 BS.— Soft handoffs are allowed between Lucent Technologies cells or between cells as-

sociated with a particular IS-634 BS. Soft handoffs are not allowed between Lu-cent Technologies cells and IS-634 cells.

• Hard Handoffs

— IS-634 BS to IS-634 BS

— IS-634 BS to/from Lucent Technologies cell site

Reference: MSC Support for IS-634 Base Stations Feature Guide, 401-710-080.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





IS-634 SYSTEM INTERFACE

P S T N

A N S I

- 4 1

A N S I : I S U P ,

R 1 M F ,

D T M F

I n t e l l i g e n

t

N e t w o r k

( S C P ,

S C E , S

M S ,

S C N ,

H L R , e

t c )

V o i c e

M a i l O

t h e r P C S &

C e l l u l a r

S y s t e m s

B i l l i n g

S y s t e m s

P u b l i c /

P r i v a t e

D a t a N e t w o r k s

O v e r - t h e - A i r

A c t i v a t i o n

F u n c t i o

n

A N S I - 4 1

M e s s a g e

C e n t e r

I S - 6 3 4

R E V - 0

S u p p o r t S y s t e m s

I S - 6 3 4

R E V - A

A T M

B S C

B T S

L u c e n t

P C S C

L u c e n t B a s e S t a t i o n O

p t i o n s

N o n - L u c e n t B a s e S t a t i o n s

C C I T T : I S U P ,

R 2 M F ( C ) , T U P

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TRANSLATION PARAMETERS

Translation parameters are database software definable variables which are used for a

variety of purposes such as:

• defining hardware configurations

• controlling software operation• defining transmission facilities for traffic and control data.

Note: Not all translation parameters will be discussed. Only the translation parameters that

are pertinent to engineering topics covered will be discussed. All translation parameters

are discussed in detail in the Data Base Update Guide, 401-610-036.

RC/V

The RC/V subsystem is the technician interface for the Flexent™/AUTOPLEX© Wireless

Networks Database Management System (DBMS) for the application database. The RC/V

subsystem is interactive and menu driven. The technician can insert, update, delete, or

review database information by selecting the proper form and screen to be displayed at the

RC/V terminal.

There are two symbols used on a RC/V screen that have special significance to the user.

These symbols are the asterisk (*) used on all screens and the plus sign (+) used on some

screens. They are used for the following reasons.

* The asterisk is used to indicate that a field is a "key field." One or more key fields

uniquely identify a database record. All key fields are required unless they are identified,

on the RC/V screen, as "(Optional)."

+ The plus sign is used to indicate that a field is an "overriding parameter." An overriding

parameter is first defined at the system level (ECP or CGSA) and can be redefined, ifrequired, at a lower level (cell or physical face).

The overriding parameters are identified for all applicable new fields.

The values of overriding fields are only displayed on the lowest level form (for example,

"cell2") if the technician overrode a higher level value (for example, on the "ecp" form)

via the lower level form. If a value is not overridden, a blank is displayed on the lowest

level form.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





TRANSLATION PARAMETERS

• Translation parameters are definable database variables

— Hardware configurations

— Software operation

— Transmission facilities

• Translation parameters can be accessed using RC/V

— Asterisk (*) indicates a “key field”

— Plus sign (+) indicates an “overriding parameter”

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






AUTOPLEX/FLEXENT BASE STATION DEFINITIONTRANSLATION PARAMETERS

csno, cstat


tion parameters.

Cell Site Number

(csno)Form: cell2

— the identifying number for a cell site.

Range: 1 – 384

Cell Site Status(cstat)

Form: cell2

— indicates cell site status.Range:

u = unequipped, g = growthor

e = equipped

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





AUTOPLEX/FLEXENT BASE STATION DEFINITIONTRANSLATION PARAMETERS

csno, cstat

Cell Site Number ............................................................................................................... *1) ___

ACC Location Area ID......................................................................................................... +2) ___

DCCH Virtual Mobile Location Area.................................................................................... +3) ___

CDMA Registration Zone ID................................................................................................ +4) ___

VZID/CID Cell ID................................................................................................................. 5) ___

Cellular Geographic Service Area....................................................................................... 6) ___

Switch Identification ............................................................................................................ 7) ___

Virtual Switch Identification................................................................................................. 8) ___

CDMA Switch Identification................................................................................................. 9) ___ CDMA Virtual Switch Identification...................................................................................... 10) ___

Cell Site Status.................................................................................................................. 12) ___

Location Equipped Antenna Faces..................................................................................... 13) ___

Wait for Overhead Message ............................................................................................... 14) ___

Perform Pre-setup on Traffic Channel ................................................................................ 15) ___

Traffic Channel Holding Timer (sec) ................................................................................... 16) ___

AUTOPLEX

Cellular SERIES II CELL (cell2) Screen 1 of 21

System

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






AUTOPLEX/FLEXENT FRAME EQUIPAGETRANSLATION PARAMETERS

fr0tech, fr1tech


tion parameters.

Frame Technology Type:

(Controller) Frame 0(fr0tech)

Form: cell2

— indicates the technology type for Frame 0.Notes: 1) Please refer to CTSO FAX Flash 95-124 and

CTSO FAX Flash 95-124A for an entry of “s2m” or “s2mm.”For an entry of “s2m,” see CTSO Bulletin 95-010 and CTSOBulletin 95-031. For an entry of “s2mm,” see CTSO Bulletin

95-013 and CTSO bulletin 96-001. 2) The value enteredhere is also displayed on the “ceqcom2” form.

Range:cbs = Compact Base Station

ccm = Cellular CDMA Minicellcccm = Cellular CDMA Compact Minicell

pcm = CDMA PCS Minicell

ptm = TDMA PCS Minicellptmc = TDMA PCS Minicell Compact

rcs = Radio Cluster Serverrcs_mod = Radio Cluster Server for Modular Cell

rcs_mmc = Radio Cluster Server for MicroMinicells2 = Analog or TDMA

s2e = Series IIe

s2m = Series IIms2mm = Series IImm

(Growth) Frame 1

(fr1tech)Form: cell2

— indicates the technology type for Frame 1.

Range:c = CDMA

m1 = Series IIm – one shelfmm1 = Series IImm – one shelfmm2s = Series IIm – two shelves – two sectors

ptmg = TDMA PCS Minicells2 = analog or TDMA

ccm = Cellular CDMA Minicell Growth Framecccm = Cellular CDMA Compact Minicell Growth Frame

pcm = CDMA PCS Minicell Growth Frameddgf = CDMA Double Density Growth Frame

rg = Rack-Mounted Growth Frameu = unequipped

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





AUTOPLEX/FLEXENT FRAME EQUIPAGETRANSLATION PARAMETERS

fr0tech, fr1tech

Frame Technology Type:

(Controller) Frame 0 ...................................................................................................... 18) ___

(Growth) Frame 1........................................................................................................... 19) ___

(Growth) Frame 2 ............................................................................................................ 20) ___

(Growth) Frame 3 ............................................................................................................ 21) ___

(Growth) Frame 4 ............................................................................................................ 22) ___

(Growth) Frame 5 ............................................................................................................ 23) ___

Mobile Access - Maximum Busy

- Pager ........................................................................................................................ 24) ___

- Other......................................................................................................................... 25) ___

Mobile Access - Maximum Seize Try

- Pager ........................................................................................................................ 26) ___

- Other......................................................................................................................... 27) ___

Primary Server Group

- Strongest Face Indicator........................................................................................... 28) ___

- Strongest-Only Indicator........................................................................................... 29) ___

- Type.......................................................................................................................... 30) ___

Secondary Server Group

- Strongest Face Indicator........................................................................................... 31) ___

- Strongest-Only Indicator........................................................................................... 32) ___

- Type.......................................................................................................................... 33) ___

AUTOPLEX


System Cell ____

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






AUTOPLEX AMPLIFIER EQUIPAGEHARDWARE CONFIGURATIONTRANSLATION PARAMETERS

laceqp, lactype


tion parameters.

Linear Amplifier Circuit Equipage

Amp Equip

(laceqp)Form: ceqcom2

— indicates whether linear amplifier circuits 0 through 7 are

equipped on a per circuit basis. For Series IIm cell sites,a maximum of 8 LCAs can be equipped per frame.

Note: For Series IIm, a LAC is an individual channel lin-

ear amplifier (ICLA). For Series IImm cell sites, the maxi-mum number of LACs equipped for each frame should

be 1.Range: y or n

Lac Type

(lactype)Form: ceqcom2

— specifies the LAC type for CDMA PCS LACs (in the cor-

responding “Eqp” field) for circuit IDs 0 through 7.Range:

c = CDMA PCS CATV

h = HTPA (for Cellular CDMA and TDMA Minicells)l = LAC (for CDMA cells including frame type ’c’ and

’ddgf’ and Cellular CDMA Minicells for primary frame)m = MCA (for MicroCell Amplifier)

o = other vendor (for other vendor fiber microcells)p = CDMA PCS (PCA)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





AUTOPLEX AMPLIFIER EQUIPAGEHARDWARE CONFIGURATIONTRANSLATION PARAMETERS

laceqp, lactype

AUTOPLEX

Cellular SERIES II CELL EQUIPAGE COMMON (ceqcom2) Screen 6 of 23

System Cell ____

Linear Amplifier Circuit Equipage..... > 74)

Circ

ID#

Amp

Eqp

75)

Lac

Type

76)

Circ

ID#

Amp

Eqp

78)

Lac

Type

79)

Circ

ID#

Amp

Eqp

81)

Lac

Type

82)

Circ

ID#

Amp

Eqp

84)

Lac

Type

85)

[1] 0 _ _ [1] 8 _ _ [1] 16 _ _ [1] 24 _ _

[2] 1 _ _ [2] 9 _ _ [2] 17 _ _ [2] 25 _ _

[3] 2 _ _ [3] 10 _ _ [3] 18 _ _ [3] 26 _ _

[4] 3 _ _ [4] 11 _ _ [4] 19 _ _ [4] 27 _ _

[5] 4 _ _ [5] 12 _ _ [5] 20 _ _ [5] 28 _ _

[6] 5 _ _ [6] 13 _ _ [6] 21 _ _ [6] 29 _ _

[7] 6 _ _ [7] 14 _ _ [7] 22 _ _ [7] 30 _ _

[8] 7 _ _ [8] 15 _ _ [8] 23 _ _ [8] 31 _ _

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






AUTOPLEX SHARED EQUIPMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETERS

cccstat, ccusup


tion parameters.

Status

(cccstat)

Form: ceqcom2

— specifies the status for CCCs.

Range:

u = unequipped, g = growth

or

e = equipped

Type

(ccusup)

Form: ceqcom2

— identifies the CCC type.

Note: The CCC type can be either an extended CCU (ECU), or

a 3G-1x CCU (ECU-1x).

Range:

ce-10 = 10 CDMA channel elements (ECU)ce-32 = 32 CDMA channel elements for 3G-1x (ECU-1x)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






cccstat, ccusup

AUTOPLEX


System Cell ____

190) CDMA Cluster Controller (CCC) List:

Status Type Status Type

CCC 191) 192) CCC 193) 194)

[1] 1 _ ____ 2 _ ____ WARNING: REMOVE THE

CCC PRIOR TO CHANG-

ING ANY INFO FOR THAT

CCC. FAILURE TO FOL-

LOW THE PROPER PRO-CEDURES MAY CORRUPT

THE CELL OPERATION

[2] 3 _ ____ 4 _ ____

[3] 5 _ ____ 6 _ ____

[4] 7 _ ____ 8 _ ____ [5] 9 _ ____ 10 _ ____

[6] 11 _ ____ 12 _ ____

[7] 13 _ ____ 14 _ ____

[8] 15 _ ____ 16 _ ____

[9] 17 _ ____ 18 _ ____

[10] 19 _ ____ 20 _ ____

[11] 21 _ ____ 22 _ ____

[12] 23 _ ____ 24 _ ____

[13] 25 _ ____ 26 _ ____

[14] 27 _ ____ 28 _ ____

[15] 29 _ ____ 30 _ ____

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






AUTOPLEX SHARED EQUIPMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETER

ccustat


tion parameters.

Note: CDMA Channel Units can actually be either CE-2 (TCU), CE-10 (ECU), or CE-32

(ECU-1x).

CDMA Channel Unit Equipment

Status List(ccustat)

Form: ceqccu

— the status (unequipped, growth, or equipped) of each

CCU for CCCs.Notes:

1) If the primary frame type is “pcm” or “ccm,” only up to

the first 4 CCUs should be equipped on the appropriate

CCCs. The primary frame type is entered into the “Frame

Technology Type: (Controller) Frame 0" field on the“cell2” form and is displayed in a field with the same

name on the “ceqcom2” form.2) The following rules are to be followed when updating

this form (where e ≥ g ≥ u)):• Equipage state of CCU 1 MUST be greater than or

equal to the state of CCU 2.

• Equipage state of CCU 2 MUST be greater than orequal to the state of CCU 3.

• Equipage state of CCU 3 MUST be greater than orequal to the state of CCU 4.

• Equipage state of CCU 4 MUST be greater than or

equal to the state of CCU 5.• Equipage state of CCU 5 MUST be greater than or

equal to the state of CCU 6.• Equipage state of CCU 6 MUST be greater than or

equal to the state of CCU 7.

Range:(from highest to lowest state)

e = equippedg = growth (can be diagnosed)

u = unequipped(or NULL)

[Optional]

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





AUTOPLEX SHARED EQUIPMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETER

ccustat

AUTOPLEX

Cellular SERIES II CELL CDMA CCU EQUIPAGE (ceqccu) Screen 1 of 3

System Cell Site Number *1) ____

2) CDMA Channel Unit Equipment Status List:

CCC

ID#

CCU 1

4)

CCU 2

5)

CCU 3

6)

CCU 4

7)

CCU 5

8)

CCU 6

9)

CCU 7

10)

[1] 1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ WARNING:

[2] 2 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ CHANGING CCU

[3] 3 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ STATUS WITHOUT

[4] 4 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ FOLLOWING THE

[5] 5 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ PROPER PROCEDURES

[6] 6 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ WILL CORRUPT THE

[7] 7 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ CELL OPERATION.

[8] 8 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ REFER TO THE

[9] 9 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ DATABASE UPDATE

[10] 10 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ MANUAL

[11] 11 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (401-610-036)

[12] 12 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ FOR MORE DETAILS.

[13] 13 _ _ _ _ _ _ _

[14] 14 _ _ _ _ _ _ _

[15] 15 _ _ _ _ _ _ _

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







bbastat, bbaconfig, bcrcarr, bcrchnl,baseclass, bcrlacid, bcrant, bbasubno


tion parameters.

BBA Stat(bbastat)

Form: ceqcom2

— identifies the status of BBAs.Range:

u = unequipped, g = growth, or

e = equipped

BBA Type

(bbaconfig)Form: ceqcom2

— identifies the BBA type for a BBA pair.

Range: f = FULLSET = ACU-BCR-BIU

CDMA Carr

(bcrcarr)Form: ceqcom2

— identifies the CDMA carrier for a BBA pair.

Range: 1 – 1 0

CDMA Chanl

(bcrchnl)Form: ceqcom2

— identifies the CDMA channel for a BBA pair. This field is

populated on the “cgsa” form and can be overridden onthe “cell2” form.Range:

Legal values for 850 carriers are 1-309, 358-642, 691-692, 741-777 and 1015-1023.

Legal values for 1900 carriers are 25-1175.

Base Class

(baseclass)

Form: ceqcom2

— specifies the base class that the BBA is associated with.

Range:

i = IS-95

j = JTC

LAC ID

(bcrlacid)

Form: ceqcom2

— identifies the linear amplifier circuit (LAC) for a BBA pair

Range: 0 – 31

Phy Ant

(bcrant)

Form: ceqcom2

— identifies the physical antenna used for a BBA pair.

Range:

0 – 6

Sub Mem

(bbasubno)

Form: ceqcom2

— identifies the interconnected subcell member number used for a

BBA pair.

Range:

0 = not a subcell

1 = for BBAs 1-6

2 = for BBAs 7-12

3 = for BBAs 13-18

4 = for BBAs 19-24

5 = for BBAs 25-30

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






bbastat, bbaconfig, bcrcarr, bcrchnl,baseclass, bcrlacid, bcrant, bbasubno

AUTOPLEX


System Cell ____

BBA BBA BBA CDMA CDMA Num of Base LAC Phy Sub

Stat Stat Type Carr Chanl Page Chnl Class ID Ant Mem

202) BBA 203) BBA 204) 205) 206) 207) 208) 209) 210) 211) 212)

[1] 1 _ 2 _ _____ __ ____ _ ____ __ _ _

[2] 3 _ 4 _ _____ __ ____ _ ____ __ _ _

[3] 5 _ 6 _ _____ __ ____ _ ____ __ _ _

MaxPwr213)

LMT/CATVMax Pwr

214)

AttenFact215)

WARNING: REMOVE THE BBA PRIOR TOCHANGING ANY INFO FOR THAT BBA. FAILURETO FOLLOW THE PROPER PROCEDURES MAYCORRUPT THE CELL OPERATION. [1] ____ ___ __

[2] ____ ___ __

[3] ____ ___ __

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FLEXENT MODULAR CELL SHARED EQUIPMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETER

ulam.stat


tion parameters.

ULAM Status

(ulam.stat)Form: cmodeqp

— Specifies the status of each Ultralinear Amplifier Module

(ULAM) in a Multi-Carrier Amplifier (MCA).There can be one to three ULAMs equipped per MCA.Range: e, u

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT MODULAR CELL SHARED EQIPMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETER

ulam.stat

FLEXENT

Wireless CDMA MODULAR CELL EQUIPAGE (cmodeqp) Screen 3 of 5

Networks

23) ULAM Equipage:

Num Stat

24)

Num Stat

26)

Num Stat

28)

Num Stat

30)

[1] 1 __ [1] 10 __ [1] 19 __ [1] 28 __

[2] 2 __ [2] 11 __ [2] 20 __ [2] 29 __

[3] 3 __ [3] 12 __ [3] 21 __ [3] 30 __

[4] 4 __ [4] 13 __ [4] 22 __ [4] 31 __

[5] 5 __ [5] 14 __ [5] 23 __ [5] 32 __

[6] 6 __ [6] 15 __ [6] 24 __ [6] 33 __

[7] 7 __ [7] 16 __ [7] 25 __ [7] 34 __

[8] 8 __ [8] 17 __ [8] 26 __ [8] 35 __

[9] 9 __ [9] 18 __ [9] 27 __ [9] 36 __

CDMs 1 - 3 CDMs 5 - 7 CDMs 9 - 11 CDMs 13 - 15

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FLEXENT MODULAR CELL SHARED EQUIPMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETERS

mca_type, mca_paf, ulam_num


tion parameters.

MCA Type

(mca_type)Form: cmodeqp

— Specifies the amplifier type, which is based on the power

consumption used by the cell, Band Class associatedwith the CDMA Carrier assigned to an equipped CBR,and the number of carriers assigned.

Only one type of MCA is supported per Modular Cell.Range:

c1, c2, c3 for cellularp1, p2, p3 for PCS

MCA PAF

(mca_paf)Form: cmodeqp

— Specifies the Physical Antenna Face associated with an

MCA and the CBRs assigned to the MCA.Range: 1 - 6

ULAM Numbers(ulam_num)

Form: cmodeqp

— Specifies up to three ULAM Numbers that can beassigned to an MCA.

All ULAM Numbers assigned to an MCA must be unique.Range: 1 - 36

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT MODULAR CELL SHARED EQIPMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETERSmca_type, mca_paf, ulam_num

FLEXENT

Wireless CDMA MODULAR CELL EQUIPAGE (cmodeqp) Screen 4 of 5

Networks

32) MCA Equipage:

MCA

NUM

MCA

Type

Phy

Ant

ULAM

Numbers

MCA

NUM

MCA

Type

Phy

Ant

ULAM

Numbers

33) 34) 35) 36) 37) 41) 42) 43) 44) 45)

[1] 1 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ [1] 13 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

[2] 2 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ [2] 14 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

[3] 3 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ [3] 15 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

[4] 4 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ [4] 16 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

[5] 5 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ [5] 17 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

[6] 6 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ [6] 18 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

[7] 7 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ [7] 19 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

[8] 8 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ [8] 20 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

[9] 9 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ [9] 21 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

[10] 10 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ [10] 22 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

[11] 11 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ [11] 23 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

[12] 12 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ [12] 24 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







rcsm, cdmno, crcstat


tion parameters.

Cell Site Number

(rcsm)Form: cdmeqp

— Specifies the Modular Cell RCS number.

Range: 1 - 222

CDMA Digital Module Number(cdmno)

Form: cdmeqp

— Specifies the CDMA Digital Module Number.Range: 1 - 3, 5 - 7, 9 - 11, 13 - 15

CRC Status(crcstat)

Form: cdmeqp

— Specifies the CRC status of the CDMA Digital Module.Range: e, u

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT MODULAR CELL SHARED EQIPMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETERS

rcsm, cdmno, crcstat

Cell Site Number (Modular Cell RCS) ............................................................................. *1) ___

CDMA Digital Module (CDM/CRC) Number .................................................................... *2) ___

CRC Status........................................................................................................................ 3) ___

CDMA Digital Module Software – Revision Number........................................................... +4) ___

CDMA Digital Module Software Diagnostic Generic........................................................... +5) ___

Transmission Facility Type................................................................................................. 6) ___

CRC Overload Control (%) ................................................................................................. +7) ___

AP Signaling Link Information for Connections at the AP:

Primary AP: DS1 8) ___ DS0 10 ___ Notes 11) ________

Alternate AP: DS1 12) ___ DS0 14 ___ Notes 15) ________

FLEXENT

Wireless CDMA DIGITAL MODULE EQUIPAGE (cdmeqp) Screen 1 of 4

Networks

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FLEXENT MODULAR CELL SHARED EQUIPMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETER

ccustat


tion parameters.

CDMA Control Unit Information:

CCU Status(ccustat)

Form: cdmeqp

— Specifies the status of the CCU board.

Note:’u’ = unequipped, ’e’ = equipped, ’g’ = growthRange: u, e, g

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT MODULAR CELL SHARED EQIPMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETER

ccustat

CDMA Channel Unit Type .................................................................................................. 23) ___

Channel Element Minor OOS Limit..................................................................................... +24) ___

Channel Element Major OOS Limit..................................................................................... +25) ___

FLEXENT


Networks Cell ___ CDM ___

19) CDMA Control Unit Information:

CCU

Number

CCU

Status

20)

CCU

Number

CCU

Status

22)

[1] __ [4] __

[2] __ [5] __

[3] __ [6] __

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







cbrstat, mcano, phyant,bcrcarr, carchan, baseclass


tion parameters.

CBR Equipage Information:CBR Status

(cbrstat)Form: cdmeqp

— Specifies the status of the CBR.Note:

’u’ = unequipped, ’e’ = equipped, ’g’ = growthRange: u, e, g

CBR Equipage Information:MCA Number

(mcano)Form: cdmeqp

— Indicates the MCA number.Range: 1 - 24

CBR Equipage Information:Physical Antenna Face

(phyant)Form: cdmeqp

— Specifies the physical antenna face associated with aMulti-Carrier Amplifier Module and the CBRs assigned to

this MCA.Range: 0 - 6

CBR Equipage Information:

Carrier assigned to the CDMABaseband Radio

(bcrcarr)Form: cdmeqp

— Specifies the CDMA Carrier assigned to the CDMA Base-

band Radio.Note:

The CDMA carriers are defined on the cgsa form and canbe redefined on the cell2 form.

Range: 1 - 10

CBR Equipage Information:

CDMA Channel(carchan)

Form: cdmeqp

— Specifies the CDMA Channel associated with the CBR

CDMA Carrier currently assigned to the CBR on thisModular Cell.

Range: 1 - 1175

CBR Equipage Information:Base Class(baseclass)

Form: cdmeqp

— Specifies the CDMA Base Class associated with the CBRassigned to a carrier in a digital Module.

Note:The baseclass has a one to one relationship with theBand Class assigned to the CBR in the USA. For other

international applications this may not true.Range: IS95, JTC

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT MODULAR CELL SHARED EQIPMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETERS

cbrstat, mcano, phyant,bcrcarr, carchan, baseclass

FLEXENT



44) CBR Equipage:

CBR

Number

CBR

STAT

45)

MCA

Number

46)

Phy

Ant

47)

Max

Pwr

48)

CDMA

Carr

49)

Carr

Chnl

50)

CBR

Atten

51)

Base

Class

52)

Number

Paging

Channels

53)

Rx

Desence

54)

Calibration

55)

[1] ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ [2] ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

[3] ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

WARNING: REMOVE THE CBR PRIOR TO CHANGING ANY INFO FOR THAT CBR. FAILURE TO

FOLLOW THE PROPER PROCEDURES MAY CORRUPT THE CELL OPERATION.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FLEXENT MICROCELL SHARED EQUIPMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETERS

cccstat, ccustat, bcrant, lactype,bcrcarr, carchan, baseclass


tion parameters.

Micro Cell Status(cccstat)

Form: crcseq

— Specifies the status of the Microcell. It is also the status ofthe first CCU board, the TFU and CBR.

Note:’u’ = unequipped, ’e’ = equippedRange: u, e

2nd CCU Status

(ccustat)Form: crcseq

— Specifies the status of the optional (2nd) CCU board.

It is defined on a per Microcell basis.Range: u, e

Physical Antenna Face(bcrant)

Form: crcseq

— Specifies the number of a physical antenna face.

Note: The Physical Antenna Face must be equal to the

Microcell Cell Number it is being assigned to.Range: 0 - 6

Amplifier Type

(lactype)Form: crcseq

— Specifies the Amplifier Type for associated Microcell.

Range:l = Low Power Microcell Cellular CDMA (lmcc)

h = High Power Microcell PCS CDMA (hmpc)h = Low Power Microcell Cellular CDMA for Extended

cellular band (lmce)

CBR Carrier

(bcrcarr)Form: crcseq

— This field specifies the CDMA carrier assigned to the

CDMA Baseband Radio (CBR). It is defined on a perMicrocell basis.

Range: 1 - 10

CBR Channel(carchan)

Form: crcseq

— This field displays the channel associated with the CBRCDMA carrier currently assigned to the CBR on thisMicrocell. This is a display only field, per Microcell.

CBR Base Class

(baseclass)Form: crcseq

— Specifies the CDMA Base Class associated with the

CBR.Range: i = IS-95, j = JTC

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT MICROCELL SHARED EQIPMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETERS

cccstat, ccustat, bcrant, lactype,bcrcarr, carchan, baseclass

FLEXENT

Wireless CDMA RCS/MICROCELL EQUIPAGE (crcseq) Screen 2 of 5

Networks Cell ___

11) Microcell Equipage

Microcell

Number

Microcell

Stat

13)

2nd

CCU

Stat

14)

Phy

Ant

15)

Amp

Type

16)

Max

Pwr

17)

CBR

Carr

18)

CBR

Chnl

19)

CBR

Atten

20)

CBR

Base

Class

21)

Number

Paging

Channels

22)

[1] 1 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ [2] 2 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

[3] 3 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

RX

Desense

23)

CTRM

24)

CRC

Over

Load

+25)

[1] ___ ___ ___

[2] ___ ___ ___

[3] ___ ___ ___

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FLEXENT MICROMINI CELL SHARED EQUIPMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETER

csno, cdmno, crcstat


tion parameters.

Cell Site Number

(csno)Form: bbueqp

— Specifies the MicroMini Cell RCS number.

Range: 1 - 222

CDMA Base Band Unit Number(cdmno)

Form: bbueqp

— Specifies the CDMA Base Band Unit Number.Range: 1 - 3

CRC Status(crcstat)

Form: bbueqp

— Specifies the CRC status of the CDMA Base Band Unit.Range: e, u

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT MICROMINI CELL SHARED EQIPMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETER

csno, cdmno, crcstat

Cell Site Number ............................................................................................................... *1) ___

Base Band Unit Number................................................................................................... *2) ___

CRC Status........................................................................................................................ 3) ___

Transmission Facility Type................................................................................................. 4) ___

CRC Overload Control (%) ................................................................................................. +5) ___

AP Signaling Link Information for Connections at the AP:

Primary AP: DS1 6) ___ DS0 8 ___ Notes 9) ________ Alternate AP: DS1 10) ___ DS0 12 ___ Notes 13) ________

FLEXENT

Wireless CDMA BASEBAND UNIT EQUIPAGE (bbueqp) Screen 1 of 4

Networks

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







ccustat


tion parameters.

CCU Status

(ccustat)Form: bbueqp

— Specifies the status of the CCU board.

Range: e, u, g

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






ccustat

Channel Element Minor OOS Limit..................................................................................... +21) ___

Channel Element Major OOS Limit..................................................................................... +22) ___

FLEXENT


Networks Cell ___ BBU ___

17) CDMA Control Unit Information:

CCU

Number

CCU

Status

18)

CCU

Number

CCU

Status

20)

[1] __ [4] __

[2] __ [5] __

[3] __ [6] __

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







cbrstat, amp_type, phyant,bcrcarr, carchan, baseclass


tion parameters.

Cell Site Number(cbrstat)

Form: bbueqp

— Specifies the status of the PCBR.Range: e, u, g

CDMA Base Band Unit Number

(amp_type)Form: bbueqp

— Indicates the Amplifier Type.

Range: 1 - 24

Physical Antenna

(phyant)Form: bbueqp

— Specifies the physical antenna face associated with a

Multi-Carrier Amplifier Module and the PCBRs assignedto it.Range: 0 - 6

CDMA Carrier Assigned to CBR

(bcrcarr)Form: bbueqp

— Specifies the CDMA Carrier assigned to the CDMA Base-

band Radio.Range: 1 - 10

CDMA Channel

(carchan)Form: bbueqp

— Specifies the CDMA Channel associated with the PCBR

CDMA Carrier currently assigned to the PCBR on thisMicroMini Cell.

Range: 1 - 1175

Base Class

(baseclass)Form: bbueqp

— Specifies the CDMA Base Class associated with the

PCBR assigned to a carrier in a BBU.Note: The baseclass has a one to one relationship with

the Band Class assigned to the PCBR in the USA. Forother international applications this may not true.

Range: ‘IS95’, ‘JTC’

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






cbrstat, amp_type, phyant,bcrcarr, carchan, baseclass

FLEXENT


Networks Cell ___ BBU ___

40) PCBR Equipage

PCBR

Number

PCBR

Stat

41)

Amp

Type

42)

Phy

Ant

43)

Max

Pwr

44)

CDMA

Carr

45)

Carr

Chnl

46)

PCBR

Atten

47)

Base

Class

48)

Number

Paging

Channels

49)

Calibration

50)

[1] ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

[2] ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ [3] ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

PCBR Shared Antenna Test Threshold WARNING: REMOVE THE PCBR

PRIOR TO CHANGING ANY INFO FOR

THAT PCBR. FAILURE TO FOLLOW

THE PROPER PROCEDURES MAY

CORRUPT THE CELL OPERATION.

Number BBU

51)

PCBR

52)

Tx

53)

Rx1

54)

Rx0

55)

[1] ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

[2] ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

[3] ___ ___ ___ ___ ___

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






EQUIPMENT ENGINGEERING CONSIDERATIONSFOR MULTIPLE CARRIER FREQUENCIES

Deploying multiple carrier frequencies requires special considerations for two major

equipment engineering areas: hardware configuration and amplifier engineering.

Hardware ConfigurationThe hardware for the new equipment when deploying multiple carrier frequencies have to

be configured in translations. There are configurations for a new carrier frequency: Full

Capabilities Growth Carrier and Pilot Only Growth Carrier.

A Full Capabilities Growth Carrier has both overhead channels and traffic channels carry-

ing traffic. A Pilot Only Growth Carrier only has overhead channel and therefore cannot

carry traffic. These two configurations will be discussed in more detail in Unit 4.

Amplifier Engineering

When an amplifier supports a number of carriers, it is important to make sure that the FCC

regulations are followed. The amplifier engineering for LAC, MLAC, and HMLAC can

be found in the appendix. There is also a spread sheet available, LAC Power Calculator, toassist amplifier engineering.

For Flexent MCA amplifier the carrier frequency selection is important. Carrier frequency

selection will be discussed later on in the material. It is also important to remember that

when additional carriers are deployed using the MCA amplifier, CBR attenuation has to

be adjusted to maintain the same RF coverage footprint.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





EQUIPMENT ENGINGEERING CONSIDERATIONSFOR MULTIPLE CARRIER FREQUENCIES

• Hardware Configuration

— Hardware has to be configured in translations

— Full Capability Growth Carrier

— Pilot Only Growth Carrier

• Amplifier Engineering

— Has to satisfy FCC regulations

— For LAC, MLAC, HMLAC

• Spreadsheet available

— For MCA

• Carrier frequency selection

• CBR attenuation factor

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






HARDWARE CONFIGURATION SUMMARY

A Flexent or an Autoplex system consists of a system controller. The system controller is

an overall organizer of the system. In the Flexent architecture the controller is the Applica-

tion Processor (AP), and in the Autoplex architecture the Executive Cellular Processor

(ECP). The system also consists of the 5ESS Digital Cellular Switch and a number of cell

sites. The switch is responsible for switching the traffic, selecting frames, and performing

speech encoding and decoding. Lucent Technologies has a number of cell sites depending

on the architecture. The cell site, also known as base station, is the interface between the

switch and the mobile stations.

The Flexent and Autoplex cell site architectures are different but both have components

performing similar functions. A cell site has a cell site controller. In an Autoplex architec-

ture the controller is called the Radio Control Complex (RCC) and is located in the base

station. The Flexent base station controller is called Radio Cluster Server (RCS) and is a

software instance running on the AP. A cell site has a number of channel elements resid-

ing in a channel element card. The channel element card is called Extended Channel Unit

(ECU) for Autoplex and CDMA Channel Unit (CCU) for Flexent. The ECU consists of 10channel elements and the CCU 20 channel elements. A controller is controlling the chan-

nel element, CDMA Cluster Controller (CCC) for Autoplex and CDMA Radio Controller

(CRC) for Flexent.

To support RF transmission a radio, transceiver, is connected to transmit and receive units.

The radio is called Baseband Combiner Radio (BCR) in Autoplex and CDMA Baseband

Radio (CBR) for Flexent. The CBR is also performing digital to analog conversion and

vice versa, a task that in Autoplex is performed by the Analog Conversion Unit (ACU). A

cell site also has amplifiers, filters, cables, and antennas.

The hardware needs to be configured in translations.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





HARDWARE CONFIGURATIONSUMMARY

• Two architectures are available and can co-exist

— Flexent

— Autoplex

• A wireless CDMA system consists of

— System controller

— Switch

— Cell sites

• A cell site consists of

— Cell site controller

— Channel element controller

— Channel elements

— Radio

• The hardware needs to be configured in translations.

• To add carriers, more frames and shelves have to beequipped in a cell site.

• A new carrier can be configured in two ways:

— Full capabilities growth carrier

— Pilot only growth carrier.

• Amplifier engineering may have to be performed.

• To add 3G-1X capability new channel element boards areneeded.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






HARDWARE CONFIGURATIONKnowledge Check

Question 1.

Please mark yes or no in the following table if the network components are a part of

AUTOPLEX or Flexent architecture.

Network Component AUTOPLEX Flexent

Access Manager

5ESS DCS

ATM

PSTN

T1/E1

EthernetAPC-RCS

Autoplex Cell Site

Flexent Cell Site

Mobile Station

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Question 2.

The CDMA Radio Cluster (CRC) is a common building block for all the PCS and cellularAutoplex CDMA base station products. It contains hardware required to generate and

receive CDMA signals for a cell sector. Identify the following CRC components by draw-

ing a line connecting each component and its function.

CUC

(Channel Unit Cluster)

It contains 10 Channel Elements (CEs). A CE can be

configured as a traffic, pilot, page access, or sync

channel.

BBA It is the controller for a group of ECUs. It logically ter-

minates the packet pipe that carries the encoded

speech for the traffic CEs, and communicates with the

RCC over the TDMA bus.

ECU

(Extended Channel Units)

On transmit, it combines digital CE signals, converts

the combined signal to analog, and routes the analog

signal to the BCR connected to a sector. On receive, it

converts the baseband analog signal to digital form,

and then sends the digital signal to the CEs.

CCC

(CDMA Cluster Controller

On transmit, it converts the analog signal from the

ACU to the RF carrier, and sends it to the amplifier.

On receive, it converts the RF signal from the antenna

to a baseband signal and sends it to the ACU.ACU

(Analog Conversion Unit)

It is a group which is made up by CCC and ECUs.

This group generates and decodes the CDMA base

band signals for active channel.

BCR

(Baseband Combiner and

Radio)

It is a group which is made up by Bus Interface Unit

(BIU), ACU and BCR. This group interfaces digital

CDMA signals from the CEs and the RF signals trans-

mitted and received by each sector antenna.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Question 3.

How many packet pipes are required for Pilot Only Growth Carrier?

A. 0

B. 1

C. 2

Question 4.

True or False? A 3G-1X channel element is capable of processing 2G (IS-95A/B) calls.

Question 5.

In order to update a base station for 3G-1X, what components need to be updated?

A. Packet pipes

B. Transmit radios

C. Channel elements

D. All of the above

Question 6.

True or False? 3G-1X can co-exist on the same carrier as 2G (IS-95A/B).

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Section 4




Link Budget for Reverse Link Section 4

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Link Budget for Reverse Link CL8301 – v2.0




FUNDAMENTAL MECHANISMS LIMITINGTHE PERFORMANCE OF THE CHANNEL

Guidelines for system layout and configuration are based on signal-to-impairment ratio.

This implies some criteria for signal-to-noise ratio to establish minimum signal levels for

both reverse link and forward link. This also implies some criteria for signal-to-impair-

ment ratio for both reverse link and forward link. The criteria are based on the fundamen-

tal mechanisms of the channel.

Accordingly, before embarking on any link budget analysis, it is prudent to understand

their fundamental mechanisms.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0 Link Budget for Reverse Link



FUNDAMENTAL MECHANISMS LIMITINGTHE PERFORMANCE OF THE CHANNEL

• Relationship between

— Voice Quality, and Frame Error Rate

— Frame Error Rate, andRadio Frequency Mean Signal-to-Impairment Ratio

— Voice Quality, andRadio Frequency Mean Signal-to-Impairment Ratio

• Type of Vocoder

— 8 kbps (Rate Set 1) — 13 kbps (Rate Set 2)

— Enhanced Variable Rate Vocoder (Rate Set 1)

• Radio Frequency Impairments

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TYPICAL VOCODER PERFORMANCE

Two rate sets are specified in the IS-95 standard:

• Rate Set 1 (8K and EVRC)

— 9,600 bps (full rate)

— 4,800 bps (half rate)

— 2,400 bps (quarter rate)

— 1,200 bps (eighth rate)

• Rate Set 2 (13K)

— 14,400 bps (full rate)

— 7,200 bps (half rate)

— 3,600 bps (quarter rate)

— 1,800 bps (eighth rate)

Vocoders are specified for each rate; the QSELP 8 kbps vocoder and EVRC 8 kbps

vocoder for Rate Set 1, and a 13 kbps vocoder for Rate Set 2. Two rate sets are specified togive the service provider a choice of high quality voice and high speed data, or lower qual-

ity voice and lower speed data with an increase in system capacity. This allows the service

provider to either compete with high quality service at a premium cost to the subscriber, or

as the low cost service in the market area. IS-95 allows either or both data rates in a sys-

tem.

The curves show the relative voice quality for the three vocoders. Mean opinion scores

(MOS) are measured by having listeners rate a voice circuit on a scale of 1 to 5. One rep-

resenting an unacceptable quality call, and 5 representing an excellent quality call. Listen-

ing tests are repeated at varying frame error rates for both vocoders.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





TYPICAL VOCODER PERFORMANCE

1

2

3

0.1%

Frame Error Rate

Mean Opinion Score

1.0%

4

5

10.0% 100.0%

13 kbps

EVRC8 kbps

Excellent

Good

Fair

Poor

Better

[%]

(log scale)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TYPICAL BASE STATIONDEMODULATOR PERFORMANCE

The current 8 kbps CDMA receiver demodulator technology achieves 0.1% frame error

rate with a Eb / N0 = 6.6 dB signal, on an ideal non-fading channel with Additive White

Gaussian Noise (AWGN).* Note, N0

represents white Gaussian Noise. NT

will be used to

represent noise plus interference in following analyses.

Field tests† show the demodulator frame error rate varies between 0.6% and 1.23% for a

two sector system with 30 mobiles per sector, Rate Set 1. Also the voice quality is gener-

ally considered acceptable for frame error rates below 1%. This represents the average

performance achievable with current technology; however, more advanced theoretical

demodulators may be achievable with future technology, increasing the CDMA channel

capacity.

3G-1X achieves acceptable FER with a Eb / N0 of 4 dB.

* Qualcomm Inc.: “Power Control Notes”, February 28, 1994.

† Qualcomm Inc.: “CDMA Capacity 2.1 Test Report”, August 1993.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





TYPICAL BASE STATIONDEMODULATOR PERFORMANCE

0.01%

0.10%

1.00%

10.00%

0

Signal-to-Impairment Ratio

Frame Error Rate [%] (log scale)

100.00%

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Current Technology

Eb /N0 [dB]

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TYPICAL CDMA VOICE QUALITYPERFORMANCE

Having MOS versus frame error rate curves is only the first step in predicting CDMA per-

formance. It is also necessary to relate the vocoder frame error rate to the signals received

by the base station. This is not a simple relationship as the frame error rate is a function of

the robustness of the channel coding as well as the signal to impairment ratio. These

curves show the measured relationship between the MOS and the ratio of bit energy to

total interference plus noise, Eb /NT, for both vocoders.

The Eb /NT required for acceptable voice quality is determined where the MOS starts to

decrease from the ideal error free channel.

To relate mean opinion scores to the familiar, and keeping in mind the different vocoders

were tested by different organizations with different subjects so small differences may not

be significant.

For the sake of comparison, the AMPS channel for a parked mobile with 26 dB carrier to

impairment rates a mean opinion score of 4, while a mobile at 30 mph with an average car-

rier to impairment of 17 dB is rated at MOS of 2.3.

Vocoder Mean Opinion Score

64 kbps µ-law 4.3

32 kbps ADPCM 4.1

16 kbps LD-CELP 4.15

13 kbps CDMA 4.15

8 kbps EVRC 4.15

8 kbps IS-54 3.64

8 kbps IS-96 3.64

13 kbps GSM 3.64

Acronyms

Eb – Average energy per user bitEVRC – Enhanced Variable Rate Codec

NT – The effective noise power spectral density

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





TYPICAL CDMA VOICE QUALITYPERFORMANCE

1

2

3

4

2

Signal-to-Impairment Ratio

Mean Opinion Score

13 kbpsEVRC8 kbps

5

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Margin Required foracceptable voicequality (7.0 dB). For3G-1X the margin is4.0 dB

11

Better

Eb /NT [dB]

Poor

Fair

Good

Excellent

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






THE MINIMUM MARGIN REQUIRED FORACCEPTABLE CDMA VOICE QUALITY

Reliable system operation is possible if the energy to noise density ratio is held above a

required minimum margin. The margin of 6.6 dB for 8 kbps and EVRC or 7.0 dB for 13

kbps channels is the minimum margin required for the vocoder to yield acceptable voice

quality given the bit error performance under average RF conditions.

While actual Eb /NT may vary with cell loading, fading, and the movement of mobiles —

determination of total path loss must allow for the mean Eb /NT margin.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





THE MINIMUM MARGIN REQUIREDFOR ACCEPTABLE CDMA VOICE QUALITY

Bit EnergyTransmitted

ReceiverNoise Plus

Bit Energy

Received

Interference

Distance

ReceiverTransmitter

TotalPath Loss

LP

Required Margin

CoverageRange

• Transmitter power, interference, and margin are needed todetermine total path loss, LP.

Signal LevelDecreaseswith Distance

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






EFFECTS OF MOBILE SPEEDON REVERSE LINK Eb /N0

Another factor that effects the voice quality is the mobile speed. At low speeds the power

control loop reacts fast enough to maintain a good signal so an adequate frame error rate is

possible at a low Eb /N0. As the speed increases the power control loop no longer respondsfast enough to keep the receive constant at the receiver. A higher Eb /N0 is required to

maintain the frame error rate. However, as the speed increase even more, the effects of

fading are short enough that the bit scrambling and convolution coding are able to correct

bits lost during the short fades. The error correction allows a lower Eb /N0 to achieve the

required frame rate. Field test show that the required Eb /N0 can vary from about 5 dB to 7

dB in a typical suburban environment.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





EFFECTS OF MOBILE SPEEDON REVERSE LINK Eb/N0

Ref: CDMA Radio Network Planning by Mark Wallace and Rod Walton(IEEE 0-7803-1823-4/94)

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

E b / N 0 d B

Speed mphReverse link

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






EFFECTS OF MOBILE SPEEDON FORWARD LINK Eb /N0

The effect of mobile speed is more severe on the forward link than on the reverse link. As

seen in the graph, the required Eb /NT for acceptable quality is very low when the mobile is

stationary. When the mobile starts moving, the required Eb /NT is rapidly increasing to ahigh level. As the mobile speed keeps on increasing, the required Eb /NT levels out. The

variation in required Eb /NT can be in the range of 20 dB.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





EFFECTS OF MOBILE SPEEDON FORWARD LINK Eb/N0

Ref: CDMA Radio Network Planning by Mark Wallace and Rod Walton(IEEE 0-7803-1823-4/94)

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45

25

20

15

10

5

0

Speed mph

E b / N

0 d B

Single Path

2 Equal Paths

3 Equal Paths

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






LINK BUDGET FACTORSExercise

Link budgets are the models used to compute the coverage and performance for a base sta-

tion and mobile.

Directions:List the factors that should be considered in a link budget.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





LINK BUDGET FACTORSExercise

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






LINK BUDGET FACTORS FORCDMA REVERSE LINK

In a CDMA system, the reverse link analysis and link budget will be used to estimate max-

imum path loss.

Ref: Lucent CDMA RF Engineering Guidelines

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





LINK BUDGET FACTORS FORCDMA REVERSE LINK

Items Units

(a) Maximum Transmitted Power perTraffic Channel

dBm

(b) Tx Cable, Connector, Combiner, andBody Loss

dB

(c) Transmitter Antenna Gain dBi

(d) Transmitter EIRP per Traffic Channel(a-b+c)

dBm

(e) Receiver Antenna Gain dBi

(f) Receiver Cable and Connector Losses dB

(g) Receiver Noise Figure dB

(h) Receiver Noise Density dBm/Hz

(i) Receiver Interference Margin dB

(j)Total Effective Noise plus InterferenceDensity=(g+h+i)

dBm/Hz

(k1) Information Rate 10 log (Rb) dBHz

(l1) Required Eb /No dB

(m) Receiver Sensitivity (j+k+l) dB

(n) Handoff Gain dB

(o) Explicit Diversity Gain dB

(p) Log-normal Fade Margin dB

(p’) Building/Vehicle Penetration Loss dB

(q) Maximum Path Loss

{d-m+(e-f)+o+n-p-p’}

dB

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






MOBILE TRANSMIT POWER

Mobile transmit power levels are specified in terms of effective isotropic radiated power

(EIRP) — referenced to an isotropic antenna — for PCS mobiles and in terms of effective

radiated power (ERP) — referenced to a dipole antenna — for cellular mobiles. EIRP/

ERP measured during a transmitted power control group for each mobile class when com-

manded to maximum output power is within the limits given in the table:

The minimum controlled power (with both closed loop and open loop power control func-

tions set to minimum) shall be less than -50 dBm/1.25 MHz for all frequencies within

±625 kHz of the center frequency. When gating off power control groups, the mobile

transmitter shall reduce its power to the noise floor or 20 dB below the last power control

level.

When the transmitter is disabled the output noise power spectral density of the mobile

shall be less than -61 dBm, measured in a 1 MHz resolution bandwidth at the mobile

antenna connector, for frequencies within the mobile transmit band.

For 3G-1X the transmitted power includes the Reverse Pilot.

Note: 0.2 Watts = 200 mW = +23 dBm

EIRP (dBi) = ERP (dBd) + 2.15

Ref: IS-95A and J-STD-008

Effective Radiated Power at Maximum Output Power

Cellular Mobile Class Lower Limit Upper Limit

I 1 dBW (1.25 watts) 8 dBW (6.3 watts)

II -3 dBW (0.5 watts) 4 dBW (2.5 watts)

III -7 dBW (0.2 watts) 0 dBW (1.0 watts)

PCS Mobile Class

I -2 dBW (630 mW) 3 dBW (2W)

II -7 dBW (200 mW) 0 dBW (1W)

III -12 dBW (63 mW) -3 dBW (0.5W)

IV -17 dBW (20 mW) -6 dBW (0.25W)

V -22 dBW (6.3 mW) -9 dBW (0.13W)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





MOBILE TRANSMIT POWER

Note: dBm = dBW + 30

4030

20

10

0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50I II III

Cellular Mobile Class

( d B m

)

30

20

10

0

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50I II III

PCS Mobile Class

( d B m

)

IV V

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






MODEL FOR CDMAREVERSE LINK RECEIVER SENSITIVITY

For this reverse link example we will consider a CDMA handheld unit with 200 milliwatts

effective radiated power. The reverse link is sometimes referred to as the uplink.

The reverse link Eb /NT depends on many factors, as shown. The received signal strengthdepends on the mobile power, path loss, and the gain of the mobile and base station

antenna systems. The interference level depends on the base station receiver noise figure,

plus the interference from other users, and the user speech activity, i.e., channel activity

factor. The engineer must account for all these factors in the reverse link budget so the

system will have acceptable performance, and adequate capacity, in the base station cov-

erage area. Shown is the reverse link budget for a noise limited cell (no interference from

mobiles being served by this base station or mobiles being served by neighboring base sta-

tions), to show the factors involved to calculate the maximum coverage for an isolated

cell. This represents the maximum coverage, limited only by the base station receiver sen-

sitivity. The coverage in a typical system will be less due to the interference from other

users and other cells, and will be covered later. The link budget parameters used for thisexample are:

PM is the effective radiated power of the mobile, assumed to be 23 dBm (200 mw).

LP is the total path loss between the mobile and base station in dB.

GA is the base station receive antenna gain, assumed to be 15 dB, relative to an isotropic

antenna.

LC is the base station receiver antenna cable loss, assumed to be 2.5 dB.

FdB is the receiver noise figure, assumed to be 4 dB. 5.5 dB for Series II.

For this example, assuming a single user and no interference, the cell coverage is limited

only by the base station receiver sensitivity, which is determined by the receiver low noise

preamplifier.

Acronym

CRC – CDMA Radio Cluster

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





MODEL FOR CDMAREVERSE LINK RECEIVER SENSITIVITY

Mobile

Filters &Couplers Preamp

Preamp

CRC

PM

LP

GA

GA

LC

LC

Base Station

Reference point forreceiver noise figure, FdB

antenna cable connector(Sometimes referred to as “J4”)

Where:

PM = Mobile effective radiated power (23 dBm)

LP = Path loss between mobile and base station (dB)

GA = Typical receiver antenna gain (15 dB relative to an isotropic antenna)

LC = Typical receiver antenna cable loss (2.5 dB)

FdB = Typical Receiver noise figure (4.0 dB)*

* Typical noise figure for Flexent Modular Cell, referenced at the antenna cable connector.

R

LP

Filters &Couplers

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






MINIMUM SIGNAL REQUIREDRate Set 1 Vocoder,

Isolated Base StationSingle Mobile

Shown are the calculations to compute the minimum signal required to produce adequatevoice quality at the base station. From the criteria on the previous page, we can computethe signal strength from a single user in a noise limited system, with no other interference.This will give us the maximum radius for a cell; this maximum radius is then reduced byinterference from other users to give the relation between coverage and capacity.

With no interference from other mobiles, the total impairment is the base station noisefloor, referenced to the input of the receiver, and is given by:

n0 = 10 × log (kT), due to thermodynamic effects

N0 = n0 + FdB

Where:

k = Boltzman’s constant, 1.38 × 10

–23

Joules/Kelvins(Remember 1 Joule = 1 Watt Second)

T = Receiver temperature, assumed to be room temperature, 290 Kelvins

FdB = the receiver noise figure, 4.0 dB. Where the receiver noise figure is defined as:

n0 = 10 log (1.38 × 10–23 × 290) = –204 dBW/Hz

N0 = –204 dBW/Hz + 30 dBm/dBW + 4.0 dB

N0 = –170.0 dBm/Hz

Adding the required Eb /N0 of 7 dB gives the bit energy for acceptable voice quality. To

calculate the total signal power required at the receiver input, the bit energy, Eb, must be

divided by the user bit interval, Tb, (1/9600 bits/sec.).

Smin = (Eb)min – 10 log (Tb)

Smin = –163.0 dBm/Hz – 10 log (1/9600)

Smin = –163.0 dBm/Hz + 39.8 dB Hz

The required signal power must be greater than –123.2 dBm.

Note: Energy can be expressed in Watts × seconds or Watts/Hertz.

FdB(S/N)in (S/N)out

FdB = 10 log(S/N)in

(S/N)out

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





MINIMUM SIGNAL REQUIREDRate Set 1 Vocoder,

Isolated Base StationSingle Mobile

Base Station Noise Floor

N0 = 10 log (kT) + 30 dBm/dBW + FdB

N0 = –204 dBW/Hz + 30 dBm/dBW + 4.0 dB

N0 = –170.0 dBm/Hz

Minimum bit energy required for specified Eb /N0

(Eb)min = N0 + (Eb /N0)req

(Eb)min = –170.0 dBm/Hz + 7.0 dB

(Eb)min = –163.0 dBm/Hz

Minimum signal power expressed in dBm

Smin = (Eb)min – 10 log (Tb)

Smin = –163.0 dBm/Hz + 39.8 dB Hz

Minimum signal required for acceptable quality

Smin = -123.2 dBm

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FADE MARGIN(Adjustment for Shadow Fading)

The distribution of the mean signal-to-noise ratio is shown. The expected value of mean

S/N is shown in the middle. It is the value derived from calculations or “quoted” as the

mean signal-to-noise. The area under the curve is the cumulative distribution function

(CDF), that is probability (s/n < S/N). The probability that the actual mean signal-to-noise

ratio will be the expected value is 50%, hence this value gives only 50% confidence level.

In order to obtain a higher confidence level, the calculated mean signal-to-noise ratio must

be higher than the expected value by an amount that can be derived from the plot.

Obviously, the mean signal-to-noise ratio is within the range of the abscissa as shown,

with 100% probability. In other words, there is 100% confidence that the signal is within

that range. In order to derive the confidence level associated with a particular value above

the expected value on the abscissa, one only needs to integrate the probability density

function from minus infinity to the point that indicates that value on the abscissa.

The actual value of the signal at that point is determined by multiplying the distance

between that point and the expected value point by the standard deviation (8 dB, in thiscase) and adding the resulting value to the expected value. Thus, the value calculated is

known as the fading margin.

Conversely, to determine a particular confidence level greater than 50%, integrate the

probability density function from minus infinity to a point beyond the expected value on

the abscissa where the probability is 100 minus the desired percentage of confidence level.

The calculations have been done and the resulting values are displayed.

Note: The full distribution table is found in the Appendix.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FADE MARGIN(Adjustment for Shadow Fading)

Note: The statistical confidence of the random variable being at leastequal to the expected value is 50%, that is Probability

(s/n ≤ ε {s/n}) = 0.5.

Ninety percent confidence requires a significant fading margin.

10% of values greaterthan LP + 10.24 dB.

s/n

The expected value of s/n

S/N

ε {s/n}

ConfidenceMargin

Multiples of σ Margin [dB]

Probability (s/n ≤ ε {s/n}) (s/n – ε {s/n})/ σ s/n (σ = 8 dB)

0.89 +1.25 ε {s/n} + 10 dB

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






EDGE COVERAGE VS. AREA COVERAGE

Introduction

The fade margin expressed in the reverse link budget is based on the probability of cell

edge coverage, i.e. a confidence of 90% means that the probability of coverage at the edge

of the cell is 90%. However, coverage probability is sometimes expressed as area cover-

age. If the probability of area coverage is given in the design requirements, the equivalent

edge coverage needs to be found in order to input the correct fade margin in the link bud-

get. This can be done using the Jake’s Graph, as illustrated.

Calculating the Fade Margin

The fade margin to a given required area coverage probability can be found as follow:

1. Find the abscissa value (σs)/ n, where the pathloss varies as 1/(rn), r is the distance.

2. Take required area coverage probability, Parea, as the ordinate value.3. The intersection of the two values will provide a value for cell edge coverage prob-

ability, Pedge.

4. Find the fade margin for Pedge in the CDF table for the standard normal distribution

table, N(0, 1).

Example

Find the fade margin required to achieve 90% area coverage probability when the follow-

ing are given:

• standard deviation, σs, of the propagation is 8dB

• propagation pathloss slope is -40dB/decade

Since the pathloss slope is -40dB/decade, n = 4.0 and σs /n = 8 / 4 = 2. In the graph, the

Parea = 90% and σs /n = 2 lines intercept at the curve for Pedge = 0.73 = 73%. Using a nor-

mal distribution table, N(0, 1), 0.73 corresponds to a confidence of 61% (0.61 * σs).

Hence, the fade margin needed for 90% area coverage probability is 0.61 * 8dB = 4.9dB.

Note

A normal distribution table can be found in the appendix.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





EDGE COVERAGE VS. AREA COVERAGE

Jake's Graph

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

s/n

P a r e a

Pedge

0.95

0.90

0.85

0.80

0.75

0.70

0.65

0.60

0.55

0.50

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






SOFT HANDOFF GAIN

Soft handoff improves the overall system performance by introducing a natural diversity,

more base stations are listening to the same signal. The mobile will transmit with the low-

est power required by the base stations involved in the call. Since the transmitted power

from the mobile is lower, the mobile is causing less interference and less interference

means more capacity. The analysis in the reference calculates the sector capacity for a sys-

tem with no soft handoff, two-way soft handoff and three-way soft handoff. The table uses

the results from the reference to calculate the sector capacity for the 13 kbps vocoder. The

assumptions are

• uniform traffic distribution

• 2% blocking

• voice activity factor of 0.4

• loaded system

• path loss of 40 dB/decade with 8 dB standard deviation.

While the absolute numbers are dependent on the assumptions and propagation environ-ment, a trend can be seen. The sector capacity increases as more calls are put into soft

handoff, three-way soft handoff yield more capacity than two-way soft handoff.

The handoff parameters, t_add and t_drop should be optimized to provide just big enough

handoff region to fully utilize the channel elements. Any signal the mobile sees that can-

not participate in the call becomes an interferer. Even though six-way soft handoff can be

used to solve problems in multiple pilot areas, the extra pilots in the call adds messaging

and messaging consumes processor resources. The engineer should design the system

such that there are no more than three base stations covering the area.

Ref: Erlang Capacity of a Power Controlled CDMA System, Viterbi and Viterbi, IEEE 93,

log No. 9208658.

Simplex (One-way)Handoff

Two-waySoft Handoff

Three-waySoft Handoff

Total SoftHandoff

Sector Capacity[Erlang]

100% 0% 0% 0% 8.31

90% 5% 5% 10% 8.67

80% 10% 10% 20% 9.02

60% 20% 20% 40% 9.74

40% 30% 30% 60% 10.45

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





SOFT HANDOFF GAIN

• Soft Handoff Impact on Center Base Station Received Power

OverlapRegion

Base StationA

Base StationB

0

-5

-10

-20

-15

0 20 40 60 80

Drop in Base Station Interference

% Mobile is in two-way handoff

[dB]

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






REVERSE LINK EXTERNAL INTERFERENCE

Reduction in the maximum path loss ∆Rev, is given by:

The equation indicates that the penalty in the maximum path loss depends only on the

external interference loading and CDMA receiver noise floor. The figure shows the reduc-

tion in the link maximum path loss versus the received external interference. If external

interference is less than -120 dBm, then the degradation in coverage is negligible. Service

providers can determine a tolerable link external interference power level based on the

acceptable reduction in the maximum path loss (considered in the network deployment

study).

MInt (µ) = Receiver interference margin, a function of loading µ

IExt= External interference

η = Receiver noise floor

Ref: Lucent RF Engineering Guidelines

∆RevMax Path Lossw/o Ext. Interference

Max Path Lossw/ Ext. Interference

------------------------------------------------------------------------------- IExt. MIn t µ( )η+MIn t µ( )η

-----------------------------------------= =

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





REVERSE LINK EXTERNAL INTERFERENCE

24

20

16

12

8

4

0

R e d u c t i o n i n M a x .

P a t h

L o s s ( d B )

External Interference Power RxStation (dBm/1.25 MHz)

30% Loading

40% Loading

50% Loading

60% Loading

-120 -110 -100 -90

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






RADIO FREQUENCY IMPAIRMENTS

Although thermal noise, N0, is the easiest radio frequency impairment to quantify, it is not

the most important impairment to consider in the engineering of a CDMA system. The

thermal noise is the impairment which limits the maximum coverage range of any cell site.

The major source for interference is the co-channel interference coming from mobilesserved by the physical antenna face in interest. Another major source for interference is

the co-channel interference from mobiles served by nearby physical antenna faces.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





RADIO FREQUENCY IMPAIRMENTS

Thermal Noise = N0

Total Impairment = NT

Total Impairment = Thermal Noise} N0

+ Co-Channel Interferencefrom Mobiles Servedby the Same PhysicalAntenna Face

+ Co-Channel Interferencefrom Mobiles Served byNearby Physical AntennaFaces

NT

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FREQUENCY REUSE EFFICIENCYFACTOR – CDMA

All users of a CDMA system based on IS-95 share the same frequency band. The total power

received at the cell site is the sum of all the signals from all users. The signal from one user expe-

riences interference from all other users.

CDMA is an interference limited system. Unlike FDMA/TDMA, CDMA has a soft capacity limit;

however, on the reverse link, each user is a noise source on the shared channel and the noise con-

tributed by users accumulates. Frequency reuse efficiency factor reduces the capacity of each cell

slightly because of the interference from neighboring cells of the system.

Reverse link frequency reuse efficiency, F, is defined as the ratio of other cell mobiles’ interfer-

ence power to the target cell mobile’s interference power. Forward link frequency reuse efficiency

is defined the same way except that it is the ratio of other cell sites interference power to the target

cell site’s interference power.

F is dependent on propagation law, the distribution of mobiles in the coverage area, the amount of

overlap between cells, the number (density) of mobiles, and the transmit power of the mobiles

(including voice activity).

Cell site capacity is directly proportional to the frequency reuse efficiency factor. Frequency reuse

efficiency is a measure of the degree of spatial isolation between neighboring cells.

To maximize the capacity of the system cell site geographic distance to expected loading mobiles,

cell site separation distances to each other, antenna gain/front-to-back ratios/side lobe levels/beam-

width-vertical and horizontal, etc., antenna radiation center and antenna downtilt adjustments all

must be planned carefully.

F = 1/(1+β)

β = loc /lo;

Interference from users on other cells,

Rm = distance of interfering mobile to the power controlling cell site

Ro = distance of interfering mobile to the target cell site

a = path loss slope, i.e., propagation law

ε = shadow fading attenuation

α = voice activity

S = signal power of mobile

d = density of mobiles per square area

da = differential to area

Interference from users on own cell,

Si = signal power of mobiles

Tc = time interval of a chip

Typical value for beta is 0.5 for an omni-directional cell site and 0.85 for a three sector cell site.

loc Rm Ro ⁄ ( )

Area

∫ All cells

∑a10

ε 10 ⁄ α S d da=

lo Sii 2=

m

∑ Tc=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FREQUENCY REUSE EFFICIENCYFACTOR – CDMA

Ideally, all interference power could come from loading mo-biles on the same target cell.

Realistically, a portion of the interference power comes fromthe sum of distant mobiles on neighboring cells.

M = Mo /(1 + β)

M = Mo × F

R0 Rm

Reverse link frequency reuse efficiency geometric relationship

Target Cell Mobiles Power Controlling Cell

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






RADIO FREQUENCY IMPAIRMENTFROM OTHER USERS

The more general case of interference from users in the same cell along with users in the

nearby cells is shown in the figure. Now the signal to impairment is the signal energy from

the user divided by the base station receiver noise plus the interference from the other

users in the cell plus the interference from the users in the neighboring cells. By conven-

tion for this course, the interference from the neighboring cells is modeled as all cells car-

rying the same number of calls and the interference from all the users in the neighboring

cells is attenuated by a factor, called β. So now the signal to impairment is given by:

The above equation is in terms of the bit energy received from each mobile, not the signal

power. There is a simple relationship between energy (milliwatt-seconds) and signal

power (milliwatts).

E b1 = S 1 × Tb

Where Tb is the time interval of a user bit; i.e., Tb = 1/9,600 = 104.167 microseconds for

Rate Set 1. Therefore, the signal to impairment ratio can be expressed in terms of received

signal power.

Where Si is the signal power from the ith user served by a base station, and Tc is interval of

a single CDMA chip for all the interfering mobiles; i.e., Tc = 1/1,288,000 = 813.8 nano-

seconds, and Tb is the user bit interval for the served call.

Note: The concept of reuse efficiency is labeled differently in different references. Herein

β is used. Some references use

Signal

Impairment-------------------------------

Eb

NT

-------Eb1

N0 Eciβ Eci

i 1=

M

∑+

i 2=

M

∑+

-----------------------------------------------------------= =

Eb

NT-------

S1Tb

N0 SiTc β SiTc

i 1=

M

∑+

i 2=

M

∑+

-------------------------------------------------------------------=

F1

1 β+------------=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





RADIO FREQUENCY IMPAIRMENTFROM OTHER USERS

Usable Coverage Range< R

Signal

Impairment

N0 + Σ

=

Eb

2M

M

i=2

Eci

1

1 2 M

β

+ β ΣM

i=1

Eci

1

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






EFFECT OF SECTORIZATIONON TOTAL BASE STATION CAPACITY

Increasing the number of sectors on a base station increases the capacity of the base sta-

tion. Why? An antenna with narrower beamwidth will receive signals from a fraction of

the coverage area, thus sees less interfering signals. If an omni cell site is sectorized into

three sectors with ideal 120° beamwidth antennas, one antenna will only receive signals

from one-third of the cell’s coverage area and therefore only sees one-third of the interfer-

ence. The reduction of interference for an ideal 120° beamwidth antenna yields a capacity

increase by a factor of 3 compared to the omni cell site. However, antennas do not have

ideal patterns, there are always overlaps or gaps in the pattern. The overlap causes inter-

ference to adjacent sectors on the same site, therefore the interference is not reduced by a

factor of 3 but closer to 2.5.

One could define the sectorization efficiency, Ζ s, as a measure of the unwanted interfer-

ence received from antenna sidelobes and other overlap regions

where

β = interference factor for omni antenna

βsector = interference factor for a sector.

Experience has shown that usually β = 0.6 and βsector = 0.85, hence Ζ s = 0.87. Since the

sectorization efficiency is 87% for a realistic 120° beamwidth antenna as compared to an

omni antenna, the capacity improvement for the whole cell site is 3 × 0.87 = 2.6 and not 3

as in the ideal case.

Softer and soft handoff of CDMA smooths out sector-to-sector nulls often allowingsmaller aperture antennas to be used. This helps to reduce sector-to-sector and cell-to-cell

interference.

Other benefits of sectorization include efficient reuse of PN offsets and possible use of

higher gain antennas.

Ζ s =1 + β

1 + βsector

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





EFFECT OF SECTORIZATIONON TOTAL BASE STATION CAPACITY

• Interference reduced by sectorization to 1/ κ

• Msector = Momni × Ζ s

* Note: This sectorization efficiency only applies to three sector base stations.

• κ = 3.0

• Ζ s = 100%

• κ = 2.6

• Ζ s = 87%

Ideal Pattern

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






EFFECTS OF VOICE ACTIVITYON CDMA CHANNEL CAPACITY

Natural speech includes active periods and quiet periods called spurts and pauses. Spurts

are generally syllables and words while pauses include the times in a conservation when

the party is listening. In a typical conversation the speech spurts last between one and two

seconds and the activity factor is about 40% in a minimum talk cycle of 3.75 seconds. The

average speech time and non-speech time can be modeled as shown in the plot.

Speech activity statistics for various calls are provided in the following table.*

The CDMA reverse link channel capacity can be increased by taking advantage of the

pauses and listening times, since the transmitter only transmits the lowest bit rate during

these periods, reducing the channel interference, therefore, increasing the capacity. The

transmitter is never completely turned off when the subscriber is silent, since the transmit-

ter still transmits the 1/8 rate voice frame and power control information. The traffic chan-

nel activity factor is approximately 10% greater than the voice activity factor, since the

system transmits eighth rate frames during the pauses. This yields an average channelactivity factor, α, of 0.5.

M = M0 / α = M0 / 0.5 = 2 M0

Where:

M0 is the channel capacity if all transmitters were transmitting full rate speech

α is the traffic channel activity factor

M is the channel capacity after accounting for traffic channel activity.

The use of the variable rate vocoder allows the CDMA channel to carry 2.0 times the sub-

scribers that the channel would carry if all users transmitted full rate speech all the time.

* From Figure 1 in J.M Fraser, D.B. Bullock, and N.G. Long: “Over-all characteristics of a TASI system”,BSTJ, Vol. 41, July 1962, pp. 1439-1473.

x

Percent of calls

with activity > x

0.4 47.0%

0.5 19.0%

0.6 4.0%

0.7 0.5%

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





EFFECTS OF VOICE ACTIVITYON CDMA CHANNEL CAPACITY

pause

spurt

average talk cycle3.75 seconds

1.5seconds

2.25seconds

Voice Activity Factor = = 40%1.5 + 2.25

1.5

α = Traffic channel activity factor ≈ voice activity factor + 10%

• M = M0 / α = 2 M0

Average information rate =maximum information rate × voice activity

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






POLE CAPACITY

Pole capacity, Mmax, is the CDMA channel capacity only limited by the mutual interfer-

ence from all users both in the same and neighboring cells. From the RF Engineering

Guidelines the following expression is derived:

where α is the traffic channel activity factor, β interference geometry, di bit energy over

noise, S received power, R traffic channel bitrate, W spreading bandwidth, Nt thermal

noise, and F receiver noise figure. The full rate Eb /N0 for user i is αidi.

Changing the notation to the notation used in this course, the expression becomes:

Assuming perfect power control, Si = S, one information rate, average traffic channel

activity, average Eb /N0, and worst case scenario we get:

Assuming that M is much greater than 1 we get:

Solving for S the expression becomes:

As M increases the denominator decreases; hence, S increases. There is a hard limit on S

since the denominator has to be greater than 0. Therefore, by setting the denominator to 0,

we can solve for Mmax:

By multiplying Mmax with a load factor the practical air interface limit, Mair, is found.

( )( )

iiN

i j1 j

j jt

iiii0b d

SW

11FN

R / SNE α≥

αβ++

α=

∑≠=

( ) iiM

1 j

j jc

M

2 j

j jct

biiii0b d

STSTFN

TSNE α≥

αβ+α+

α=

∑∑==

SMTS)1M(TFN

STNE

cct

b0b

αβ+α−+=

( ) ( ) S1)1M(T

FN

TTS

S1)1M(TFN

ST

NE

c

t

cb

ct

b

0b

αβ+−+=αβ+−+=

αβ+−−

=

αβ+−−

=

)1)(1M(NE

TT

TFN

)1)(1M(*N

E

T

T

T

FN*

N

E

S

0b

cb

ct

0

b

c

b

c

t

0

b

1NE

TT*

1

1*

1M

0b

cbmax +

α+α=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





POLE CAPACITY

Denominator has to be greater than zero. Therefore, set thedenominator to zero and solve for Mmax pole capacity.

If Eb /N0 is 7 dB, α = 0.5, and β = 0.5 then:

Mmax 8 kbps = Pole Capacity = 35

Mmax 13 kbps = Pole Capacity = 23

Mmax 8 kbps with load factor = 35 × 0.6 = 21

Mmax 13 kbps with load factor = 23 × 0.6 = 14

( ) ( )iiN

i j1 j

j jt

iii

i0b dS

W

11FN

R / S

NE α≥αβ++

α

=∑

≠=

SMTS)1M(TFN

STNE

cct

b0b

αβ+α−+=

αβ+−−

=

αβ+−−

=

)1)(1M(NE

TT

TFN

)1)(1M(*N

E

T

T

T

FN*

N

E

S

0b

cb

ct

0

b

c

b

c

t

0

b

1NE

TT*

1

1*

1M

0b

cbmax +

α+α=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






REVERSE LINK LOADING

Reverse link loading, or sector loading, is a measure of the total interference from CDMA

sources allowed in the system in reference to the receiver thermal noise. As the number of

users in the system increases, the noise rise increases. The median noise rise can be calcu-

lated as

where

loading is defined as the ratio of actual users, m, to the pole capacity, M

The noise rise increases dramatically as the loading approached the pole capacity. This

noise rise is also driven by the loading of neighboring cells (frequency re-use efficiency)and the information data rate (voice activity).

The non-linear behavior can be summarized by noting that the ratio of total power at the

base station receiver input to base station noise doubles every time half the remaining pole

capacity is used. For example, the ratio increases from 0 to 3 dB when the loading factor

increases from 0 to 50%, and it rises from 3 dB to 6 dB when the loading factor increases

from 50% to 75%.

Typical loading for IS-95 is 55%. For 3G-1X loading can be increased to 72%. However,

when 2G and 3G-1X are co-existing on the same carrier the loading for 3G-1X has to be

kept down in order to prevent excessive noise rise for the 2G system.

noise rise =1

1 – loading

loading =m

M

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





REVERSE LINK LOADING

20

18

16

14

12

108

6

4

2

0

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

3.0

Percent Loading

N o i s e

R i s e ( d B )

100

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






REVERSE LINK COVERAGE REDUCTION

The increase in base station noise over the noise floor provides a direct measure of cell

loading and coverage shrinkage.

With high loading the noise rise is very steep and can cause severe degradation in the per-

formance of the system. Therefore, the loading should be limited to ensure good perfor-mance. Reverse link overload control is used to measure the load factor by evaluating the

ratio of total noise floor values.

The figure shows expected cell coverage reduction as cell loading increases.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





REVERSE LINK COVERAGE REDUCTION

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 90 80 100

Percent Loading

Coverage Reduction

P e r c e n

t M a x

i m u m

R e v e r s e

L i n k

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






LINK BUDGET FOR REVERSE LINKExample

The link budget consists of the calculations and tabulation of the useful signal power and

the interfering noise power available at the receiver. The link budget is the balance sheet

of gains and losses. It outlines the detailed apportionment of transmission, and reception

resources, noise sources, signal attenuator and effects of processes throughout the link.

Some of the budget parameters are statistical, therefore the link budget is an ESTIMATE

of system performance.

Note that the transmitter gains and losses are at the mobile and the receiver gains and

losses at the base station.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





LINK BUDGET FOR REVERSE LINKExample

An Example of a Reverse Link Budget for EVRC CDMA Systems (on street)

Items Units 2G 3G Comments

(a) Maximum Transmitted Power per Traffic Channel dBm 25 25

(b) Transmit Cable, Connector, Combiner, and Body

Losses

dB 2 2

(c) Transmitter Antenna Gain dBi 0 0 Antenna Gain is assumed as 2

dBi, and it is included in item (a)

(d) Transmitter EIRP per Traffic Channel (a-b+c) dBm 23 23 200 mW

(e) Receiver Antenna Gain dBi 15.0 15.0

(f) Receiver Cable and Connector Losses dB 3.0 3.0

(g) Receiver Noise Figure dB 4 4 5.5 dB for Minicells and 4 dB for

Flexent Modcell(h) Receiver Noise Density dBm/Hz -174 -174 290 Kelvins

(i) Receiver Interference Margin dB 3.4 5.5 55% loading 2G72% loading 3G-1X

(j)Total Effective Noise plus Interference Density =(g+h+i)

dBm/Hz -166.6 -164.5

(k1) Information Rate (10log (Rb)) dBHz 39.8 39.8 41.6 for RS2 and39.8 for RS1.

(l1) Required Eb /No dB 7.0 4.0

(m) Receiver Sensitivity (j+k+l) dB -119.8 -120.7

(n) Handoff Gain dB 4 4(o) Explicit Diversity Gain dB 0 0

(p) Log-normal Fade Margin dB 10.3 10.3 Based on 90% objective at the

cell edge.

(p’) Building/Vehicle Penetration Loss dB 0.0 0.0

(q) Maximum Path Loss{d-m+(e-f)+o+n-p-p’}

dB 148.5 149.4

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PROPAGATION MODELING

Path loss or propagation law is the major driver of coverage/capacity design. Understanding and

estimating actual path losses is key to evaluating or selecting base station locations and antennas.

Different propagation modeling algorithms are available.

CDMA radio coverage must be modeled on an RF design system. These systems use terrain and

clutter databases, path loss algorithms and a database of antenna radiation pattern. The most accu-

rate calculation algorithm should be selected for the frequency, ranges of coverage, base station

antenna heights, mobile antenna heights, degree of clutter (morphology/urbanization) and antenna

placement within that clutter. The algorithms should be calibrated using general correction factors

for climatic, urbanization and terrain attenuation plus other correction factors for individual site

coverage areas. Specific correction factors usually require drive testing with a test transmitter and

a receiver with location mapping capability. Some model algorithms are listed below. Okamura-

Hata and Cost 231-Hata are very commonly used to model CDMA coverage.

• Lee’s Model (900 MHz)

• Okamura-Hata Model (150 - 1000 MHz)

• COST 231-Hata Model (1500 - 2000 MHz)

• COST 231 Walfish Ikegami Model for urban areas at 900 MHz to 1800 MHz• TIREM (rough earth model) for very rural areas where climate, soil, and humidity are major

factors

• Free Space Model for very simple line of sight areas

• Sakagami Model for urban areas with antennas above building clutter

• Ray Tracing/Two Ray Tracing Models for antennas placed among building clutter

• Plane Earth Model for antennas placed in high line of sigh propagation areas, i.e., street level

• Longley Rice Models used to predict interference to nearby point-to-point microwave systems

For a more complete description see:

John Gardiner, Berry West, “Personal Communication Systems and Technologies,” 1995 Artech

House, Boston, pp. 40–42.

Cost, “Urban Transmission Loss Models for Mobile Radio in the 900 and 1800 MHz Bands,”

COST 231 TD (91) 73, 1991

Walfish, J., and Bertoni, “A Theoretical Model of UHF Propagation in Urban Environments,”

IEEE Transactions, AP-38 1988, pp. 1788–1796.

Ikegami, F., et al, “Propagation Factors Controlling Mean Field Strength on Urban Streets,” IEEE

Transactions, AP-32, 1984, pp. 822–829.

Rathenberger, R., F. M. Landsdorfer, and R. W. Lorenz, “Extension of the DBP Field Strength Pre-

diction Programme to Cellular Mobile Radio,” IEEE ICAP Conference Proceedings, 333, 1991,

pp. 164–168.

For analysis of different coverage prediction models see:

IEEE Vehicular Technology Society Committee on Radio Propagation, Special Issue on MobileRadio Propagation, “Coverage Prediction for Mobile Radio Systems Operating in the 800/900

MHz Frequency Range,” Appendix VI, IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology, Vol. 37, No.

1, Feb. 1988.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PROPAGATION MODELING

Path Loss

Distance

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






3G-1X DATA LINK BUDGETReverse Link

Introduction

The reverse link data budget for 3G-1X data is dictated by the data rate desired at the edge

of the data coverage; i.e., the edge of the coverage of the reverse link supplemental chan-

nel used to transmit high-speed data bursts. This edge may correspond to the physical edge

of the cell, which could be designed to support voice rates at its perimeter, and higher data

rates only within its interior. With the data rate desired at the edge of data coverage speci-

fied, all users within this footprint operate at this data rate when transmitting on a supple-

mental channel.

Reverse Link Budget Impact of 3G-1X Data

The analysis for 3G-1X voice reverse link budget applies directly to 3G-1X data reverse

link budget. However, there are still a few simple modifications. These are:

• The voice activity for the supplemental channel is presumed to be 1. This high usage re-

flects the assumption that the few supplemental channels supported by the air interface

will be almost continuously busy as they are shared from user to user.

• The information rate is higher, corresponding to the data rate (e.g., 19.2 kbps) selected

for cell edge

• A voice user certainly requires a body (head) loss; e.g., 3 dB. A data user employing a

data device may encounter little or no loss. In the table below, a 0 dB loss for data users

is assumed.

• The Eb /Nt requirement is lower for the data application due to the relaxed target FER.

The relaxed FER is permissible since the data application is not real time; i.e., framesreceived in error can be retransmitted. Simulation results indicate that the increased FER

does not cause significant TCP/IP throughput degradation.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





3G-1X DATA LINK BUDGETReverse Link

I t e m

U n

i t

2 G V o

i c e

9 . 6

k b p s

3

G V o

i c e

9

. 6 k b p s

3 G D a

t a

1 9

. 2 k b p s

3 G D a

t a

3 8

. 4 k b p s

3 G D a t a

7 6

. 8 k b p

s

3 G D a

t a

1 5 3

. 6 k b p s C o m m e n

t

a

M a x

i m u m

t r a n

s m

i t t e d p o w e r

p e r

t r a f f i c c h a

n n e

l

d B m

2 1

2 1

2 1

2 1

2

1

2 1

b

T x c a

b l e

, c o n n e c

t o r ,

c o m

b i n e r , a n

d b o

d y

l o s s

d B

2

2

0

0

0

0 N o b o d y l o s s f o r d a t a u s e r s

c

T r a n s m

i t t e r a n

t e n n a g a

i n

d B i

2

2

2

2

2

2

d

T r a n s m

i t t e r E

I R P p e r

t r a f f i c

c h a n n e

l

d B m

2 1

2 1

2 3

2 3

2

3

2 3 a - b + c

e

R e c e

i v e r a n t e

n n a g a

i n

d B i

1 8

. 0

1 8

. 0

1 8

. 0

1 8

. 0

1 8 . 0

1 8

. 0

f R e c e

i v e r c a b

l e a n

d c o n n e c

t o r

l o s s e s

d B

3 . 0

3 . 0

3 . 0

3 . 0

3 . 0

3 . 0

g

R e c e

i v e r n o i s

e f i g u r e

d B

4

4

4

4

4

4 F l e x e n t M o d u l a r C e l l

h

R e c e

i v e r n o i s

e d e n s

i t y

d B m / H z

- 1 7 4

- 1 7 4

- 1 7 4

- 1 7 4

- 1 7

4

- 1 7 4

i R e c e

i v e r

i n t e r f e r e n c e m a r g

i n

d B

3 . 4

5 . 5

5 . 5

5 . 5

5 . 5

5 . 5

7 2 % l o a d i n g f o r 3 G - 1 X

j T o

t a l e

f f e c

t i v e

n o

i s e p

l u s

i n t e r f e r e n c e d

e n s

i t y

d B m / H z

- 1 6 6

. 6

- 1 6 4

. 5

- 1 6 4

. 5

- 1 6 4

. 5

- 1 6 4

. 5

- 1 6 4

. 5 g +

h +

i

k

I n f o r m a

t i o n r a

t e

d B H z

3 9

. 8

3 9

. 8

4 2

. 8

4 5

. 8

4 8 . 9

5 1

. 9

l R e q u

i r e d E b / N o

d B

7 . 0

4 . 0

3 . 4

2 . 6

1 . 8

1 . 0

T u r b o c o d e s & d i f f e r e n t F E R

m

R e c e

i v e r s e n s

i t i v i t y

d B

- 1 1 9

. 8

- 1 2 0

. 7

- 1 1 8

. 3

- 1 1 6

. 1

- 1 1 3

. 8

- 1 1 1

. 6 j + k +

l

n

H a n

d o

f f g a

i n

d B

4

4

4

4

4

4

o

E x p

l i c i t d i v e r s

i t y g a

i n

d B

0

0

0

0

0

0

p

L o g - n o r m a

l f a

d e m a r g

i n

d B

1 0

. 3

1 0

. 3

1 0

. 3

1 0

. 3

1 0 . 3

1 0

. 3 8 d B s t d . d e v , 9 0 % e d g e c o v .

p ' P e n e

t r a t i o n l o

s s

d B

0

0

0

0

0

0

q

M a x

i m u m p a t

h l o s s

d B

1 4 9

. 5

1 5 0

. 4

1 5 0

. 0

1 4 7

. 8

1 4 5

. 5

1 4 3

. 3 d - m + e - f + o + n - p - p

'

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






3G-1X DATA COVERAGE

If the design goal of a newly deployed 3G-1X system is to provide a ubiquitous coverage

for a high-rate data service, then the link budget based on the supplemental channel rate

should be used for RF design, and the physical edge of the cell is determined by the edge

of data coverage. In contrast, if the voice link budget is used, then the high-rate data ser-

vice will be available in the inner circle of the cell coverage. In this case, the supportable

packet data rate will reduce when the mobile moves close to the cell edge. The maximum

allowable path loss for the packet data can be extended by employing the data terminals

with higher antenna gain and transmitted power, and increasing the base station transmit

power.

In the above examples, the interference margin is retained at a constant 5.5 dB in spite of

the fact that the number of supplemental channels available at each data rate decreases as

the data rate increases. A reduced number of supplemental channels could force a reduc-

tion in loading in order to ensure system stability; however, the interference background is

stabilized by the constant (1) value of voice activity for the few channels present.

The link budgets shown above can be applied to the situation of ubiquitous coverage at agiven data rate. For example, if 76.8 kbps is desired throughout the coverage area, the cell

footprint would be designed by employing the 76.8 kbps budget: since this cell spacing

extends the 76.8 kbps to the cell edge, this rate is by extension available throughout the

interior of the cell. Since each data rate has equal interference margin, the budgets shown

can also be used to map out the relative coverage areas for a mix of supplemental channels

within a larger footprint. For example, the outer physical perimeter of the cell could be

established using the 19.2 kbps link budget. Within this perimeter, the restricted dB losses

shown for the link budgets at higher rates establish the inner coverage areas where the

higher rates are available (see figure).

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





3G-1X DATA COVERAGE

- 9.6 kbps Fundamental Voice or Data Coverage

- 19.2 kbps Supplemental Coverage




Cell Citegamma

alphabeta

Cell Site

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






3G-1X REVERSE LINK CAPACITY GAIN

The 3G-1X reverse link capacity gains are obtained due to a reduction of required Eb /N0,

via:

• Pilot based coherent reverse link

— RS1: 2.0dB gain; RS2: 2.0dB gain• Improvement of closed loop power control (reduces the delay of loop or latency)

— RS1: 0.8dB gain; RS2: 0.8dB gain

• Powerful convolutional code for RS2

— RS1: 0.0dB gain; RS2: 0.5dB gain (code rate of 1/4)

Therefore, the total capacity gain for reverse link (3G-1X vs. IS-95) will be 2.8dB for RS1

and 3.3dB for RS2, as shown in the following table.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





3G-1X REVERSE LINK CAPACITY GAIN

• Coherent demodulation


• Improved Closed Loop power control


• Improved Convolutional coding for RS2


• Total capacity gain

— RS1: 2.8dB (90%); RS2: 3.3dB (113%)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






REVERSE LINK BUDGETSUMMARY

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





REVERSE LINK BUDGETSUMMARY

• Reverse link budget determines

— Quality

— Coverage

— Capacity.

• By increasing loading the number of users are increased –capacity increase.

• Increased loading leads to increased noise rise and

therefore decreased coverage.

• A load margin has to be included in the link budget to allowfor coverage to shrink.

• Propagation model/tool can give cell radius if maximumallowable pathloss is known.

• Coverage footprint will vary based on data/information rate

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






REVERSE LINK BUDGETKnowledge Check

Question 1.

The reverse link budget is used to balance what parameter(s)?

A. Coverage

B. Capacity

C. Quality

D. All of the above

Question 2.

Increased loading leads to increased noise rise at the base station receiver and the cover-

age ______.

A. increases

B. decreases

C. stabilizes

D. does not change

Question 3.

What value is a common, system wide, average Eb /NT margin for acceptable voice qual-

ity?

A. 15 dB

B. 7 dB

C. 3 dB

D. 0 dB

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Question 4.

What are needed to determine total path loss, Lp?

A. Gains and losses in the transmit path

B. Gains and losses in the transmit path and interference

C. Gains and losses in the transmit path, interference, and antenna height

D. Gains and losses in the transmit path, interference, antenna height, and a propagation

model

Question 5.

The reverse link interference level depends on what factor(s)?

A. Base station receiver noise figure

B. Interference from other users

C. External interference

D. All of the above

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Reverse Link Analysis Variables – 850 MHz

Antenna beamwidth Gain

45 degree 17.1 dBi

60 degree 15.1 dBi

83 degree 14.0 dBi

105 degree 13.1 dBi

Coaxial cable diameter Loss per 100ft

7/8 inch 1.17 dB

1 5/8 inch 0.73 dB

Tower height

Add 20 ft. to tower height to get the length of the

cable used.

Add 0.15dB to the cable loss for connector losses.

Loading Margin

50 percent 3.0 dB

55 percent 3.4 dB60 percent 4.0 dB

70 percent 5.0 dB

72 percent 5.5 dB

Traffic Type Margin Information Rate

2G EVRC Voice 6.6 dB 39.8 dB

2G 13 kbps Voice 7.0 dB 41.6 dB


3G 19.2 kbps Data 3.4 dB 42.8 dB



3G 153.6 kbps Data 1.0 dB 51.9 dB

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Propagation loss / propagation model – 850 MHz (Cost 231)

Radius

[miles]

Radius

[km]

Urban

Pathloss

Suburban

Pathloss

Rural

Pathloss

Highway

Pathloss

0.3 0.5 114.5 111.5 99.4 84.3

0.6 1.0 124.8 121.8 109.6 94.5

0.9 1.5 130.7 127.7 115.6 100.5

1.2 2.0 135.0 132.0 119.9 104.8

1.6 2.5 138.3 135.3 123.2 108.1

1.9 3.0 141.0 138.0 125.9 110.8

2.2 3.5 143.3 140.3 128.2 113.0

2.5 4.0 145.2 142.2 130.1 115.0

2.8 4.5 147.0 144.0 131.9 116.7

3.1 5.0 148.5 145.5 133.4 118.3

3.4 5.5 149.9 146.9 134.8 119.7

3.7 6.0 151.2 148.2 136.1 121.0

4.0 6.5 152.4 149.4 137.3 122.2

4.3 7.0 153.5 150.5 138.4 123.3

4.7 7.5 154.5 151.5 139.4 124.3

5.0 8.0 155.5 152.5 140.4 125.2

5.3 8.5 156.4 153.4 141.3 126.15.6 9.0 157.2 154.2 142.1 127.0

5.9 9.5 158.0 155.0 142.9 127.8

6.2 10.0 158.8 155.8 143.7 128.5

6.5 10.5 159.5 156.5 144.4 129.3

6.8 11.0 160.2 157.2 145.1 129.9

7.1 11.5 160.8 157.8 145.7 130.6

7.5 12.0 161.5 158.5 146.3 131.2

7.8 12.5 162.1 159.1 147.0 131.8

8.1 13.0 162.6 159.6 147.5 132.4

8.4 13.5 163.2 160.2 148.1 133.0

8.7 14.0 163.7 160.7 148.6 133.5

9.0 14.5 164.3 161.3 149.1 134.0

9.3 15.0 164.8 161.8 149.6 134.5

9.6 15.5 165.2 162.2 150.1 135.0

9.9 16.0 165.7 162.7 150.6 135.5

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Notes:

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Exercise 1

Given the design criteria:

— Antenna beamwidth: 60 degrees

— Tower height: 125 ft.

— Coaxial cable: 7/8 inch diameter

— Loading margin: 55%

— Information rate: 13 kbps 2G voice

— No in-building/vehicle penetration loss

Estimate the coverage range of an urban cell using the example link analysis form below.

Item Unit Value Comment

(a) Maximum transmitted power per traffic channel dBm 25

(b) Transmit cable, connector, combiner, and other losses dB 2

(c) Transmitter antenna gain dBi 0 2 dBi is included

in (a)

(d) Transmitter EIRP per traffic channel dBm 23 a-b+c

(e) Receiver antenna gain dBi

(f) Receiver cable and connector losses dB

(g) Receiver noise figure dB 5

(h) Receiver noise density dBm/Hz -174

(i) Receiver interference margin (loading margin) dB

(j) Total effective noise plus interference density dBm/Hz g+h+i

(k) Information rate dBHz

(l) Required Eb /N0 for user channel dB

(m) Receiver sensitivity dB j+k+l

(n) Handoff gain dB 4

(o) Explicit diversity gain dB 0

(p) Log-normal fade margin dB 10.3

(q) Building/vehicle penetration loss dB

(r) Maximum path loss dB d-m+e-f+o+n-p-q

Maximum cell coverage radius miles from propagation

loss table

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Notes:

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Exercise 2













in (a)

















loss table

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Notes:

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Exercise 3






— Information rate: 3G 153.6 kbps Data







in (a)

















loss table

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Reverse Link Analysis Variables

Where,

• M = number of users per carrier per sector

• alpha (α) = traffic channel activity factor

• beta (β) = interference from users on... other sectors / serving sector

• Tb = duration of user bit (RS1 = 1/9600, RS2 = 1/14400)• Tc = duration of chip (1/1228800)

• Eb = energy per user bit

• N0 = total noise and interference on the user channel

• Loading factor = number of users as a percentage of the pole point

User mobility Eb /N0 Information type Alpha (α)

Non-mobility 2.82 (4.5 dB) Speech 0.50

Average - RS1 4.57 (6.6 dB) Async data 0.55

Average - RS2 5.00 (7.0 dB) G3 fax data 0.70

Information rate Processing gain Reuse efficiency Beta (β)

RS1 (8 kbps) 128 (21 dB) Omni sector 0.50

RS2 (13 kbps) 85.3 (19 dB) Three sectors 0.85

[Loadingfactor]M =

1

αx

1 + β

1x

Tb /Tc

Eb /N0

+ 1( ) x

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






For the following two exercises, use the Pole Point equation and the data on the opposite

page to estimate the maximum number of users per carrier per sector – the air interface

limit, M.

Exercise 4

Given:

— Information type: 100% speech

— Reuse efficiency: omni sector

— User mobility: average mobility

— Loading factor: 55%

— Information rate: 13 kbps

M = _____ users

Exercise 5

Given:






M = _____ users

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Section 5




Link Budget for Forward Link Section 5

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Link Budget for Forward Link CL8301 – v2.0




CODE DIVISION MULTIPLEXING EXAMPLEForward Link System

In the forward link CDMA operation the base station generates a data steam for each

mobile – bi, and multiplies this stream by an appropriate DS code ci(t). Next we add the

coded data streams,

, and multiply this resultant baseband spread spectrum signal by a carrier, to

obtain

cos ωc(t), which is transmitted over the allocated bandwidth. The spread

signal at the receiver for mobile, i, is zi(t) + noise, where

which contains the desired signal and other users. After multiplication by a coherent car-

rier (phase φi, estimated by the receiver, a locally generated DS sequence that is an exact

replica to the desired DS code transmitted multiplies the incoming signal — despreading.

We assume that this DS sequence is also in perfect synchronization (receiver estimates

delay, ti) with the transmitted version so that

ci(t – ti) ci(t – ti) = ci2(t – ti) = 1

The multiplier output yields the desired data signal b i(t – ti) plus interfering terms due to

other users. Ideally, the integrator, an integrate-and-dump over Tb seconds, should pro-

duce a cross-correlation between the desired signal and the interferers that is 0. Hence, the

output for mobile i is proportional to the transmitted data stream, b i(t – ti).

Mobile receiver summary:

• y (t – ti) is despread by the appropriate code ci(t – ti) to recover bi(t – ti).

• data is recovered by an integrate-and-dump detector (bi).

y y j j 1=

3

∑=

c j t( )b j t( )

j 1=

3

∑

z t( ) Ai c j j 1=

3

∑ t ti–( )b j t ti–( ) ωct φi+( )cos=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0 Link Budget for Forward Link



CODE DIVISION MULTIPLEXING EXAMPLEForward Link System

cos(ωct + φ1)

∫ Tb

0b1

y(t – t1)

c1(t – t1)

cos ωct

A1

y1to mobile A

b1

c1(t)

A3

A2

input spread RF modRF

despreadbit

demod detection output

speech

Mobile

Base Station

y2to mobile B

b2

c2(t)

y3to mobile C

b3

c3(t)

y (t)

∑

RF modulation

mobile AZ1

cos(ωct + φ2)

∫ Tb

0b2

y(t – t2)

c2(t – t2)

mobile BZ2

cos(ωct + φ3)

∫ Tb

0b3

y(t – t3)

c3(t – t3)

mobile CZ3

combine

b(t)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






LINK BUDGET FACTORS – FORWARD LINKExercise

Link budgets are the models used to compute the coverage and performance for a base sta-

tion and mobile.

Directions:List the factors that should be considered in a link budget.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





LINK BUDGET FACTORS – FORWARD LINKExercise

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






LINK BUDGET FACTORS FORCDMA FORWARD LINK

In a CDMA system, the forward link analysis and budget will be used to distribute avail-

able transmit power.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





LINK BUDGET FACTORS FORCDMA FORWARD LINK

Description Power W Power Comments

Transmit Power Calculations

5 Nominal Available Power at J4 Point W dBm Maximum Power Available6 Pilot Channel Power W dBm Set at 15% of Max. Power

7 Sync Channel Power W dBm Set at 10% of Pilot Power

8 Paging Channel Power W dBm Set at 35.1% of Pilot Power

9 Power Available for the Traffic Channel W dBm 78.2% of Total Power

10 Total Overhead % C10 = 100*(1-(c9/c5))

11 Number of Mobiles Per Sector dB Total Number of Active Users

12 Overhead Factor to Convert from Mobiles tothe Number of Active Power Channels

dB Due to Users being in 2-wayHandoff in this Case

13 Total Number of Active Power Channels dB C13 = C11*C12; No. of CallsSupported by the Xmitter

14 Average Traffic Channel Power per User W dBm c14=c9/c13; Mean Power

15 Mean Voice Activity Factor (VAF) for Calls in2-way Soft or Softer Handoff

As all Mobiles are in 2-wayHandoff for this Example

16 Peak Traffic Channel Power per User W dBm C16 = C14/C15; Power at FullRate of 14.4 kbps

17 Cell Site Cable Loss dB

18 Cell Site Transmit Antenna Gain dBi

19 Traffic Channel EIRP per User at Full Rate W dBm C19 = C16*(C18/C17)

20 Total EIRP W dBm C20 = C5*(C18/C17)

21 Propagation Loss

22 Max. Mean Propagation Path Loss dB

23 Lognormal Shadow Fade Margin dB Value Obtained Off-line

24 Total Allowable Path Loss dB

25 Mobile RX Signal Power Calculations

26 Mobile Receive Antenna Gain dBi

27 Mobile Body Loss dB

28 Mobile Rx User Signal Power at Full Rate W dBm C28 = (C19*C26)/(C24*C27)

29 Mobile Rx Total Power from the Serving Cell W dBm C29 = (C20*C26)/(C24*C27)

30 Interference Power Calculations

31 Other Users Orthogonality Factor dB From Same Sector’s OtherWalsh Channels

32 Other Users Interference for Eb /N0 Cal W dBm C32 = C31*(C29 - C28*C15)

33 Ratio of Mean Other Sector Interference toSame Sector Power at Cell Edge

dB Value Obtained off-Line fromSimulations

34 Other Cells Interference Density W dBm C34 = C33* C29

35 Thermal Noise Calculations

36 Mobile Noise Figure (F) dB

37 Thermal Noise Density (No = KT) dBm/Hz

38 Total Thermal Noise Power Per HZ (NoF) dBm/Hz C38 = C37 + C36

39 Spreading Bandwidth (W) Hz dB

40 Total Thermal Noise Power (NoWF) W dBm

41 External (Intermod/Spectrum Clearance)

Interference

W dBm

42 Total Interference to the Traffic Channel W dBm C41 = C40 + C34 + C32 + extint

43 Total Interference to the Traffic Channel perHZ

W/Hz dBm/Hz C42 = C41/C39

44 Bit Energy to Interference Calculations

45 Traffic Channel Bit Rate bps dBHz Bit Rate for the 13 kb Vocoder

46 Energy per Bit at Full Rate W/Hz dBm/Hz C45 = C28/C44

47 Traffic Channel Eb /(No + Io) dB C46 = C45/C42

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






BASE STATION TRANSMITPOWER BUDGET

The base station transmitted power is limited by the linear amplifier maximum power rating. Since

the amplifier amplifies the pilot, sync, page, and active traffic channels, the base station must be

engineered so the amplifier will never be required to provide more power than it is designed to

deliver. Attempting to obtain more power than it is able to deliver will result in intermodulationdistortion and unwanted output signals. These unwanted signals will interfere with calls in the cell

and under extreme conditions may interfere with other radio services.

The power for each overhead channel is controlled by a channel gain translation parameter

(pilot_gain, sync_gain, paging_gain) and the power for each traffic channel is controlled dynami-

cally. The gain of all channels (overhead and traffic) is expressed in digital gain units. The overall

power is controlled by attenuation translation parameter (bcratt_fact , or cbratt_fact expressed in

dB). Digital gain units (dgus) define the channel element gain, or how much the channel element

amplifies each logical channel. The dgu is an arbitrary unit specified by Qualcomm, but dgu 2 is

proportional to transmitted power. The individual channel gain parameters are used to set the rela-

tive power levels to provide adequate Eb /NT for each logical channel at the mobile. The attenua-

tion is used to set the total power so the total output power does not exceed the linear amplifiermaximum power capabilities.

The output power is measured at the transmit antenna connector, sometimes referred to as connec-

tor “J4”. The total power is given by:

Where:

The total power estimate can be expressed in terms of the translation parameters also .

Where scale is a scale factor to convert from digital gain units to power, in watts, α is the average

traffic channel activity factor, and traffic_gain is derived from the service measurements that

report the average traffic channel gain in DGU.2

PTotal = Total power referenced at the transmit antenna connector for CDMA

PPilot = Pilot channel power

PSync = Sync channel powerPPage = Page channel power

PTraffic_i = i th traffic channel power

α = traffic channel activity factor

PTotal PPilot PSync PPage PTraffic

i 1=

M

∑+ + +=_i

× α

PTotal

scale 10×= att_fact

10 × pilot_gain2 + sync_gain2 + paging_gain2 + traffic_gaini2 × αΣ

i = 1

M

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






• The sum of the power for each channel cannot exceedpower amplifier rating.

• The power on the pilot channel must provide adequateEc /I0 at the input of the mobile receiver.

• The power on the other channels (that is, sync, page, andtraffic) must provide adequate Eb /NT for each logical

channel at the input of the mobile receiver.

Traffic_Mtraffic_gain

CDMAChannelElements

Baseband Radio

att_fact

PowerAmplifier

(referenced,antennacableconnector)

PTotal

GA

Lc

PTotal = PPilot + PSync + PPage + (PTraffic_i × α)∑

M

i=1

Pilotpilot_gain

Syncsync_gain

Pagepaging_gain

Traffic_1traffic_gain Filter,

Coupler

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PERFORMANCE METRIC FORPILOT CHANNEL

(Ec /I0)

First we will determine what fraction of the total available power is required to produce a

pilot channel signal that can be reliably detected.

A metric for quantifying the performance of detecting the pilot channel is given by:

Where:

The total received interference I0 includes all the active channels from all the nearby base

stations in view by the mobile. The example shows a mobile served by one base station

and is receiving interference from four nearby base stations. Field test data show it is

highly likely that there will be locations in the coverage area where the mobile will receive

equal signals from at least three base stations, and sometimes as many as five and conceiv-

ably more.

Ec = the pilot channel chip energy from the serving sector

I0 = the spectral density of total received interference

Ec

I0

------10 log

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PERFORMANCE METRIC FORPILOT CHANNEL

(Ec/I0)

Ec Chip energy form serving sector

I 0 Spectral density of total interference=

I

I

I

I

I

Ec

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PILOT CHANNEL POWER BUDGET

The first step to calculate the power budget is to determine the fraction of the total available powerthat should be allocated to the pilot for reliable detection by the mobile. The mobile recognizes apilot when the pilot chip energy exceeds the total interference spectral density by the minimumthreshold for reliable pilot detection, threshmin.

Ec is the pilot chip energy from the serving sector, and I0 is the spectral density of the total interfer-

ence from the serving sector plus any other base stations viewed by the mobile.

Assuming a worst case situation where all interferers are received at the same level, the total inter-ference is the sum of the spectral power density received from each base station.

Substituting this worst case value of I0:

Note, is the fraction of the total available power allocated to the pilot channel. Field data indi-

cate that the worst case interference will be from five neighbors, N = 5. Using a conservative pilotdetection threshold value of -15.24 dB, we can calculate the fraction of the total power that mustbe allocated to the pilot.

Under these conservative assumptions, the pilot should be allocated at least 15% of the total power

available from the power amplifier.Note: Under loaded conditions; mobile received Ec /I0 at the cell boundary is often -13.15 dB when

pilot Ec /I0 is -8.24 dB at the cell transmitter. This is due to pilot power and interference from

neighbors. When unloaded, pilot Ec /I0 may be -1.46 dB and mobile Ec /I0 -11.88 dB at cell edge.

Ec

I0

------ threshmin

>10 log

I0

Ii

i 1=

N

∑=

I

i

I

N

=

I0

I N I×=

i 1=

N

∑=

Ec

I------ 10 log - 10 log (N) > threshmin

Ec

N I×--------------- thresh

min>10 log

Ec

I------

Ec

I------ thresh

min>10 log + 10 log (5)

Ec

I------ 10 log > - 15.24 + 7.0 = -8.24 dB

Ec

I------ 0.15>

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PILOT CHANNEL POWER BUDGET

10 log Ec

I0 > thresh min

where: I0 = Ii ∑i=1

N

Assume Ii = I, then

10logEc

NxI> thresh min

10logEc

I- 10log(N) > thresh min

Assume N = 5, and thresh min = -15.24 dB, then

10log

Ec

I > - 15.24 + 7 = -8.24 dB

Ec

I> 0.15

• Pilot channel > 15% of total power

Ec I1

I2

I3

I4

I5

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PAGE AND SYNCCHANNEL POWER BUDGETS

Again taking a conservative approach, the Eb /NT at the edge of the coverage area should

exceed 10 dB to provide 3 dB margin over the minimum required Eb /NT of 7 dB, since the

page and sync channels are unique to a sector and therefore there is no soft handoff advan-

tage. The 3 dB margin compensates for the soft handoff improvement experienced on the

traffic channels.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PAGE AND SYNCCHANNEL POWER BUDGETS

• Page channel 35.1% of pilot power level

• Sync channel 10% of pilot power level

TransmittedBit Energy

ReceivedInterference

Received BitEnergy

level

Distance

ReceiverServing

TotalPath Loss

LP

Coverage

Range

Signal Leveldecreases with

Distance

Required Margin = 10dB

Transmitter

Power [dB]

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






BASE STATION TRANSMITPOWER CALIBRATION

The base station output power is referenced to the antenna cable connector for all forward

link CDMA channels, pilot, sync, page, and traffic. The relative power for each channel

can be selected with the CDMA channel gain translation parameters, and the total output

power is set with the BCR or CBR attenuation parameter. However, before setting transla-

tions, the hardware gain between the BCR/CBR and the antenna cable connector must be

calibrated, since the power control algorithm assumes the hardware gain between the

BCR/CBR output and the antenna cable connector is fixed. The real hardware gain will

vary from installation to installation so the BCR/CBR has a manual adjustment to elimi-

nate the installation variations.

Calibration is important so that the system has an accurate estimate of output power.

Consult the CDMA Translation Application Notes available for calibration procedures for

all of Lucent Technologies CDMA products, such as, the PCS 16 watt HPCTU and the

Cellular Series II MLAC.

Acronyms

CTU – CDMA Transmit Unit

HPCTU – High Power Transmit Unit

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





BASE STATION TRANSMITPOWER CALIBRATION

.

Baseband Radio Filter,

att_fact Coupler


PTotal

• A number of channels are activated.• Based on configuration, some output power value is

seen at J4.

• BCR or CBR is adjusted to yield correct value at J4.

• For details see Translation Application Note 1.

Calibration procedure:

1 Pilot,1 Sync,

1 Page, and

7 Traffic

Channel

Elements

PowerAmplifier

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TRAFFIC CHANNEL POWER ALLOCATION

The available power is allocated to each channel by several translation parameters. Each

logical channel has an individual parameter ( pilot_gain, paging_gain, sync_gain, and

nom_gain or nom2_gain)* to set the relative power delivered to the ACU. Notice that the

power is proportional to the square of the gain parameter. Therefore, given the pilot

power, the other channels are determined from the following.

The recommended value for pilot_gain to allocate 15% of the available power is 108,

therefore, to allocate 5.5% of the available power to the paging channel paging_gain = 65.

Similarly, to allocate 1.5% to the sync channel requires sync_gain = 34.

The BCR unit has a single parameter (bcratt_fact ) to set the maximum transmitter power

when all logical channels are active. This value for this parameter depends on the maxi-

mum available power allocated to the CDMA channel.

The scale factor is a constant associated with type of power amplifier used.

* nom_gain and nom2_gain are only used to initialize the power control algorithm.After initialization, the traffic channel gain actually varies dynamically.

Type of Power Amplifier Amplifier Scale Factor

PCS Minicell (8W) 0.0006491

PCS Minicell (16W) 0.0008191

Cellular Growth Frame 0.0017066

Cellular Minicell 0.0001834

page power

pilot power=

paging_gain2

pilot_gain2

page power

pilot power=

0.055 × PTotal

0.15 × PTotal=

paging_gain2

1082

paging_gain = [1082 × 0.055/0.15]1/2 = 65

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





TRAFFIC CHANNEL POWER ALLOCATION

PPilot [watts] = scale × (pilot_gain )2 × 10

PPage [watts] = scale × (paging_gain )2 × 10

PSync [watts] = scale × (sync_gain )2 × 10

PTraffic [watts] = scale × (nom_gain )2

× α × 10

bcratt_fact

10

bcratt_fact

10

bcratt_fact

10

bcratt_fact

10*

* nom_gain and nom2_gain are only used to initialize the power control algorithm.After initialization, the traffic channel gain actually varies dynamically.

Traffic_Mtraffic_gain

CDMA

ChannelElements

Baseband Radioatt_fact

PowerAmplifier


PTotal

GA

Lc

Pilotpilot_gain

Syncsync_gain

Pagepaging_gain

Traffic_1

traffic_gain Filter,Coupler

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






BCR/CBR ATTENUATIONCellular Amplifiers

The Cellular CDMA Growth Frame, the Cellular CDMA double density growth frame

(DDGF), and the Cellular CDMA Hybrid Minicell are configured with the LAC amplifier.

When CDMA and analog radios share the same amplifier, the LAC power allocated for

CDMA must be twice the max_power setting. A variable-rate vocoder encodes voice sig-

nals for the digital modulation of the CDMA signal. The transmitted power of a CDMA

signal depends on the instantaneous frame rate. A higher frame rate or equivalently a

higher channel activity factor corresponds to a higher transmitted power. The channel

activity factor has an average value of around 0.4 to 0.5, and a peak value of 1. As a result,

the amplifier must be capable of delivering peak power that is twice the average

max_power of the CDMA signal in order to accommodate the maximum frame power.

As an example, consider case where bcratt = 10 dB. From the table max_power is set to

13.5 watts and the pilot power is 2.0 watts. Since a 3 dB margin is required for voice activ-

ity, 27.0 watts must be allocated to the CDMA channel, the remaining power is available

for analog radios.Two types of LACs are currently used, the 20 LAM LAC/MLAC and the 10 LAM LAC/

MLAC. The 20 LAM LAC/MLAC amplifier has a rated maximum average power capa-

bility of 240 watts, and the 10 LAM LAC/MLAC amplifier has a rated maximum average

power capability of 100 watts. These ratings refer to the power at the LAC output. Typi-

cally there is a 1.75 dB loss between the LAC output and the antenna output connector.

Therefore the maximum average power available at the antenna output connector is 160

watts if the 20 LAM LAC/MLAC amplifier is used, and 67 watts if the 10 LAM LAC/

MLAC amplifier is used. In the example above, CDMA carrier max_power is set to 13.5

watts, the LAC power allocated to this carrier is 27.0 watts at the antenna output connec-

tor. Hence, if the 20 LAM LAC/MLAC is used, the maximum power left for the analog

system is 133.0 watts at the antenna output connector.

Adjustment of the pilot power requires a corresponding adjustment of the max_power set-

ting.

Also shown is a table for the three amplifier configurations for the Flexent Cellular Modu-

lar Cell. See Translation Application Note No. 1 for more information.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





BCR/CBR ATTENUATIONCellular Amplifiers

*Based on Pilot Power equal to 15% of Total Power

20 LAM LAC/MLAC

BCRAttenuation

[dB]bcratt_fact (ceqcom2)

PilotDigitalGain

pilot_gain (ceqface)

Maximum Power[Watts]

max_power (ceqcom2)

Pilot*Power[Watts]

6 108 33.0 5.00

8 108 21.0 3.15

10 108 13.5 2.00

12 108 8.5 1.26

14 108 5.5 0.79

Cellular Modular Cell

MCA

Type

CBRAttenuation (dB)

(crcseq)

PilotDigital Gain

(ceqface)

MaximumPower (Watts)

(crcseq)

PilotPower

(Watts)

c1 12 108 20.0 3.0

c2 7.5 108 20.0 3.0

c3 5.5 108 20.0 3.0

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






RELATIVE CHANNEL GAIN FORPILOT, PAGE AND SYNC CHANNELS

Once the BCR attenuation value has been chosen so the pilot power is 15% of the ampli-

fier rated power, the gain of the paging and sync channels must be chosen to maintain the

required relative output powers. However, the BCR attenuator changes the power in 2 dB

steps, so setting the pilot power to exactly 15% of the rated power may not be possible.

Therefore, once the BCR attenuator is set, the pilot gain must be selected to achieve the

required 15%, using the equation on the previous page. Finally, the table is used to find the

paging and sync channel gains that provide the required relative powers between overhead

channels.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





RELATIVE CHANNEL GAIN FORPILOT, PAGE AND SYNC CHANNELS

Gain Settings to Maintain Relative Pilot, Page and Sync Power [dgus]

pilot_gain paging_gain sync_gain

96 57 30

97 57 31

98 58 31

99 59 31

100 59 31

101 60 32

102 60 32103 61 32

104 62 33

105 62 33

106 63 33

107 63 34

108 64 34

109 65 34

110 65 35

111 66 35

112 66 35

113 67 36

114 68 36

115 68 36

116 69 37

117 69 37

118 70 37

119 71 37

120 71 38

121 72 38

DefaultValues

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Summary

Having allocated 22% of the available power to control channels, there is 78% remaining

for all the traffic channels. There is a single translation parameter, nom_gain or

nom2_gain, that controls the traffic channel when the call is first allocated to a channel.

As soon as the call is assigned, the forward link power control algorithm then proceeds to

dynamically control the traffic channel power. The initial power is chosen as a starting

point for the power control algorithm, and should allocate sufficient power so the forward

link power control can rapidly converge to the optimum power.

Using a conservative assumption that the page and sync channels need the Eb /NT = 10 dB,

and there are locations in the coverage area where a mobile will receive pilots from five

base stations, we calculated the fraction of the available required for each channel:

• 22% is required for pilot, page, and sync channels

These values provide acceptable coverage and capacity in the field test locations, and arerecommended as starting values for the average system. System operators that experience

little interference in the service area may want to reduce the assumptions to provide higher

CDMA channel capacity. Conversely, if experience shows severe interference the cellular

engineer may need to increase the assumptions to provide adequate coverage. The average

power per user is calculated assuming 60% loading factor.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





BASE STATION TRANSMIT POWER BUDGET

Summary

• 22% of total power for the control channels

• 78% of total power for sharing by all of the traffic channels

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FORWARD LINK EXTERNAL INTERFERENCE

The CDMA cell site may receive in-band interference not only from mobiles but also from

other wireless systems. Here, we use a term external interference to represent the CDMA

system received in-band interference from all possible sources except the operating

CDMA system. In the reverse link budget example, there is no margin allocated for exter-

nal interference. The rise in the receiver noise floor caused by external interference may

result in a reduction in the maximum path loss (cell radius). Note that since the maximum

path loss in the CDMA link budget is a function of the effective noise floor and loading

factor, there exists a penalty trade-off between the maximum path loss and capacity. Here,

it is assumed that service objective is to maintain the capacity. Therefore, external inter-

ference received by the CDMA cell site results in a penalty in the reverse link maximum

path loss.

The figure shows the reduction in the reverse link maximum path loss versus the CDMA

cell site received external interference. If external interference is less than -120 dBm, then

the degradation in the cell coverage is negligible.

Service providers can determine a tolerable reverse link external interference power level

based on the acceptable reduction in the maximum path loss (considered in the network

deployment study).

∆Fwd

Max Path Lossw/o Ext. Interference

Max Path Lossw/ Ext. Interference

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------IExt. ηcell+

ηcell

----------------------------= =

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FORWARD LINK EXTERNAL INTERFERENCE

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

-120 -110 -100 -90

External Interference Power (dBm)

R e

d u c

t i o n

i n M

a x .

P a

t h L o s s

( d B )

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






ORTHOGONALITY INTERFERENCE FACTOR(Effect of Non-orthogonality of Codes)

The orthogonality of the Walsh codes will be degraded the more traffic and control chan-

nels there are on a sector. Walsh codes are used because of their high degree of orthogo-

nality, but can’t escape this degradation. The degradation is driven by the total peak signal

power of coded channels transmitting on a sector — total EIRP, the traffic channel peak

EIRP, and the voice activity factor.

Other Walsh channel interference on same sector = (Total cell site transmit power — Traf-

fic channel power at full rate × voice activity factor) × 0.16 from field studies and simula-

tion.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





ORTHOGONALITY INTERFERENCE FACTOR(Effect of Non-orthogonality of Codes)

Orthogonality Factor, εorth

On the forward link channelization is done using orthogonalWalsh codes. Because of multipath, the received Walshcodes are not exactly orthogonal, therefore, there is a residualinterference.

Same Sector Interference

Iss,pilot = εorth × (Pr,total -Pr,pilot)/W

Iss,traffic = εorth × (Pr,total -Pr,traffic/user)/W

Iss,sync = εorth × (Pr,total -Pr,sync)/W

Iss,paging = εorth × (Pr,total -Pr,paging/ch)/W

All powers are in watts.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






OTHER SECTOR INTERFERENCE

The total energy received at a mobile is the composite of the desired signal and all the

interfering signals. (The forward link is sometimes referred to as the downlink.)

The majority of this interference comes from the closest base stations.

With a regular hexagonal grid, there can be up to six of these closest cell sites which arereferred to as First Tier Interferers. Some of these potential sources of co-channel interfer-

ence can be eliminated by employing directional antennas.

The quality of forward link channels is directly affected by Ioc /I0.

Since Ioc /I0 is measured at the mobile, location of the mobile in the coverage area is an

important factor.

Ref: On the Capacity of Cellular CDMA System,” Gilhousen, K., Jacobs, I., Padovani, R.,

Viterbi, A., Weaver, L., Wheatley. C., IEEE Globecom 1990, 0018-9545/91/0500-2-0303

1991.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





OTHER SECTOR INTERFERENCE

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FORWARD LINK SOFT HANDOFFCONSIDERATIONS

Forward link power budgets are also influenced by the overload power control algorithm.

The algorithm prevents the linear amplifier from transmitting more than its rated power,

and guarantees 15% of the rated power is available for the pilot channel. This last criterion

is extremely important, as the mobile will drop calls if the pilot is too low relative to the

total power transmitted on the traffic channels. The 15% is guaranteed by setting the

pilot_gain translation to 15% of the max_power translation. Since the overload algorithm

guarantees the pilot, page, and sync channels will always use 22% of the rated power, the

traffic channels share the remaining 78%.

The forward link traffic channel capacity is limited by the remaining available transmitter

power since active calls compete for power. Soft handoff calls also compete for transmit-

ter power, so large soft handoff regions will limit the traffic channel capacity. The ampli-

fier transmits the primary calls plus the soft handoff calls from the neighbors. New calls

and handoffs will be blocked when the active calls require all the remaining available

transmitter power.Other factors that limit the forward link capacity is the hardware equipage, i.e., the num-

ber of channel elements installed, and the size of the packet pipes.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FORWARD LINK SOFT HANDOFF CONSIDERATIONS

• Soft Handoff Region

— Large soft handoff regionsreduce forward link capacity

• Hardware Equipage

— Channel Elements installed

— Packet Pipe width

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FORWARD LINK BUDGET FACTORSExample

Example of a link budget for the forward link for an 8W base station power amplifier (cell

boundary coverage probability of 90%; pilot channel power allocation 15%; page channel

power allocation 35.1% of pilot power; sync channel power allocation 10% of pilot

power; traffic channels power allocation 78.2%).

Ref: Lucent CDMA PCS RF Engineering Guidelines.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FORWARD LINK BUDGET FACTORSExample

An example of Forward Link Budget for 14.4 kbps CDMA Systems

A B C D E F G

LineNo. Description Power W Power Comments

Transmit Power Calculations

5 Nominal Available Power at J4 Point 8 W 39.0 dBm Maximum Power Available

6 Pilot Channel Power 1.2 W 30.8 dBm Set at 15% of Max. Power

7 Sync Channel Power 0.12 W 20.8 dBm Set at 10% of Pilot Power

8 Paging Channel Power 0.42 W 26.2 dBm Set at 35.1% of Pilot Power

9 Power Available for the Traffic Channel 6.26 W 38.0 dBm 78.2% of Total Power

10 Total Overhead 21.77 % C10 = 100*(1-(c9/c5))

11 Number of Mobiles Per Sector 13 11.1 dB Total Number of Active Users

12 Overhead Factor to Convert from Mobiles tothe Number of Active Power Channels

2 3.0 dB Due to Users being in 2-wayHandoff in this Case

13 Total Number of Active Power Channels 26 14.1 dB C13 = C11*C12; No. of CallsSupported by the Xmitter

14 Average Traffic Channel Power per User 0.24 W 23.8 dBm c14=c9/c13; Mean Power

15 Mean Voice Activity Factor (VAF) for Calls in

2-way Soft or Softer Handoff

0.479 As all Mobiles are in 2-way

Handoff for this Example16 Peak Traffic Channel Power per User 0.50 W 27.0 dBm C16 = C14/C15; Power at Full

Rate of 14.4 kbps

17 Cell Site Cable Loss 1,58 2.0 dB

18 Cell Site Transmit Antenna Gain 56.23 17.5 dBi

19 Traffic Channel EIRP per User at Full Rate 17.83 W 42.5 dBm C19 = C16*(C18/C17)

20 Total EIRP 283.85 W 54.5 dBm C20 = C5*(C18/C17)

21 Propagation Loss

22 Max. Mean Propagation Path Loss 5.89E+14 147.7 dB

23 Lognormal Shadow Fade Margin 2.69 4.3 dB Value Obtained Off-line

24 Total Allowable Path Loss 1.58E+15 152.0 dB

25 Mobile RX Signal Power Calculations

26 Mobile Receive Antenna Gain 1.58 2.0 dBi

27 Mobile Body Loss 1.58 2.0 dB

28 Mobile Rx User Signal Power at Full Rate 1.13E-14 W -109.5 dBm C28 = (C19*C26)/(C24*C27)

29 Mobile Rx Total Power from the Serving Cell 1.79E-13 W -97.5 dBm C29 = (C20*C26)/(C24*C27)

30 Interference Power Calculations

31 Other Users Orthogonality Factor 0.16 -8.0 dB From Same Sector’s OtherWalsh Channels

32 Other Users Interference for Eb /N0 Cal 2.753E-14 W -105.6 dBm C32 = C31*(C29 - C28*C15)

33 Ratio of Mean Other Sector Interference toSame Sector Power at Cell Edge

0.40 -4.0 dB Value Obtained off-Line fromSimulations

34 Other Cells Interference Density 7.13E-14 W -101.5 dBm C34 = C33* C29

35 Thermal Noise Calculations

36 Mobile Noise Figure (F) 10.23 10.1 dB

37 Thermal Noise Density (No = KT) 3.98E-21 -174.0 dBm/Hz

38 Total Thermal Noise Power Per HZ (NoF) 4.074E-20 -163.9 dBm/Hz C38 = C37 + C36

39 Spreading Bandwidth (W) 1.23E+06 Hz 60.9 dB

40 Total Thermal Noise Power (NoWF) 5.006E-14 W -103.0 dBm

41 External (Intermod/Spectrum Clearance)Interference

1.585E-15 W -118.0 dBm

42 Total Interference to the Traffic Channel 1.505E-15 W -98.2 dBm C41 = C40 + C34 + C32 + extint

43 Total Interference to the Traffic Channel perHZ

1.225E-19 W/Hz -159.1 dBm/Hz C42 = C41/C39

44 Bit Energy to Interference Calculations

45 Traffic Channel Bit Rate 14400 bps 41.6 dBHz Bit Rate for the 13 kb Vocoder

46 Energy per Bit at Full Rate 7.813E-19 W/Hz -151.1 dBm/Hz C45 = C28/C44

47 Traffic Channel Eb /(No + Io) 6.38 8.0 dB C46 = C45/C42

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






DIFFERENCES BETWEEN 2G AND3G-1X VOICE

The 3G-1X forward link budget for voice is similar to that of the 2G forward link budget;

however, the differences should be emphasized:

• With the IS-95B enhanced handoff algorithm using the dynamic threshold to reduce un-necessary handoffs, the 3G-1X considers a power overhead factor of 1.75, which is less

than the 1.85 power overhead factor considered in the 2G.

• The 3G-1X channel capacity is greater than the 2G channel capacity.

• The required Eb /Nt to achieve the 1% target Frame Error Rate (FER) for 3G-1X is 5.5

dB, which is less than that required for an IS-95 system, due to enhanced convolutional

coding and fast power control.

• The mobile noise figure is 9 dB, rather than the 10 dB employed in 2G budgets. This

value represents a compromise between the known 2G mobile noise figure of 10 dB, and

the 5 dB mobile noise figure employed in analyses in ITU-M.1225.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





DIFFERENCES BETWEEN 2G AND3G-1X VOICE

• Overhead factor of 1.75

— IS-95B Soft Handoff algorithm

• Greater air-interface capacity

• Lower Eb /NT

• Lower mobile noise figure

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






3G-1X DATA LINK BUDGETForward Link

Introduction

The purpose of forward link analysis is to establish the path loss within which a given data

rate can be supported. This analysis might be done to assess whether a footprint estab-

lished by reverse link can be supported, or to establish limits on path loss imposed by for-

ward link considerations alone. The latter is useful in situations where, by design, the

forward link is expected to carry higher data-rate traffic than the reverse link. In this case,

support of the footprint established by the lower-rate reverse link would not be relevant;

rather, the design footprint would be established solely by forward link limitations.

Forward Link Budget Impact of 3G-1X Data

The forward link analysis for data is conceptually similar to that employed in 3G-1X for-

ward link voice. The data rate to be supported at the cell edge is chosen. This rate is the

rate desired for the supplemental channel. A path loss to the cell boundary is computed

(e.g., from reverse link considerations), or simply presumed as a starting point for analy-

sis. All forward links are presumed to burst at this data rate, and the mobile receivers are

symmetrically arranged in a worst case situation at the cell edge. The analysis then deter-

mines whether the available forward link power is sufficient to achieve the required for-

ward link Eb /Nt at the mobile receiver in light of fading phenomena across the links. The

symmetric arrangement of the mobiles ensures that the Eb /Nt requirement for each link is

identical, and renders the problem solvable without extensive numerical computation.

Although the approach of data analysis is conceptually similar to voice analysis, important

differences exist. Unlike voice, the rates of all links are not identical. The analysis must

consider mobiles employing both the low-rate fundamental and the high-rate supplemen-tal channels. The former are mobiles transmitting at low levels while waiting to burst; i.e.,

waiting for a supplemental channel. The latter are mobiles bursting; i.e., transmitting on a

supplemental channel. In addition, soft handoff is only available for the fundamental

channel. No soft handoff exists on the forward link supplemental channel.

To avoid confusion, we will refer to the edge corresponding to the high data rate of inter-

est as the data cell edge. The data cell edge is the boundary of cell footprint in an embed-

ded configuration, but is the edge of the inner boundary in the concentric configuration.

The outer coverage boundary of the cell is dictated by a lower data rate and corresponds to

the physical edge of the actual cell footprint.

Note that no gains are allowed for anchor transfer (supplemental channel handoff) and thatthe supplemental channel operates with a traffic channel activity factor of 1.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





3G-1X DATA LINK BUDGETForward Link

• Conceptually similar to link budget for voice

• Important differences

— Various data rates

— F-FCH and F-SCH operate at the same time

— Different traffic channel activity

— Other cell interference characteristics may differ

• Possible ways to increase coverage include:

— Increase maximum transmit power

— Increase antenna gain

— Decrease loading

— Decrease data rate

— Relaxing QoS

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






3G-1X FORWARD LINK CAPACITY GAIN

The 3G-1X forward link capacity gains are obtained from to the following.

• Fast power control improves the system capacity

— RS1: 1.5-2.5dB gain; RS2: 0.5-1.5dB gain

• Powerful convolutional code increases system capacity

— RS1: 0.5dB gain (code rate of 1/4); RS2: 2.0dB gain (code rate of 3/8)

• Enhanced handoff reduces soft-handoff overhead to increase capacity


Therefore, the total capacity gain for forward link (3G-1X vs. IS-95) will be 2.5-3.5dB for

RS1 and 3-4.0dB for RS2, as shown in the table.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





3G-1X FORWARD LINK CAPACITY GAIN

3G-1X vs. IS-95A RS1 RS2

Fast power control gain 1.5 - 2.5 dB 0.5 - 1.5 dB

FEC 0.5 dB 2.0 dB

Handoff gain 0.5 dB 0.5 dB

Total Gain 2.5 - 3.5 dB 3.0 - 4.0 dB

Improvement 78 - 123% 100 - 150%

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






AUTOPLEX TOTAL FORWARD LINK POWERTRANSLATION PARAMETERS

max_power, bcratt_fact/cbratt_fact


tion parameters.

Max Power

(max_power)Form: ceqcom2, cdmeqp,

bbueqp

— identifies the maximum power level (watts) used for a

BBA pair or the maximum power level expected from theULAM(s) supporting a given CBR/PCBR.Range:

0.5 - 100.0 in increments of 0.5 (BBA)

0.5 - 32.0 in increments of 0.5 (CBR/PCBR)

Attenuation Factor(bcratt_fact)

(cbratt_fact)Form: ceqcom2, cdmeqp,

bbueqp

— specifies the attenuation factor (dB) for the BCR/CBR/ PCBR.

Range: in 2 dB increments (even numbers) (BCR)

in 0.5dB increments (CBR/PCBR)

Note: Actual range of attenuation depends on amplifiertype.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





AUTOPLEX TOTAL FORWARD LINK POWERTRANSLATION PARAMETERS

max_power, bcratt_fact/cbratt_fact

AUTOPLEX


System Cell ____

BBA BBA BBA CDMA CDMA Num of Base LAC Phy Sub

Stat Stat Type Carr Chanl Page Chnl Class ID Ant Mem

202) BBA 203) BBA 204) 205) 206) 207) 208) 209) 210) 211) 212)

[1] 1 _ 2 _ _____ __ ____ _ ____ __ _ _

[2] 3 _ 4 _ _____ __ ____ _ ____ __ _ _

[3] 5 _ 6 _ _____ __ ____ _ ____ __ _ _

MaxPwr213)

LMT/CATVMax Pwr

214)

AttenFact215)

WARNING: REMOVE THE BBA PRIOR TOCHANGING ANY INFO FOR THAT BBA. FAILURETO FOLLOW THE PROPER PROCEDURES MAYCORRUPT THE CELL OPERATION. [1] ____ ___ __

[2] ____ ___ __

[3] ____ ___ __

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FORWARD LINK POWER ALLOCATIONTRANSLATION PARAMETERSpilot_gain, paging_gain, sync_gain,

nom_gain, nom2_gain


tion parameters.

Pilot Channel Gain (dgu)(pilot_gain)

Form: ceqface

— specifies the digital gain of the pilot channel.Range: 80 – 127 dgu

Paging Channel Gain (dgu)

(paging_gain)Form: ceqface

— specifies the digital gain of the paging channel.

Range: 0 dgu or 50 – 108 dgu

Sync Channel Gain (dgu)(sync_gain)

Form: ceqface

— specifies the digital gain of the sync channel.Range: 0 dgu or 20 – 45 dgu

Nominal Traffic Channel Gain (dgu)- Rate Set 1(nom_gain)

Form: ceqface

— specifies the nominal traffic gain in dgus for Rate Set 1.This parameter may override a similar parameter on the“ecp” form.

Range: 34 – 108 dgu

Nominal Traffic Channel Gain (dgu)

- Rate Set 2

(nom2_gain)Form: ceqface

— specifies the nominal traffic gain in dgus for Rate Set 2.

This parameter may override a similar parameter on the

“ecp” form.Range: 40 – 108 dgu

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FORWARD LINK POWER ALLOCATIONTRANSLATION PARAMETERS

pilot_gain, paging_gain, sync_gain,nom_gain, nom2_gain

AUTOPLEX

Cellular CELL EQUIPAGE FACE (ceqface) Screen 14 of 23

System Cell ____ Face _

CDMA Power Control Parameters

Forward Link:

Pilot Channel Gain (dgu) .................................. 184) ___

Paging Channel Gain (dgu) .............................. 185) ___

Sync Channel Gain (dgu) ................................. 186) ___

Traffic Channel Voice Activity Factor .................. 187) ___

Enable Forward Link Power Control ................... +188) ___ Loading Threshold for High Capacity (%) ........... +189) ___

Rate

Set 1

Rate

Set 2

Nominal Traffic Channel Gain (dgu) ................ +190) ____ +191) ____

Forward Frame Error Rate (%) ........................... +192) ____ +193) ____

Small Gain Increment (dgu) ................................ +194) ____ +195) ____

Target Frame Error Rate for High Capacity (%).. +196) ____ +197) ____

Gain Threshold for High Capacity (dgu).............. +198) ____ +199) ____

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FORWARD LINK BUDGETSUMMARY

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FORWARD LINK BUDGETSUMMARY

• Forward link budget is used to make sure reverse link

coverage and capacity can be supported with resources.

• Power budget – allocate power for forward link channels

— 15% of max_pwr to the pilot channel.

— Sync and page channel have fixed powers.

— Traffic channels shares the rest of the availablepower.

• Many call processing algorithms depend on estimated basestation output power. Therefore it is important to calibratethe amplifier so that a correct estimate of forward link powercan be done.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FORWARD LINK BUDGETKnowledge Check

Question 1.

What is one of the uses for the forward link budget analysis?

A. Balance the transmit power

B. Balance the received power

C. Balance the interference level

Question 2.

Please fill in each blank with one of the numbers below.

Under the conservative assumptions of the CDMA forward link power budget, the pilot

should be allocated at least ___% of the maximum output power, the page channel should

be allocated ___% of pilot power level and sync channel should be allocated ___% of pilotpower level. This will allocate ___% of the available power to control channels, and ___%

of the available power left for all traffic channels.

A. 35.1

B. 15

C. 22

D. 10

E. 78

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






This page intentionally left blank

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Forward link Analysis Variables – 850 MHz

Amplifier Scale factor Soft and softer

handoff activity

Ratio of users to

traffic channels

Compact Minicell 20W 0.0004076 50% 0.67

20 LAM LAC/MLAC 240W 0.0017066 100% 0.50

Cellular Compact Minicell 20W Amplifier

BCR Attenuation Pilot gain Max power Pilot power 10-bcr_att/10

2 108 20.0 3.00 0.6310

4 108 13.0 1.89 0.3981

6 108 8.0 1.19 0.2512

8 108 5.5 0.75 0.1585

Control channel power dgu Information type Beta (β)

pilot gain at 15% of max power 108 Speech 0.50

paging gain at 35% of pilot 64 Async data 0.55

sync gain at 10% of pilot 34 G3 fax data 0.70

Traffic channel

gain

13 kbps

[dgu]

8 kbps

[dgu]

Traffic channel

gain

13 kbps

[dgu]

8 kbps

[dgu]

Nominal gain 96 57 Average gain 65 57

Minimum gain 34 34 Maximum gain 96 80

( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )( )( )

P t scale G G G t G t total

bcr

pilot page sync traffic i traffic ii

N t

= + + +

−

=

∑* * *_ _10 102 2 2 2

1

β

( )P scale Gchannel

bcr

channel=−

* * *10 102

β

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Exercise 1

Given the following data, use the power equation and tables on the previous page to calcu-late the number of users on the forward link that the amplifier can support.

— Amplifier: Cellular Compact Minicell 20 Watt

— 8 Watt core coverage


— Traffic channel power: average gain


— Soft and softer handoff activity: 50%

Maximum power

Pilot power

Paging Power

Sync power

Total control channel power

Power used by one traffic channel

Number of traffic channels supported

Number of users supported

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Exercise 2

Given the following data, use the power equation and tables on the previous page to calcu-

late the number of users on the forward link that the amplifier can support.— Amplifier: Cellular Compact Minicell 20 Watt



— Traffic channel power: maximum gain



Maximum powerPilot power

Paging Power

Sync power





7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Section 6




Antenna Selection Section 6

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Antenna Selection CL8301 – v2.0




ANTENNA CONCEPTS

Introduction

In wireless communications systems, the antenna is one of the most critical components

that can either enhance or constrain system performance. The antenna as a subsystem

includes the antenna, feedline, connectors, jumpers, and surge protectors, and is designed

to transmit and receive radio waves. The basic characteristics of antennas include:

• Simple impedance matching device between a coaxial cable and the atmosphere

• Designed to provide RF gain across the desired frequency band

• Aligned such that antenna elements are matched to desired polarization

• Can be omnidirectional (360°), or designed with narrow apertures to produce directivity

(sector)

• Add gain to compensate for RF path less and cable loss

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0 Antenna Selection



ANTENNA CONCEPTS

• The antenna is one of the most critical components that caneither enhance or constrain system performance.

— Simple impedance matching device between a coax-ial cable and the atmosphere.

— Designed to provide RF gain across the desired fre-quency band.

— Can be omnidirectional (360°) or designed with nar-row apertures to produce directivity (sector).

— Aligned such that antenna elements are matched to

desired polarization.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TYPICAL RADIATION PATTERN

Antenna Radiation Patterns

RF field strength (coverage) is created when antennas radiate a signal pattern as described

by the following:

• Main beam gain is taken at the bore sight or center (usually maximum) point of the an-

tennas directivity.

• The point were signal gain rolls-off 3 dB is called the half-power point, and defines the

horizontal and vertical aperture or beamwidth of the antenna.

• The slope of the antenna pattern contour before, at, and after the half power point is key

to controlling coverage when downtilting.

Antenna Gain

The gain of an antenna is the maximum signal intensity as referenced to a standard

antenna (like a dipole). The gain of an antenna is related to the 3dB beamwidths of theantenna. In effect the narrower the beamwidths, the higher the antenna gain is. And,

higher gain is better for the system design.

Gain is measured in either dBi or dBd. dBi is dB relative to an isotropic antenna, and dBd

is dB relative to a dipole. The following relationship applies:

Gain [dBi] = Gain [dBd] + 2.14dB

The gain of a dipole is 2.14dBi.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





TYPICAL RADIATION PATTERN

H O R I Z O N T A L

9 0 ° B e a m w i d t h

1 6 d B d G a i n

V E R T I C A L

4 . 5 ° B e a m w i d t h

0 ° T i l t A n g l e

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






RADIATION PATTERN VS. COVERAGE

Introduction

Radiation pattern and RF coverage are inter-dependent. Increased antenna gain is required

to have a better coverage area, but at the same time consideration must be given to the

energy that will spillover into neighboring sectors.

In general, antenna design can trade-off azimuthal beamwidth for bore-sight gain.

• Increased gain usually reduces azimuthal beamwidth, and vice-versa.

• Increased gain will improve calculated link budget, but may open coverage holes.

For CDMA, the trade-off involves additional factors:

• Greater bore-sight and associated narrower beam will reduce co-channel interference

from surrounding sectors, thereby enhancing performance within main beam.

• Coverage holes between sectors may be offset by soft and softer handoff gains, along

with less interference at the mobile receiver.

Terrain Topography

The terrain topography needs to be considered along with antenna radiation pattern and

RF coverage. In general:

• Areas having rolling terrain topography need an antenna with high vertical beamwidth

and increased antenna height.

• In suburban areas, which tend to have more visibility of neighbor cells, reduce the height

and select an antenna with a narrower vertical beamwidth.

• In denser urban areas, interference is often a bigger concern than coverage. Building

clutter requires that slightly taller sites be used and often an antenna with a narrowerbeamwidth. Additionally, a dense urban grid of microcells may be placed below urban

building clutter in high line-of-sight areas and may require only a simple coverage an-

tenna.

• Long bridges over the water need more focused energy, these sites are greatly influenced

by reflections. A very high gain antenna with extremely narrow beamwidth may be

needed for the desired serving sector and a more aggressive downtilt on neighboring sec-

tors.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





RADIATION PATTERN VS. COVERAGE

• Increased gain usually reduces azimuthal beamwidth.

— Improves link budget, but may open up coverageholes.

• For CDMA, narrower beam will reduce co-channelinterference from surrounding sectors.

— Coverage holes between sectors may be offset bysoft and softer handoff gains, along with less interfer-ence at the mobile receiver.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






BEAMWIDTH CONSIDERATIONS

• Horizontal Beam width (90o versus 65o):

— Bore-sight gain versus performance at sector cross-over

— Generally, increased diversity from soft/softer handoff more than offsets the re-

duced gain at the sector cross-over

— Indoor: 90o antenna gives a more circular coverage

• Vertical Beamwidth:

— Wider vertical beam width yields better RF penetration in rolling terrain, but maycollect excessive multipath signals in urban areas

• Excessive Multipath Environment (urban area)

— Reduce height and vertical beamwidth

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





BEAMWIDTH CONSIDERATIONS

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TYPICAL ANTENNAS

Shown are some guidelines when selecting antennas for the system. Antenna recommen-

dations for PCS and Cellular applications are based on a mixture of field experience and

calculation (simulation).

Note: Selection of antenna should be based on the need for each individual antenna face.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





TYPICAL ANTENNAS

Service

Provider

Vertical Horizontal Beam Width

Beam

Width

Bore-sigh

Gain Urban

Subur-

ban/Rural Highway

PCS 4 to 10o 15 to 22 dBi 65o 90o 33o

Cellular 6 to 14o 12 to 17.5 dBi 65 to 90o 90 to 110o 65o

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






COMPLICATED RF AREAS

Specialized RF Coverage

Land mobile radio systems are intended for terrestrial applications. They are most accu-

rately designed when there is the usual attenuation by the ground. Some special cases

challenge antenna configuration and tilting angles:

• Coverage on a long bridge (possibly elevated) over a body of water is heavily influenced

by lower path loss (no attenuation by terrain) and signal reflections. This drives the use

of very small aperture antennas and often more extreme downtilting on sites surrounding

the bridge.

• Coverage along large roadways that enhance signal “wave guiding” (lower path loss and

reflections that produces extended coverage range)

• Rapid changes in elevation, path loss, or shadowing, such as mountain areas

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





COMPLICATED RF AREAS

• Bridge Over Water

• Elevated Highway

• Rugged Terrain

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






ANTENNA DOWNTILT

Introduction

Antenna downtilt is accomplished by tilting the main beam of the antenna. Tilting the

antenna beam suppresses the level of RF signals in the direction toward the neighbor cell

site.

Objective

The objectives of downtilting an antenna are to:

• Control overshooting by directing the main beam of the antenna slightly downward rath-

er than at the horizon

• Concentrate the RF energy from the downtilted sector into the desired coverage area

close-in to the cell

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





ANTENNA DOWNTILT

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






ANTENNA DOWNTILTCoverage Control

Adjusting antenna tilt helps control interference by:

• Reducing the interference power that overshoots to neighboring cell sites and reducing

co-channel interference• Mechanically downtilted antennas have improved front to back gain ratios since signals

propagated by rear facing lobes are uptilted; this further reduces interference to other

sites

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





ANTENNA DOWNTILTCoverage Control

0 1000 2000 3000 4000-120

-110

-100

-90

-80

-70

90

50

70

00

P i l o t P o w e

r ( d B m )

Distance (m)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






DOWNTILT ANGLE

Downtilt angles are typically specified in whole degree increments; the current quality

control procedure for antenna downtilt specifies that the tilt angle be measured to within

1o.

• If required, it will be possible to specify the tilt angle in increments of 0.5o to provide a

finer adjustment.

• With the narrow vertical beam width antennas typically associated with PCS deploy-

ments, it is appropriate to afford greater accuracy in the downtilt adjustment than would

usually be the case for cellular systems with lower gain antennas.

Notice that if the sector is covering depressed terrain, the effective antenna height needs to

take the terrain elevation difference into account, and should be the antenna height plus

the difference in the terrain elevation of the cell location and the coverage area. This tends

to reduce the R/h ratio and bring downtilt angles predicted by the two formulas closer to

each other.

Coverage provided by downtilted antennas can be modeled and projected by mathematical

formulas. For different engineering considerations, two formulations of antenna downtilt

can be expressed as:

Equation 1: Reduces the interference at the base of the neighbor cell (r = 2R) by 3 dB.

This equation is relatively independent of R/h

Equation 2: Preserves the coverage in the fringe of the cell (r = R)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





DOWNTILT ANGLE

R

h

R

d e s

i r e d

i n t e r f e r i n g

t a n - 1 ( h / 2 R )

V 0 / 2

E q u a t

i o n

1

R e d u c e s t h e i n t e r f e r e n c e a t t h e

b a s e o f

t h e n e i g h b o r c e l l

E q u a t

i o n

1


b a s e o f t h e n e i g h b o r c e l l

R

h

R

d e s

i r e d

i n t e r f e r i n g

t a n - 1 ( h / 2 R )

V 0 / 2

E q u a t

i o n

1


b a s e o f

t h e n e i g h b o r c e l l

E q u a t

i o n

1


b a s e o f t h e n e i g h b o r c e l l

R

h

d e s

i r e d

t a n - 1 ( h / R )

E q u a

t i o n

2

P r

e s e r v e s t h e c o v e r a g e a t t h e

f r i n g e o f t h e c e l l

E q u a

t i o n

2

P r e s e r v e s t h e c o v e r a g e a t t h e

f r i n

g e o f t h e c e l l

R

h

d e s

i r e d

t a n - 1 ( h / R )

E q u a

t i o n

2

P r

e s e r v e s t h e c o v e r a g e a t t h e

f r i n g e o f t h e c e l l

E q u a

t i o n

2

P r e s e r v e s t h e c o v e r a g e a t t h e

f r i n

g e o f t h e c e l l

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






DOWNTILT EQUATIONS

In the plots shown, the solid line is the first downtilt formula, and the dashed line is the

second formula. As the plots show, for small R/h (small cell radius and/or high antenna),

the second formula predicts a larger downtilt angle; while for the large R/h (large cell

radius and/or low antenna), the second formula predicts a smaller downtilt angle. The first

formula for the downtilt angle prediction shows less dependence on the R/h ratio. The two

curves intersect at approximately R/h = 30.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





DOWNTILT EQUATIONS

E q u a t i o n 1 :

= a r c t a n ( h / 2

R ) + V B W / 2

E q u a t i o n 2 :

= 1 8 0 - 2 * a r

c t a n ( R / h )

δ = d o w n t i l t a n g l e i n d e g r e e

R =

c e l l r a d i u s

h =

a n t e n n a h e i g h t

V B W

= a n t e n n a v e r t i c a l b e a m w i d t h

δ

= d o w n t i l t a n g l e i n d e g r e e

R =

c e l l r a d i u s

h = a n t e n n a h e i g h t

V B W

= a n t e n n a v e r t i c a l b e a m w i d t h

A n t e n n a D o w n t i l t A n g l e ( v = 7 d e g )

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 0

3 0

4 0

5 0

6 0

7 0

8 0

9 0

1 0 0

1 1 0

1 2 0

1 3 0 1 4 0

1 5 0

1 6 0

R / h

D o w n t i l t A n g l e ( d e g )

A n

t e n n a D

o w n

t i l t A n g

l e ( v =

1 2 d e g

)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 0

3 0

4 0

5 0

6 0 7

0

8 0

9 0

1 0 0

1 1 0

1 2 0

1 3 0

1 4 0

1 5 0

1 6 0

R / h


E q - 1

E q - 2

E q - 1

E q - 2

A n t e n n a D o w n t i l t A n g l e ( v = 7 d e g )

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2 0

3 0

4 0

5 0

6 0

7 0

8 0

9 0

1 0 0

1 1 0

1 2 0

1 3 0 1 4 0

1 5 0

1 6 0

R / h


A n

t e n n a D

o w n

t i l t A n g

l e ( v =

1 2 d e g

)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 0

3 0

4 0

5 0

6 0 7

0

8 0

9 0

1 0 0

1 1 0

1 2 0

1 3 0

1 4 0

1 5 0

1 6 0

R / h


E q - 1

E q - 2

E q - 1

E q - 2

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






ANTENNA DOWNTILTExpected Results

Antenna downtilting is usually ineffective in improving capacity and performance of a

poorly designed network. However, in well-engineered systems, with base stations placed

as lows as possible consistent with coverage requirements, it can be a very useful tool.

Expected results of antenna downtilting are:

• Better coverage within the cell coverage area

• Reduced mobile power received by the cell

• Reduced interference to neighbor cells

• Reduced reverse link interference (mobile power) out of the cell

• Higher capacity on all cells in the cluster

• Fewer dropped calls

• More reliable system access

• More reliable handoff performance

• Easier handoff optimization

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





ANTENNA DOWNTILTExpected Results

• Better coverage within the cell coverage area

• Reduced forward and reverse link interference

• Minimizing the delay spread of multipath signals

• Higher capacity on all cells in the cluster

• Better performance

• Note: Antenna downtilting is usually ineffective in improvingcapacity and performance of a poorly designed network.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






ANTENNA SELECTIONSUMMARY

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





ANTENNA SELECTIONSUMMARY

• Antennas are important in a wireless network.

• Antenna downtilt can be a tool to reduce co-channelinterference

— Mechanical downtilt

— Electrical downtilt.

• Antenna downtilt may lead to better performance.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






ANTENNA SELECTIONKNOWLEDGE CHECK

Question 1.

True or False? A narrower antenna beamwidth generally means higher antenna gain.

Question 2.

What is a typical vertical beamwidth for an antenna?

A. 2o

B. 7o

C. 25o

D. 90o

Question 3.

True or False? Electrical downtilt will uptilt the backlobe.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Section 7




PN Offset Index Assignment Section 7

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


PN Offset Index Assignment CL8301 – v2.0




SIMPLIFIED DIGITAL CDMAFORWARD LINK IMPLEMENTATION

Shown is a simplified base station transmitter for review. Only the equipment used to

transmit traffic channels on a single carrier to a single antenna are shown.

The speech/channel processing block includes generating low bit rate digital speech, con-volutional channel coder, and block interleaver. This block takes standard 64 kbps speech

from the PSTN and codes it into 20 millisecond frames with a 19.2 kbps data rate. The

traffic frame is then encrypted using the long PN sequence and either the mobile serial

number or a private encryption key. The serial number provides privacy to the casual lis-

tener, but does not provide the security of encryption. The user is able to choose to use or

not to use encryption. The scrambler produces a 19.2 kbps traffic frame with a unique

code for each user.

The IS-95 specification defines 64 logical channels on one RF carrier frequency by further

coding each user’s frame with an unique Walsh Code. Each Walsh Code consists of 64

bits, each bit lasts 813.8 nsec., for a 1.2288 Mbps rate. The digitized, coded speech is

exclusive “ORed” with the assigned Walsh Code to produce a 1.2288 Mbps traffic chan-nel data. Walsh Codes were selected because they are orthogonal codes, that is, the

receiver will completely ignore all Walsh Codes but the assigned one. This reduces inter-

ference between users on the same RF carrier frequency. The encryption codes do not

have this orthogonal property, so the Walsh Code is used to reduce interference between

users served by the same Physical Antenna Face.

Each traffic channel is then split into two identical channels, and then “exclusive-ORed”

with the short PN codes, PN–I–i(t) and PN–Q–i(t). The short PN codes are used to identify

each base station sector so a mobile can distinguish between pilots from neighboring base

stations. PN–I–i(t) and PN–Q–i(t) for different base stations and base station sectors are

distinguished by the time offset index from the basic code with zero offset, PN–I–0(t) andPN–Q–0(t); i.e., i = 0. IS-95 specifies the short PN sequences be generated with a linear

shift register that produces a sequence with 215 = 32,768 chips at 1.2288 Mbps. Traffic

channels transmitted from a single sector share the same PN codes and time offset index.

512 time offset indices are specified by IS-95 to identify base stations and sectors. Each

time offset is 64 chips, and the PN–I and PN–Q are identified by an offset index, 0 through

511. This is expressed as:

PN–I–i(t) = PN–I–0(t–i × 64Tc)

and

PN–Q–i(t) = PN–Q–0(t–i × 64Tc)

where:

i = 0, 1, 2, . . . , 511

Tc is the chip duration.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0 PN Offset Index Assignment



SIMPLIFIED DIGITAL CDMAFORWARD LINK IMPLEMENTATION

LPF = Low Pass Filter to limit RF bandwidth to 1.23 MHz

PN-I-i(t) = I channel short PN code with offset i

PN-Q-i(t) = Q channel short PN code with offset i

Speech/ChannelProcessing1

User 1 LongPN Code

PN-I-i(t)

(User 1)Scrambler

PN-Q-i(t)19.2 kbps 1.2288

W1(t)

cos(ωct)

Mbps

I∑

Speech/ChannelProcessingM

User M LongPN Code

PN-I-i(t)

(User M)

Scrambler

LPF

PN-Q-i(t)

WM(t)

sin(ωct)

Q∑

∑RF

Short Code

Short Code

Short Code

Short Code

LPF

LPF

LPF

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PN OFFSET INDICES

According to the air interface standard, the different offset indices used in a system con-

ceivably can differ by as little as 64 chips.

However, due to delays in radio propagation, there may be motivation to use multiplier of

64 chips as the increment between different offset indices.Note:

Fax Flash 99-110 discusses certain PN offsets that shouldn’t be used depending on the

value of pilot inc.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PN OFFSET INDICES

32,768

64

32,768

2 x 64

32,768

4 x 64

32,768

8 x 64

32,768

16 x 64

Repetition of Short Code

32,768 chips ≈ 27 milliseconds

Minimum Incrementfor Offset Indices

64 chips ≈ 52 microseconds

Quantity of AvailablePilot Offset Indices

= 512

= 256

= 128

= 64

= 32

Value ofpilotinc

1

2

4

8

16

pilot_pn

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






INTERFERING PILOTS FROMDIFFERENT BASE STATIONS

To prevent interference from a neighboring base station Pilot PN sequences, the average

signal to interference ratio must be about 27 dB. The reason the CDMA system requires

such a high S/I is that the pilot PN sequence from the interfering base stations is time

aligned with the pilot PN sequence from the serving base station. Normally the pilot PN

sequence from nearby neighbor base station are chosen so that they are not time aligned

and the CDMA processing gain reduces the interference. However, in large systems it will

not be possible to assign an unique pilot PN offset index to each sector so the interference

is always reduced by the processing gain, i.e., there are only 512 PN offset indices.

The interference from the far away base station must be reduced by the path loss enough

to prevent the mobile from demodulating a traffic channel from the neighboring base sta-

tion. The plot shows the mean forward link signal as a function of distance for the nominal

suburban path loss. That is, path loss increases 38.4 dB when the distance from the trans-

mitter increases by a factor of 10, and the average signal received by the mobile one mile

from the transmitter is -68 dBm. The plot shows that the interfering base station must be 5times the distance of the serving base station so that the average

S/I = 27 dB.

If the largest practical CDMA coverage area has a 10 mile radius, then a base station must

be over 50 miles away not to cause interference. This places the limit on the pilot PN

Sequence Phase offset indices that can be used within 50 miles of a base station to 264

chips, or 5 offset indices (5 × 64 ≥ 264). Note that the PN sequence is delayed about 6.6

chips after traveling 1 mile.

1.2288 Mchips/sec

186,000 miles/sec = 6.6 chips/mile.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





INTERFERING PILOTS FROMDIFFERENT BASE STATIONS

To Achieve S/I > 27 dB,

then > 5.

Mean Forward Link Signal [dBm]

-150

-140

-130

-120

-100

-90

-80

-70

-60

-110

1 10010

Separation Distance [Miles]

γ = 38.4 dB/decade

S/I = 27dB

r d

d

r---

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






MASQUERADING PILOT FROMA DIFFERENT BASE STATION

Consider the situation where a pilot signal from another base station is mistaken for a pilot

belonging to the Active Set and therefore can potentially be used to demodulate the for-

ward traffic channel from the other base station. Since, all pilot signals in a system are

time shifted versions of each other, it follows that with appropriate time delay, a pilot from

any sector can appear to belong to any other sector. However, a greater time delay

between a sector and a mobile implies a greater path loss between the sector and the

mobile, and therefore a weaker interfering pilot signal at the mobile input.

Specifically consider the situation where the pilot from base station 1 is delayed by the

separation distance (d) enough so base station 1 pilot appears to be a pilot from base sta-

tion 2. The mobile will decode a base station 1 traffic channel if the distance to base sta-

tion 1 delays the pilot so that it appears to have the same offset as the pilot from base

station 2. Pilot offsets are multiples of 64 chips, about 52 microseconds, or a distance of

15.6 km (9.7 miles); therefore, assigning pilot offsets becomes a problem analogous to

assigning frequencies in an AMPS system. There must be adequate distance between basestations so the interfering signal is attenuated by the path loss so as not to be a problem.

Like the AMPS frequency assignment problem, the interfering signal must be much lower

to prevent the mobile from demodulating the traffic channel from the interfering base sta-

tion.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





MASQUERADING PILOT FROMA DIFFERENT BASE STATION

The Pilot from Base Station 1 will appear like Base Station 2

when:δ1 + d ≈ δ2

Base Station 2

PN Offset = δ2 chips

d chips

Base Station 1

PN Offset = δ1 chips

r chips

M a s

q u e r a d i n

g P i l o t

D e s i r e

d P i l o

t

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






LOWER LIMIT FOR PILOTINCAS A FUNCTION OF CELL RADIUS

The chart on the facing page gives the lower limit for pilotinc as a function of cell size and

search window size. Search windows will be considered in the next unit, but notice using a

larger search window requires a larger value for pilotinc. Using a value that is equal to or

greater will provide adequate separation between pilot offset indices so signals from

neighboring cells will not be decoded and interfere with the serving signal.

Designing a system with smaller cells allows choosing a lower pilotinc providing addi-

tional indices to solve problems between mixed size cells with adequate indices for the

equal size cells.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PN OFFSET INDEX ASSIGNMENT PLANThree-Sector Example

This is an example of assigning the pilot offset indices to a three-sector system with a 13

cell reuse plan and pilotinc = 4. The 128 available pilot indices are:

0, 4, 8, 12, ..., 508 (0 × 64, 4 × 64, ..., 504 × 64, 508 × 64) chips respectively.The 128 offset indices are divided into the following 4 sets, 3 sets containing 13 offset

indices, and a reserve set with 89 offset indices.

The pilot offset indices in Sets I – III are used in a regular grid and those in Set IV are

reserved for Base Stations that do not follow the grid. Each base station sector is assigned

one pilot offset index from each of the first three sets. The three offset indices are assigned

to the three sectors in a regular fashion, as shown in the example. With this assignment,

the four neighboring sectors for any sector are always assigned pilot offset indices from

Sets other than that used for the sector, thus assuring a reasonable separation of phase off-

sets from nearby sectors.

Set I: 4, 8, 12, ..., 52 (4 × 64, 8 × 64, ..., 52 × 64)

Set II: 168, 172, ..., 216 (168 × 64, 172 × 64, ..., 216 × 64)

Set III: 332, 336, ..., 380 (332 × 64, 336 × 64, ..., 380 × 64)

Set IV:0, 56, ..., 164, 220, ...328, 384, ..., 508

(0 × 64, 164 × 64, ..., 220 × 64, ..., 328 × 64, 384 × 64, ..., 508 × 64)

Base

Station

PN Offset Index

Sector 1

αSector 2

βSector 3

γ

1 4 168 332

2 8 172 336

3 12 176 340

4 16 180 344

5 20 184 348

6 24 188 352

7 28 192 356

8 32 196 3609 36 200 364

10 40 204 368

11 44 208 372

12 48 212 376

13 52 216 380

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PN OFFSET INDEX ASSIGNMENT PLANThree-Sector Example

12

36

4

52

28

48

28

16

8

20

40

24

24

44

32

12

44

36

24

40

20

8

20

Legend:

PN OffsetIndex

BaseStation Number

1

9

13

7

12

4

2

5

10

6

11

8

3

340

364

332

380

356

376

356

344

336

348

368

352

352

372

360

340

372

364

352

368

348

336

348

176

200

168

216

192

212

192

212

180

172

184

204

188

188

208

196

176

208

200

188

204

184

172

184

376

4 1

332

168

48

α

β

γ

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PILOT ASSIGNMENTTRANSLATION PARAMETER

pilotinc


tion parameters.

Pilot PN Sequence Offset Index

Increment(pilotinc)

Form: ecp

— specifies the offset index increment for the pilot pseud-

onoise (PN) sequence. The value entered dictates howmany 64-PN chips are used in the increment. Mobilesuse this parameter to search the Remaining Set. The

“Pilot PN Sequence Offset Index” field on the “ceqface”

form must be a whole number multiple of the value

entered in this field.Range: 1 – 15

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






pilotinc

CDMA Information (Non-Power Control)

Leap Seconds Since System Start Time (sec) .................................................................... 439) ___

Daylight Savings Time in Effect ........................................................................................... +440) ___

Local Time Offset (hr) .......................................................................................................... +441) ___

Pilot PN Sequence Offset Index Increment..................................................................... 442) ___

Traffic Channel Supervision Interval (sec) ........................................................................... +443) ___

Request for Pilot Measurement Interval (sec)...................................................................... +444) ___

Overload Threshold (%) - RCC ............................................................................................ +445) ___

- CCC ............................................................................................ +446) ___ Total CDMA Channel Elements OOS Minor Limit (%)......................................................... +447) ___

Total CDMA Channel Elements OOS Major Limit (%)......................................................... +448) ___

Traffic CEs Reserved for Handoff (%) ................................................................................. +449) ___

Maximum Traffic CEs Allowed for SMS (%) ........................................................................ +450) ___

Handoff Escalation Interval (sec) ......................................................................................... +451) ___

Traffic Channel Selection Algorithm..................................................................................... 452) ___

Carrier Assignment Algorithm.............................................................................................. +453) ___

RF Loading Weight Factor................................................................................................... +454) ___

Maximum Slot Cycle Index .................................................................................................. 455) ___

AUTOPLEX

Cellular EXECUTIVE CELLULAR PROCESSOR (ecp) Screen 24 of 40

System

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







pilot_pn


tion parameters.

Pilot PN Sequence Offset Index

(pilot_pn)Form: ceqface

— the offset in pilot pseudonoise (PN) sequences in time

relative to each other, in 64-PN chips, where a chip isone bit in a PN sequence. The value entered into thisfield must be a whole number multiple of the value

entered into the “Pilot PN Sequence Offset Index Incre-

ment” field on the “ecp” form.

Range: 0 – 511

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






pilot_pn

CDMA Information (Non-Power Control):

Transmit Antenna Propagation Delay (microseconds)........................................................ 92) ___

Receive Antenna Propagation Delay (microseconds)......................................................... 93) ___

Pilot PN Sequence Offset Index....................................................................................... 94) ___

Pilot Detection Threshold (dB) ............................................................................................ 95) ___

Pilot Drop Threshold (dB).................................................................................................... 96) ___

Active Set vs Candidate Set Comparison Thresh (dB) ....................................................... 97) ___

Active Set vs Candidate Set Comparison Thresh for Analog (dB)...................................... 98) ___

Drop Timer .......................................................................................................................... 99) ___

Search Window Size: Active Set and Candidate Set ....................................................... 100) ___

Neighbor Set ............................................................................... 101) ___

Remaining Set............................................................................. 102) ___

Cell (microseconds) .................................................................... 103) ___

Sector Size (miles) .............................................................................................................. +104) ___

Maximum Differential Transmit Delay (microseconds)........................................................ 105) ___

Analog Handdown Physical Ant Face at Serving Sector..................................................... 106) ___

Analog Equivalent Server Group at Serving Sector ............................................................ 107) ___

AUTOPLEX

Cellular CELL EQUIPAGE FACE (ceqface) Screen 7 of 23

System Cell ___ Face _

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PN OFFSET INDEX ASSIGNMENT SUMMARY

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PN OFFSET INDEX ASSIGNMENTSUMMARY

• PN short code is the same code for every sector in a

system, the difference is a shift in PN phase.

• 512 PN offsets are available.

• To minimize PN masquerading every 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, etc.PN offset can be chosen.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PN OFFSET INDEX ASSIGNMENTKnowledge Check

Question 1.

Please fill in each blank with one of the codes listed below.

The scrambler produces a 19.2 kbps traffic frame with a unique ______ code for each

user. The IS-95 specification defines 64 logical channels on one RF carrier frequency by

further coding each user's frame with an unique ______ code. Each traffic channel then

splits into two identical channels, and then coded with the ______ code.

A. PN short code

B. long code

C. Walsh code

D. PIN code

Question 2.

Every face uses the same PN short code as an identifier, but what is the difference of the

PN short code between two faces?

A. Different data rate of the code

B. Unique Walsh code

C. Different phase shift of the code

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Section 8




Traffic EngineeringCapacity Section 8

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Traffic Engineering Capacity CL8301 – v2.0




TRAFFIC ENGINEERING

In traffic engineering the designer not only needs to know where the users are but also

where the traffic is. A busy street may carry more traffic than a residential area. Three

areas will be covered in this traffic engineering lessons. First we will look at the traditional

traffic capacity measurement, Erlang, and more specifically the Erlang B concept and the

Erlang B table. Second we will take a look at channel element provisioning, and finally

discuss packet pipe considerations.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0 Traffic Engineering Capacity



TRAFFIC ENGINEERING

• Erlang B concept

— Traffic capacity given blocking objective

• Channel element provisioning

• Packet pipe considerations

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






WHAT IS AN ERLANG?

The CCS is the traditional unit of measurement for expressing switched traffic load. A

CCS unit represents one hundred (C-Roman numeral for 100) call (C) seconds (S). 1 Hour

= 3600 Seconds = 36 CCS. If one call is busy for 30 minutes during an observation inter-

val, a usage of 18 CCS will be measured. However, if 18 calls are busy for 100 seconds

each in the observation period, 18 CCS will also be measured. Therefore, usage is a func-

tion of the number of calls and duration of time (holding time) each call is busy.

The erlang is a well-established international unit of traffic measurement equal to the

average number of busy resources or, equivalently, the average resource usage expressed

in some arbitrary unit of time. Erlangs need not be referenced to any specific time interval.

However, the unit of time used to express usage or call rate must always be the same unit

used to express holding time and observation interval. Since traffic-engineered compo-

nents are sized for a busy-hour load, a 1-hour time interval will be the base for all erlang

units used. Therefore, 1 unit of erlang usage is equal to 36 units of CCS usage. Consider a

simple example of a system that generates 3000 calls over a 1-hour observation period

with an average holding time of 200 seconds per call. The traditional CCS usage would bethe product of calls times holding time divided by 100:

(3000 calls)(200-second holding time) / 100 = 6000 CCS.

Now, to describe the traffic usage in units of erlangs, the calls times holding time product

would be divided by the observation interval in seconds (3600 seconds):

(3000 calls)(200-second holding time) / 3600 = 167 erlangs.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





WHAT IS AN ERLANG?

• Definition: Erlang is a unit of traffic measurement equal tothe average resource usage expressed in some arbitrary

unit of time.• We are going to use 1 hour as the reference - busy hour.

— 1 Erlang = 3600 call-seconds/hour of usage forprimary traffic channel elements (CEs)

— 1 Erlang = 1 CE used for 1 hour

— 1 Erlang = 2 CEs used for 30 minutes each

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






WHAT IS THE ERLANG B TABLE?

The Erlang B table shows how many Erlangs a number of resources can support with

some percentage of blocking. For this discussion the resources are channel elements that

can be used for traffic channels.

ExampleIf 4 channel elements are used for traffic channels and 2% blocking is assumed. According

to the Erlang B table such a configuration can support 1.09 Erlangs. Since the busy hour is

used as the time reference, 1.09 Erlangs is equal to 1.09 × 36 = 39.24 CCS.

With 2% blocking, 2 out of 100 call attempts will be blocked because there are no channel

elements available for traffic channels. The higher the designed blocking percentage, the

more Erlangs the same number of channel elements can support. Traditionally 2 percent

blocking is used in cellular systems.

The Erlang B table can be found in the appendix.

Traffic Models

Several traffic models exist which share their name with the Erlang unit of traffic. They

are formulae which can be used to estimate the number of Channel Elements required in a

base station.

• Erlang B

This is the most commonly used traffic model, and is used to work out how many CEs

are required if the traffic figure (in Erlangs) during the busiest hour is known. The mod-

el assumes that all blocked calls are immediately cleared.

• Extended Erlang B

This model is similar to Erlang B, but takes into account that a percentage of calls are

immediately represented to the system if they encounter blocking (a busy signal). The

retry percentage can be specified.• Erlang C

This model assumes that all blocked calls stay in the system until they can be handled.

This model can be applied to the design of a system feature, if calls cannot be immedi-

ately answered, they enter a queue.

A traffic model tutorial can be found in the appendix.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





WHAT IS THE ERLANG B TABLE?

• The Erlang B table shows the Erlangs (capacity) a numberof CEs can support during one hour assuming a percentage

of blocking.• Statistically there will be times when there are no CEs

available for assigning a traffic channel – blocking.

• Traditionally the blocking objective in a wireless system isset to 2%.

Offered Traffic [Erlangs]

Probability of Blocking

N 1% 1.2% 1.5% 2% 3% 5%

1 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.05

2 0.15 0.17 0.19 0.22 0.28 0.38

3 0.46 0.49 0.54 0.60 0.72 0.90

4 0.87 0.92 0.99 1.09 1.25 1.52

5 1.36 1.43 1.52 1.65 1.87 2.21

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TRAFFIC TERMINOLOGY

The relationship between Blocking, Offered Traffic Load, and Carried Traffic Load can

be depicted for the case of Offered Traffic Load increasing with time.

The Carried Traffic Load tracks with the Offered Traffic Load until the Offered Traffic

Load approaches the Engineered Traffic Capacity. As the Offered Traffic Load increasesfurther the Carried Traffic Load also increases, but not to the same extent, and the Block-

ing increases.

As a practical matter, it is difficult to estimate the Offered Traffic Load. However, the

Carried Traffic Load, also called usage, can be directly measured and Engineered Traffic

Capacity can be calculated from the quantity of voice channels. So the demand for service

criteria stated in terms of Blocking can be evaluated indirectly by comparing the Carried

Traffic Load to the Engineered Traffic Capacity.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





TRAFFIC TERMINOLOGY

Offered Traffic Load

Overflow Traffic or

Carried Traffic Load*

Engineered Traffic Capacity

Traffic

Time

For Rate Set 2 vocoders with 13 traffic channels,

2% Blocking occurs when

Offered Traffic Load = Engineered Traffic Capacity = 7.4 Erlangs.

[Erlangs]

* Carried Traffic Load is sometimes referred to as Usage.

For Rate Set 1 vocoders with 22 traffic channels,

2% Blocking occurs when

Offered Traffic Load = Engineered Traffic Capacity = 14.8 Erlangs.

Blocked Traffic

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CDMA RF CARRIER TRAFFIC CAPACITYExercise

Given 60% loading factor for an omnidirectional base station. For 60% loading factor, a

Rate Set 1 base station will have 22 mobiles. The pole point from the previous section cal-

culated 36 mobiles for Rate Set 1. Given each call lasts an average of 90 seconds, and the

users behavior is modeled by Erlang B statistics, calculate the number of calls per hour

that the CDMA RF carrier frequency will carry with 2% blocking.

Recall that a 90 second call offers 90/3600 = 0.025 Erlangs of traffic to the system.

Acronyms

ACU – Analog Conversion Unit

BCR – Baseband Combiner and Radio

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CDMA RF CARRIER TRAFFIC CAPACITYExercise

TrafficChannelElements

ACU BCR

Given:

Erlang-B model22 Traffic Channel Elements, Rate Set 10.025 Erlangs per call2% Blocking

Additional Traffic Channel Elements would be necessary forsoft handoff.

Using the Erlang B tables in the Appendix of this unit,Calculate:

Engineered traffic capacity incalls per busy hour ____________________,Rate Set 1

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






DEDICATED VERSUS POOLED CEsCDMA RF CARRIER TRAFFIC CAPACITY

2% Blocking

This example shows that pooling the channel elements from each sector increases the total

traffic capacity. In the Rate Set 2 dedicated CE example, the 15th call in a sector is

blocked even though there may be idle CEs on the other sectors. In the pooled example,

the 15th call in a sector will not be blocked, since the system can assign an idle CE from

one of the other sectors. In the example shown, the Erlang B tables are used to find the

Erlang capacity at 2% blocking. Again given an average call duration is 90 seconds, so a

subscriber offers 0.025 Erlangs of traffic to the system.

It would be wasteful to provision CEs per sector based on the per-sector traffic loads

because the trunking efficiency gained by pooling would be lost. However, the CDMA

system imposes a limit on the number of simultaneous users in a sector with overload con-

trol to control interference between users. Therefore, it is also inappropriate to provision

CEs for base stations based on the total offered traffic because this neglects the per-sector

limits imposed by overload control. The optimum procedure for provisioning a singleCDMA carrier frequency, or sub-cell must account for blocking when users saturate a sec-

tor and the blocking that occurs when all CEs are busy. What is needed is a model that

considers both the total capacity of the three sectors, as well as the overload capacity of

the busiest sector.

Acronyms

ACU – Analog Conversion Unit

AIF – Antenna Interface Frame

BCR – Baseband Combiner and Radio

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





DEDICATED VERSUS POOLED CEsCDMA RF CARRIER TRAFFIC CAPACITY

2% Blocking

• Capacity 14 Traffic Channel Elements= 8.2 Erlangs

• Capacity = 8.2/0.025 = 328 Calls

• Total Capacity = 3 x 328 = 984 Calls

• Capacity 42 Traffic Channel Elements = 32.8 Erlangs• Total Capacity = 32.8/0.025 = 1312 Calls

• Pooling CEs potentially increases traffic capacity*

* Subject to overload limitations.

14 TrafficChannel Elements ACU BCR

ACU BCR

ACU BCR

14 TrafficChannel Elements


Without Pooling:

BCR

ACU BCR

ACU

ACU BCR




With Pooling:

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TRAFFIC CHANNEL ELEMENT ASSIGNMENTBY BASE STATION

A new call or handoff into a sector must meet two criteria before the call can be assigned

to the sector. First, there must be an idle channel element (CE) available, and second the

sector must not be at the capacity limit set by the overload conditions. If both criteria are

met the call is then assigned to an idle CE, and the CE is configured to the sector. If either

criteria cannot be met, then the system attempts a semi-soft or hard CDMA handoff to

another CDMA RF channel, if equipped. If none of these options are available, a new call

is given a reorder, or it may be redirected to analog, if available. The call in handoff is left

in its present state, and may suffer degraded voice quality or even drop.

The cellular engineer should consider both blocking criteria when provisioning a base sta-

tion CDMA RF carrier frequency.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





TRAFFIC CHANNEL ELEMENT ASSIGNMENTBY BASE STATION

New call orhandoff arrival

Are allTraffic ChannelElements busy?

Assign call toidle Traffic Channel

Element

New Call Arrival:Deny Service

Hand-off Arrival:Attempt HardCDMA Handoff, orlet Handoff drag

Yes

Yes

No

No

Due to overload controls, simple application of theErlang-B model exaggerate capacity

Issector at

overload?

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CDMA BASE STATION PROVISIONINGExercise

Required are CE provisioning estimates for two CDMA base stations in a system unit.

Both base stations are equipped with three 120o directional antennas, but the first base sta-

tion has equal offered traffic to each sector, and the second base station’s α sector is

offered twice the traffic as the β and γ sectors. Assume a CDMA RF channel using Rate

Set 2, will carry 13 simultaneous calls (i.e., overload control will block the 14th call into

the coverage area) and 2% average blocking for the base station. Ignoring extra CEs for

soft handoff, calculate the traffic CEs required to carry the offered traffic to each base sta-

tion, for both the unpooled and the pooled cases, and the RF carrier frequencies required.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CDMA BASE STATION PROVISIONINGExercise

β α

γ

4.93Erlangs

4.93Erlangs

4.93Erlangs

Given:2% average base station blockingOverload limitation of 13 maximum simultaneous calls per CDMA RF channel

β α

γ

3.7Erlangs

3.7Erlangs

7.4Erlangs

Calculate:Traffic Channel Elements required for this base station

Unpooled Pooled

Calculate:

Traffic Channel Elements required for this base station

Unpooled Pooled

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






ERLANG CAPACITYOmni versus Sectorized Cell Site

For omni cells, standard traffic tables, for example the Erlang B table, can be used in basi-

cally the same way as for provisioning radios for analog systems. But sectorized cells in a

CDMA system require different treatment.

In a CDMA system all the CEs at a 3-sectored cell are pooled, so any CE can be assigned

to any user in the cell, regardless of sector. It would be wasteful to provision CEs per sec-

tor based on the per-sector traffic loads because the trunking efficiency gained by pooling

the CEs would be lost. As another factor affecting provisioning, the CDMA system must

impose a limit on the number of simultaneous users in a sector to control the interference

between users having the same pilot. Therefore, it would be inappropriate to provision

CEs for cell sites based just on the total load because such an approach neglects the per-

sector limits. The optimum procedure must account for blocking that occurs when users

saturate a sector and when all CEs at the base station are busy.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





ERLANG CAPACITYOmni versus Sectorized Cell Site

• For omni cells, standard traffic tables, Erlang B, can be

used. Sectorized cells in a CDMA system require differenttreatment due to channel element pooling.

• Channel element pooling decreases number of channelelements used but overload limitations have to beconsidered.

— The saving in channel elements is greatest at lowand/or non-uniform sector traffic levels; however,

some modest savings exists even at conditions ofhigh uniform sector traffic.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






BLOCKING FOR SECTORIZED CDMA CELL SITE

At a 3-sector CDMA cell, all the CEs are pooled, so any CE can be assigned to any user in

the cell, regardless of sector. It would be wasteful to provision CEs per sector based on the

per-sector traffic loads because the trunking efficiency gained by pooling the CEs would

be lost. As another factor affecting provisioning, the CDMA system must impose a limit

on the number of simultaneous users in a sector to control the interference between users

having the same pilot. Therefore, it would be inappropriate to provision CEs for base sta-

tions based just on the total load because such an approach neglects the per-sector limits.

The optimum procedure must account for blocking that occurs when users saturate a sec-

tor and when all CEs at the base station are busy.

The equation show the probability of blocking for the first sector, b1, in a three sector

CDMA cell site. Similar expression can be applied to the other sectors as well.

— where

The traffic impinging on a cell is assumed to be characterized by Poisson arrivals and

exponentially distributed holding times. Delta denotes the arrival rate of calls in a region

and T the average holding time. Hence, a is the traffic load M Erlangs. It is also assumed

that blocked calls are cleared and the maximum number of users in a sector is M users,

irrespectively of loading. The probability of having exactly n users in sector i, pi(n), is the

blocking probability according to Erlang B. N is the total number of users on the cell site.

• 1 ≤ i ≤ 3, 0 ≤ n ≤ M , 0 ≤ j + k + l ≤ N

• δi (j) = 1 when j = i and 0 when j ≠ i

b 1 cp 1 M ( ) p 2

l 0,=

M

∑k 0=

M

∑ k ( )p 3 l ( ) c δN

l 0=

M

∑k 0=

M

∑ j 0=

M

∑ j k l + + ( )p 1 j ( )p 2 k ( )p 3 l ( )+=

k l N M –<+

p i n ( )

a n

n !------i

a m i

m !---------

m 0 =

M

∑

-----------------------=a λT= c1

p 1 j ( )p 2 k ( )p 3 l ( )

j k l , , 0 = j k l + + N ≤

M

∑

------------------------------------------------------------------=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





BLOCKING FOR SECTORIZED CDMA CELL SITE

• Blocking for sector i, bi, can be calculated based on traffic

load, maximum number of users, and the blocking

probabilities according to Erlang B for all the sectors.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CHANNEL ELEMENT PROVISIONINGFOR CDMA CELL SITE

The traffic load for the three sectors will be denoted (a1, a2, a3). Using the expression for

the probability of blocking for sector i, bi, the problem of provisioning channel elements

for a CDMA base station having traffic loads (a1

, a2

, a3

) in the sectors reduces to getting

the smallest number N , total number of users on the cell site, for which the blocking prob-

abilities (b1, b2, b3) meet the blocking objective, B.

The blocking objective may be the most heavily loaded sector or an average weighted by

the traffic loads.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CHANNEL ELEMENT PROVISIONINGFOR CDMA CELL SITE

• Channel element provisioning for a cell site having the

traffic load, a i (1 ≤ i ≤ number of sectors), reduces findingthe smallest N for which the blocking probability, b i (1 ≤ i ≤

number of sectors) meet the blocking objective, B .

• The objective might involve the most heavily loaded sector

• or it might be an average weighted by traffic loads (here 3sectors)

maxi

bi

B ≤

a 1

b 1

a 2

b 2

a 3

b 3

+ +

a 1 a 2 a 3+ +------------------------------------------------------- B ≤

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






ERLANG CAPACITY THREE SECTOR CELL SITECHANNEL ELEMENT POOLING

The graphs shows the Erlang capacity for a three sector cell site with various number of

users per sector per carrier limit, M , and a number of traffic channel elements available.

Uniform traffic load between the sectors, one carrier per sector, and 2% blocking is

assumed.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





ERLANG CAPACITY THREE SECTOR CELL SITECHANNEL ELEMENT POOLING

40

1615

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Number of Channel Elements

2% blocking

E r l a n g

C a p a c

i t y

3 S e

c t o r

C e

l l S i t e

M = 10

M = 11M = 12M = 13M = 14M = 15Erlang B

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






ERLANG CAPACITY OF OVERLAIDIS-95A AND 3G-1X

It is expected that 3G-1X will double the Erlang capacity with respect to IS-95A. The dou-

bling of capacity applies to implementation in cleared spectrum; for spectral overlay on

IS-95, capacity is reduced due to mutual interference between the two systems (can be

computed from an assumed mix). An example of the voice capacity for 2G and 3G-1X

overlay is shown in the figure.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





ERLANG CAPACITY OF OVERLAIDIS-95A AND 3G-1X

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

Percentage 3G-1X Traffic

T o t a l E r l a n g T r a f f

i c / S e c t o r

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






3G-1X DATA CAPACITY

Introduction

3G-1X data has a great impact on the overall capacity when 3G-1X (or 2G) voice is

present on the carrier. To estimate the impact of data, simulation of a model has to be

done.

3G-1X Data System Level Simulation Model Assumptions

The assumptions for the 3G-1X data system level simulation model are listed below.

• Mobility: 50% of users are stationary and 50% are moving at pedestrian speed

• No Supplemental channel handoff on the forward link

• No Transmit Diversity on the forward link

• All mobiles employ Turbo coding

• Target Frame Error Rate - 2% at 19.2 kbps, 3% at 38.4 kbps, 5% at 76.8 kbps and 10%at 153.6 kbps

3G-1X Packet Data Capacity Limiting Factors

From an air interface perspective, it is anticipated that the 3G-1X packet data capacity and

throughput will be governed by several interlocking factors, including:

• The number of users (fundamental and supplemental channels) that can be supported

• The relative position of the users within the cell site coverage area.

• The average throughput per data user

• The associated FER target• The Automatic Repeat Request (ARQ)

• The link channel activity and packet call size

The average data user capacity is determined by several dominant factors: average packet

call size, supplemental channel rate, think time, and Quality of Service (QoS), including

the target FER and queuing delay.

Packet Data on the Same Carrier

Under the situation of the co-existence of voice and packet data on the same carrier:

• Voice performance (e.g. FER, Dropped Call Rate) is not impacted due to the presence ofpacket data users on the same carrier

• Packet data has a guaranteed rate of 9.6 kbps

• There is a tradeoff between the average number of voice users (Erlang) and the average

packet data sector throughput

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





3G-1X DATA CAPACITY

• Capacity has to be estimated using data models, averagethroughput [kbps] per user

— QoS

— Capacity of SCH

— Number of users per SCH

— Amount of data

— Data user characteristics

• Voice and data can co-exist on the same carrier

— Voice performance not impacted by data

— SCH data rate based on resources and RF environ-ment

— Mix of voice and data important to estimate

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






3G-1X VOICE AND DATA TRADEOFF

The capacity tradeoff in mixed voice and packet data system is shown in the figure.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





3G-1X VOICE AND DATA TRADEOFF

3G1X Capacity of Mixed Voice and Data

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Voice Erlangs/sector/carrier

P a c k e t d a t a t h r o u g h p u t

( k b p s ) / s e c t o r / c a r r i e r

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TRAFFIC ENGINEERINGCapacity

SUMMARY

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






SUMMARY

• Capacity is measured in Erlangs

— Number of channel elements

— Blocking

• Channel element pooling increases Erlang capacity butoverload limitations have to be considered.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Knowledge Check

Question 1.

What happens to the total traffic capacity that the channel elements can support when the

channel elements from each sector are pooled?

A. Capacity increases

B. Capacity decreases

C. Capacity remains the same

Question 2.

A new call or handoff into a sector must meet two criteria. If none of the criteria can be

met, then the system attempts a semi-soft or hard CDMA handoff to another CDMA RF

channel. Please choose the two criteria from the following list.

A. Eb /NT > 7 dB

B. Ec /I0 > call setup threshold

C. Channel elements available

D. No overload conditions

Question 3.

How many Erlangs can 13 primary traffic channels support if 13 kbps vocoders are used

and 2% blocking is assumed?A. 7.4

B. 9.0

C. 14.8

D. 16.6

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Knowledge Check

Question 4.

How many Erlangs can 22 primary traffic channels support if EVRC vocoders are used

and 2% blocking is assumed?

A. 7.4

B. 9.0

C. 14.8

D. 16.6

S

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Section 9




Traffic EngineeringChannel Element Engineering Section 9

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Traffic Engineering Channel Element Engineering CL8301 – v2.0




CHANNEL ELEMENTENGINEERING

One of the first steps in channel element engineering is to determine the number of chan-

nel elements needed to meet the blocking objective for primary traffic channels. More

channel elements are needed to support soft handoff. An additional 35% is recommended

initially for soft handoff but experience from the service area may lead to adjustments at

the individual cell sites. Softer handoff will not increase the number of channel elements

needed. Also, for 2G two additional channel elements per sector is needed to support over-

head channels, pilot, page, sync, and access channels. One channel element will handle

pilot, sync, and access, and one channel element will support the page channel. (Refer-

ence: CDMA RF Engineering Guidelines 401-614-012 / 401-703-201). The 3G require-

ments are a little bit different.

It is important to know that the channel element configuration will impact blocking rate,

soft handoff, and packet pipe configuration (see System Capacity Monitoring & Engineer-

ing Guide 401-610-009).

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0 Traffic Engineering Channel Element Engineering



CHANNEL ELEMENTENGINEERING

• For channel element engineering the following should be

considered:

— Channel elements needed to meet blocking objec-tive.

— Channel elements for soft handoff.Reference: 401-614-012/401-703-201

— Channel elements to support overhead channels

• 2G-only: 2 per sector

• 2G + 3G-1X: 4 per sector with F-QPCH

— Mix of traffic types.

— Packet pipe configuration.See: 401-610-009

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CHANNEL ELEMENT ENGINEERINGMulti-Carrier Frequency Systems

In a multi-carrier frequency system the channel element engineering requires special

attention. In the current architecture there is no channel element pooling between carriers.

Physical pooling between carriers is expensive and complex. However, an effective load

balancing algorithm to distribute traffic channels among carriers can achieve equivalent or

nearly equivalent channel element efficiency. A load balancing algorithm in software is

often a more simple solution than physical pooling. Lucent Technologies has a load bal-

ancing algorithm for multi-carrier frequencies system, the algorithm will be discussed in a

following unit. Since no real pooling exists between carriers, channel elements should be

equipped equally on all carriers to maintain similar loading between carriers.

Simulations and analysis have found little or no air-interface efficiency in a multi-carrier

system. Even if there is a slight increase in air-interface capacity, the forward link is

degraded when loading increases.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CHANNEL ELEMENT ENGINEERINGMulti-Carrier Frequency Systems

• The Traffic Channel Assignment algorithm is a simple

alternative for achieving the same goal as physical channelelement pooling between carriers.

• Since no real pooling exists between carriers, channelelements should be equipped equally on all carriers.

• Simulations and analysis have found little or no air-interfaceefficiency in a multi-carrier system.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CAPACITY ON MULTI-CARRIER CDMA SYSTEMS

In a multi-carrier system, each carrier has a distinct spectrum, so its interference is limited

within its own spectrum. Therefore, for a fully loaded system that has K carriers, the total

number of users in the system is simply the sum of the average number of users per car-

rier.

Consequently, the total supported traffic is:

For example, if a system has two carriers using 13 kbps vocoders, then its per sector

capacity is 2 × 7.4 =14.8 Erlangs.

For people who are familiar with AMPS or TDMA systems, a natural question is: why

there is no “trunking efficiency” across CDMA carriers like in AMPS and TDMA? The

reasons are: (1) Trunking efficiency originates from Erlang-B model, which is not applica-

ble to CDMA systems. (2) If there is trunking efficiency between CDMA carriers, it

means that each carrier will have more than <n> average number of users. This leads to a

higher interference level in comparison to the case where the carrier operates alone.

Hence, the performance will degrade.

It is possible to improve CE efficiency across carriers by equipping less than the sum of

each carrier’s required number of CEs, as in the case with sectorized cells. Unlike the sec-

torized case, the CEs in each carrier are not pooled together currently so there is a risk for

loading imbalance. However, there is an algorithm called “load balancing algorithm”

which can help.

The top figure shows the model of a 2-carrier system. The idea of load balancing algo-

rithm is to equally load every carrier. If it is very efficient, then every CE is equally acces-sible to mobiles. The fact that carriers are not likely to require the maximum number of

CEs means that some CE saving is achievable.

In real implementations, the algorithm can never achieve perfect loading for a couple rea-

sons: (1) The selected carrier based, on available CE, may be in overload by power or

interference. (2) When switching between carriers, there is a probability to drop the call.

< >=< > + < > + + < >n f f f n f n f n f K K ( , ,..., ) ( ) ( ) .... ( )1 2 1 2

E f f f E f E f E f k k ( , ,... ) ( ) ( ) ... ( )1 2 1 2= + + +

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CAPACITY ON MULTI-CARRIER CDMA SYSTEMS

• Capacity of multi-carrier system is the sum of each carrier’scapacity.

• Multi-carrier systems may more efficiently utilize each CEand require less CEs per carrier.

CESelection

CarrierSelection

NewCall

f1

f2

CE for α

CE for β

CE for γ

CESelection

CE for α

CE for β

CE for γ

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CHANNEL ELEMENTS NEEDEDFOR MULTI-CARRIER 2G SYSTEM

The table shows the number of channel elements needed for 1, 2, and 3 carrier frequency

systems to support some number of users at heavy load. The table assumes channel ele-

ment pooling within the same carrier frequency and perfect load balance between the car-

rier frequencies. Additional channel elements have to be added for soft handoff and

overhead channels.

Example

If there can be 13 users per sector per carrier the carried traffic load can be 7.4 Erlangs per

sector per carrier. Without load balance between the carriers 38 channel elements are

needed per carrier for the three sectors. With a perfect load balance 95 channel elements

are needed for the base station if three carriers are deployed. Without load balance a total

of 3 × 38 channel elements are needed. Perfect load balance requires 19 channel elements

less per base station compared to no load balance

Note:

A more generalized channel element engineering process will be presented.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CHANNEL ELEMENTS NEEDEDFOR MULTI-CARRIER 2G SYSTEM

User/Sector/Carrier

Erlang/Sector/Carrier

#CE/Carrierw/o LB

#CE/Site 2Carriers

w/ LB

#CE/Site 2CarriersSaved

#CE/Site 3Carriers

w/ LB

#CE/Site 3CarriersSaved

1 0.02 2 4 0 6 0

2 0.22 5 8 2 11 4

3 0.60 8 13 3 18 6

4 1.09 11 17 5 23 10

5 1.66 14 22 6 31 11

6 2.27 16 27 5 37 11

7 2.94 20 35 5 48 12

8 3.63 23 39 7 54 15

9 4.34 26 45 7 64 14

10 5.08 29 51 7 71 16

11 5.84 32 56 8 79 17

12 6.61 35 63 7 88 17

13 7.40 38 67 9 95 19

14 8.18 39 69 9 98 19

15 9.00 42 76 8 108 18

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Channel Element EngineeringProcess

For the CE provisioning of a voice and data mixed system,

• Voice and Packet Data will be mixed, based on RF resources used by each user.

• The total number of CEs used are the sum of fundamental-channel (FCH) CEs and sup-plemental-channel (SCH) CEs:

— FCH CEs include both voice and data.

— SCH CEs are required to ensure that the data burst transmission will be support-ed.

• Voice users and data users (PPP connections) are used in the mixed voice and data traffic

calculations.

• The number of PPP connections varies with different traffic models.

— For each capacity claim, a proper traffic model must be defined.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CHANNEL ELEMENT ENGINEERINGProcess

• Objective

— Provision channel elements to support traffic capac-ity for voice and data including soft handoff.

• Key tasks

— Estimate the Erlang capacity

— Determine number of channel elements

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Determine Erlang Capacity

Introduction

The key to channel element (CE) provisioning is to estimate the air-interface Erlang

capacity for each traffic type (rate set, generation, voice/data) and the total capacity.

Generally, capacity will increase as the proportion of 3G-1X traffic to 2G traffic increases.

The EVRC voice capacity for a 2G system is about 13.2 Erlangs per sector, while a 3G-

1X-only system is able to double the capacity, reaching about 26.4 Erlangs. However, for

a mixed 2G and 3G system, the achievable 3G voice capacity will be reduced due to the

existence of 2G traffic. This reduction is caused because a 2G system must operate at a

lower RF loading than a 3G system. In order to guarantee 2G voice call quality, 3G voice

traffic should operate with a similar RF loading as 2G system. A Lucent study found that

this capacity reduction factor , α, for 3G voice traffic is around 72.7% in a mixed 2G and

3G environment.

This section explains how to estimate the air interface capacity for a system with both 2G

and 3G, and supporting voice and data. Other processes may be used, for example the useof Service Measurements.

2G Voice Air-Interface Capacity

For a 2G system, 13kbps voice traffic has smaller air interface capacity than EVRC (or

8kbps) traffic, about 7.4 Erlangs per sector. In a mixed EVRC and 13kbps voice system,

the effective 2G air interface capacity per sector can be estimated by the following equa-

tion:

where r is the percentage of 2G EVRC (or 8kbps) traffic in the total mixed traffic.

2G and 3G-1X Mixed Voice Air-Interface Capacity

In a sector where 2G and 3G-1X are co-existing, the effective air interface capacity can be

estimated by following equation:

where p is the percentage of 2G traffic in the mixed system, and 3G_Effective_VO_Erlang = α * 3G_VO_Erlang. Alpha (α) is the capacity reduction factor due to the lower loading

of 3G traffic when co-existing with 2G.

ErlangK G

r

Erlang EVRC G

r

r ErlangVOG _13_2

1

__2)(__2

1 −+=

ErlangVO EffectiveG

p

ErlangVOG

p

p ErlangVO Mix ___3

1

__2)(__

1 −+=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





DETERMINE ERLANG CAPACITY

• 2G Voice Air-Interface Capacity

• 2G and 3G-1X Mixed Voice Air-Interface Capacity

— 3G_Effective_VO_Erlang = α * 3G_VO_Erlang

ErlangK G

r

Erlang EVRC G

r

r ErlangVOG _13_2

1

__2)(__2

1 −+=

ErlangVO EffectiveG

p

ErlangVOG

p

p ErlangVO Mix ___3

1

__2)(__

1 −+=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Determine Erlang CapacityContinued

3G-1X Voice and Packet Data Air-Interface Capacity

For 3G-1X packet data traffic, the air interface capacity may be estimated in terms of the

number of data PPP sessions supported (which can be regarded as a data call). Lucent

studies show that approximately 55 data calls can be supported in a 3G-1X-only sector.

Thus, for a 3G-1X system carrying both voice and data traffic, the effective 3G air inter-

face capacity is shown as:

where q is the percentage of 3G voice traffic in terms of active voice users and total users,

including voice and data PPP users.

Typically, when a data PPP session stays in the “dormant” state, no air interface resources

are occupied for some percentage of its lifetime, and the active 3G data capacity needs to

be adjusted. The dormant reduction factor, defined as the actual resource holding time

divided by the total session time, is 30%. In other words, if there are 33 PPP data users,

approximately 10 are actively using air resources at any time.

2G and 3G-1X Mixed Air-Interface Capacity

Similar to voice-only systems, in a 2G and 3G mixed environment, the effective 3G voice

capacity is adjusted by the capacity reduction factor, and effective 3G-1X Erlangs are:

Therefore, in a mixed 2G and 3G-1X system with both voice and data traffic for 3G-1X,

the effective air interface capacity is evaluated as:

The capacity division of each traffic type is proportional to its traffic mix percentage:

• 2G_EVRC = r * p * Mixed_DV_Erlang( p,q,r )

• 2G_13K = (1 - r ) * p * Mixed_DV_Erlang( p,q,r )

• 3G_Effective_EVRC = q * (1 - p) * Mixed_DV_Erlang( p,q,r )

• 3G_Data = (1 - q) * (1 - p) * Mixed_DV_Erlang( p,q,r )

Therefore, the total active air-interface capacity ca be expressed as:

Mixed_Effective_Active_DV_Erlang( p,q,r ) = 2G_EVRC + 2G_13K +

3G_Effective_EVRC + 3G_Data

Erlang DOG

q

ErlangVOG

q

q Erlang DV G __3

1

__3)(__3

1 −+=

Erlang DOG

q

ErlangVO EffectiveG

q

q Erlang DV EffectiveG __3

1

___3)(___3

1 −+=

)(___3

1

)(__2),,(__

1

q Erlang DV EffectiveG

p

r ErlangVOG

p

r q p Erlang DV Mix

−+=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





DETERMINE ERLANG CAPACITYContinued

• 3G-1X Voice and Packet Data Air-Interface Capacity

• 2G and 3G-1X Mixed Air-Interface Capacity

• The capacity division of each traffic type is proportional toits traffic mix percentage:

— 2G_EVRC = r * p * Mixed_DV_Erlang(p,q,r)

— 2G_13K = (1 - r ) * p * Mixed_DV_Erlang (p ,q ,r ) — 3G_Effective_EVRC = q * (1 - p ) *

Mixed_DV_Erlang (p ,q ,r )

— 3G_Data = (1 - q ) * (1 - p ) * Mixed_DV_Erlang (p ,q ,r )

• Therefore, the total active air-interface capacity ca beexpressed as:

— Mixed_Effective_Active_DV_Erlang (p ,q ,r ) =

2G_EVRC + 2G_13K + 3G_Effective_EVRC +3G_Data

Erlang DOG

q

ErlangVOG

q

q Erlang DV G __3

1

__3)(__3

1 −+=

Erlang DOG

q

ErlangVO EffectiveG

q


1

___3)(___3

1 −+=

)(___3

1

)(__2),,(__

1

q Erlang DV EffectiveG

p

r ErlangVOG

p

r q p Erlang DV Mix

−+=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Determine Channel ElementsOverhead and FCH

Overhead Channel Elements

Knowing the total air-interface capacity as well as the capacity for each traffic type, the

number of channel elements needed can be estimated. First, channel elements (CE) for

overhead channels must be provisioned.

For a mixed 2G and 3G-1X carrier or a 3G-1X-only carrier, only 3G overhead channels

are provisioned. Each sector and carrier requires at least four overhead channels in for-

ward link (F-PICH, F-SYNC, F-PCH, F-QPCH), and at least one overhead channel in

reverse link (R-ACH). For a 2G-only carrier, two CEs per sector are needed for Pilot,

Page, Sync, and Access Channels.

FCH Channel Elements

The Erlang B concept will give the number of CEs needed to support the total active air-interface capacity as calculated. To calculate the total number of CEs needed,

CE_Needed, soft handoff must be considered in addition to the primary CEs given by

Erlang B. A typical number is 35% extra CEs for soft handoff.

For practical purposes, the total number of CEs needed in a typical three-sector configura-

tion can be calculated using the cross-sector CE pooling factor , γ . Gamma can be esti-

mated to 95% for one to two carriers, and 90% for three or more carriers. Therefore, for a

three-sector configuration, the total number of CEs per carrier is:

Total_CE = roundup(3 * CE_Needed * γ )

The number of CEs that carry different traffic can be estimated proportionally:

The above estimation is true if all physical channel elements in the system are 3G CEs, so

that they can handle either a 2G or 3G call. This is the most efficient configuration in

terms of the number of CEs required.

However, for many customers who have already deployed widely the 2G system, the

above condition may not be valid. The new 3G-1X CEs are gradually deployed in the sys-

tem, mixing with the 2G channel elements which will still be used to carry the existing 2G

calls. This will violate the above pooling condition since the 2G channel elements will not

be able to support 3G traffic. Therefore, to ensure 3G call quality and encourage 3Ggrowth, more 3G channel elements should be provisioned.

Specifically, since 3G calls can only be supported by 3G channel elements, the number of

3G channel elements can be determined using 3G air-interface capacity alone,

3G_Erlang = 3G_Effective_EVRC + 3G_Active_Data

and using 3G_Erlang as Total_Erlang and recalculate the Total_CE .

= CE Total

ErlangTotal

ErlangServiceroundupCE Service _*

_

__

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





DETERMINE CHANNEL ELEMENTSOverhead and FCH

• Overhead channels

— 2G-only

— 2G+3G-1X or 3G-1X-only

• Erlang B concept estimates CEs based on Erlang capacity

— Add CEs for soft handoff

— Total_CE = roundup (3 * CE_Needed * γ )

— CE_Needed includes soft handoff

• Cross-Sector CE Pooling Factor

— γ = 95% [1-2 carriers]

— γ = 90% [3+ carriers]

• Number of CEs per traffic type can be estimatedproportionally

• Assuming all physical CEs are 3G CEs

— most effective pooling between generations

• 2G and 3G-1X CEs mixed

— Use total 3G Erlang as Total_Erlang

= CE Total

ErlangTotal

ErlangServiceroundupCE Service _*

_

__

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Determine Channel ElementsSCH

For 3G-1X packet data calls, besides one FCH per each active call to carry data and sig-

naling up to 9.6 kbps in both directions, additional CE resources to carry high speed data

bursts in forward or reverse direction can be used when needed. Groups of CEs (up to 16)

can be used to establish a short duration Supplemental Channel (SCH) for high rate data

bursts. The available channel rates for a SCH are 19.2, 38.4, 76.8, and 153.6 kbps.

It is expected that the forward link data traffic will be much heavier than reverse link traf-

fic amount. In Lucent studies, it is assumed that the forward link traffic demand is approx-

imately four times greater than the reverse link traffic.

Studies have shown that the average packet data throughput ( Average_SCH_Throughput )

for a shared SCH (153.6kbps) is about 110kbps Therefore, the required F-SCH elements

for a system with mixed 2G and 3G, and voice and data can be estimated by:

Forward_Required_Throughput = 3G_Data * Forward_User_Throughput

The estimated number of F-SCH required per sector is:

where κ (kappa) is the peak-to-average factor to estimate the peak-required data through-

put from the average-required throughput, Lucent studies show kappa to be about 2. For a

typical three-sector configuration, the estimated Forward-SCH required per cell is:

3G_Data_FSCH = max(3 * 3G_Sector_FSCH , Min_FSCH )

where Min_FSCH is the minimum number of F-SCH elements that must be provisioned to

ensure the capability of supporting a forward data burst with highest data rate (153.6kbps).

Each F-SCH CE operates at 9.6kbps; therefore, Min_FSCH = 153.6 / 9.6 = 16.

Similarly, the Reverse SCH can also be estimated. The average reverse data throughput

required by packet data users is:

Reverse_Required_Throughput = δ * Forward_Required_Throughput

where δ (delta) is the ratio between the average reverse and forward data traffic. The esti-

mated R-SCH required per sector is:

For a typical three-sector configuration, the estimated Reverse-SCH required per cell is:

3G_Data_RSCH = (1 + SHO_Factor ) * max(3 * 3G_Sector_RSCH , Min_RSCH )

where SHO_Factor is the soft handoff factor used, since R-SCH supports soft-handoff.

Min_RSCH is the minimum number of R-SCH elements that must be provided to ensure

the capability of supporting a reverse data burst with highest data rate (153.6kbps). Each

R-SCH CE operates at 19.2kbps; therefore, Min_RSCH = 153.6 / 19.2 = 8.

16*__

_Re_*__3

Throughput SCH Average

Throughput quired Forward FSCH Sector G κ

=

8*__

_Re_Re*__3


Throughput quired verse RSCH Sector G κ

=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





DETERMINE CHANNEL ELEMENTSSCH

• Number of CEs for SCH depends on data throughput

— Throughput of the channel (~110kbps)

— User throughput

• Study found demand on forward link about four times thedemand on the reverse link (δ = 1/4)

• Forward SCH

— Forward_Required_Throughput = 3G_Data *

Forward_User_Throughput

— Estimate number of R-SCH CEs per sector:

— Peak-to-Average factor, κ = 2

— Estimate number of F-SCH CEs per site [3 sectors]3G_Data_FSCH = max (3 * 3G_Sector_FSCH ,Min_FSCH )

• Reverse SCH

— Reverse_Required_Throughput = δ *Forward_Required_Throughput

— Estimate number of R-SCH CEs per sector:

— Estimate number of R-SCH CEs per site [3 sectors]:3G_Data_RSCH = (1+ SHO_Factor ) * max (3 *3G_Sector_RSCH , Min_RSCH )

16*__

_Re_*__3


Throughput quired Forward FSCH Sector G κ

=

8*

__

_Re_Re*__3


Throughput quired verse RSCH Sector G κ

=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Determine Channel ElementsTotal Number of CEs

The overall channel elements that should be configured for a mixed 2G and 3G carrier can

be determined considering both forward and reverse channel element requirements:

• Total_2G_CE = 2G_Voice_CE + 2G_Data_CE • Total_3G_CE = 3G_Voice_CE + 3G_Data_FCH + max(3G_FOH_CE ,

3G_Data_RSCH + 3G_ROH_CE )

• Total_CE = Total_2G_CE + Total_3G_CE

Note: The above CE requirement applies to a mixed 2G and 3G system, or a 3G-only sys-

tem. For a 2G-only system, there are no 3G channels, and 2G overhead channels will be

provisioned instead of 3G overhead channels (3G_FOH_CE and 3G_ROH_CE ).

Also, 3G F-SCH CE requirements are usually covered by the extra CEs assigned to F-

SCH; thus, they are not counted in the calculation of Total_3G_CE . F-SYNC is also cov-

ered by the uni-directional channel elements.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





DETERMINE CHANNEL ELEMENTSTotal Number of CEs

• Total_2G_CE = 2G_Voice_CE + 2G_Data_CE

• Total_3G_CE = 3G_Voice_CE + 3G_Data_FCH +max (3G_FOH_CE , 3G_Data_RSCH + 3G_ROH_CE )

• Total_CE = Total_2G_CE + Total_3G_CE

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Determine Erlang CapacityExample

Introduction

The example presented assumes a one carrier base station equipped with only 3G-1X

channel elements (CE), the 3G-1X CEs can process both 3G-1X traffic and 2G traffic. The

distribution of traffic is as follow:

• 2G traffic (EVRC only): 60% (p = 0.60)

• 3G-1X traffic (voice and data): 40%

• 3G voice traffic (EVRC): 60% (q = 0.60)

• 3G data traffic: 40% (RC3 PPP sessions)

The following Erlangs are assumed:

• 2G traffic (2G_VO_Erlang): 13.2 Erlang

• 3G voice traffic (3G_VO_Erlang): 26.4 Erlang• 3G data traffic (3G_DO_Erlang): 11 Erlang (11 PPP sessions)

Because 2G and 3G-1X are co-existing on the same carrier the 3G voice Erlang value is

reduced by the capacity reduction factor (alpha) due to the lower loading for 3G-1X.

Hence, the effective 3G voice-only Erlang (3G_Effective_VO_Erlang) is 19.2 Erlangs,

assuming that alpha is 72.7% (26.4 * 0.727 = 19.2).

Example, Erlang Capacity

The effective 3G data and voice Erlangs (3G_Effective_DV_Erlang) can now be calcu-

lated knowing the percentage of 3G voice traffic, 60% (q = 0.60).

3G_Effective_DV_Erlang = 14.8 Erlang, and the total Erlangs ( Mix_DV_Erlang) of mixed

data and traffic can be calculated; p = 0.60 and 2G_VO_Erlang = 13.2.

Mix_DV_Erlang = 13.8 Erlang

The Erlang capacity for each traffic type is then proportional to its percentage of the traffic

mix:

• 2G_EVRC = 0.6 * 13.8 = 8.28 Erlang

• 3G_Effective_EVRC = 0.6 * (1 - 0.6) * 13.8 = 3.31 Erlang

• 3G_Data = (1 - 0.6) * (1 - 0.6) * 13.8 = 2.21 Erlang

Erlang DOG

q

ErlangVO EffectiveG

q


1

___3)(___3

1 −+=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





DETERMINE ERLANG CAPACITYExample

• Only 3G-1X channel elements

• Traffic distribution:

— 2G traffic (EVRC): 60% (p = 0.60)

— 3G-1X traffic (voice & data): 40%

— 3G voice traffic (EVRC): 60% (q = 0.60)

— 3G data traffic (RC3 PPP sessions): 40%

• Erlangs:

— 2G traffic (2G_VO_Erlang ): 13.2 Erlang

— 3G voice traffic (3G_VO_Erlang ): 26.4 Erlang

— 3G data traffic (3G_DO_Erlang ): 11 Erlang (11 PPPsessions)

• The mixed air-interface capacity is estimated to:Mix_DV_Erlang = 13.8 Erlang

• The Erlang capacity for each traffic type is then proportionalto its percentage of the traffic mix:

— 2G_EVRC = 0.6 * 13.8 = 8.28 Erlang

— 3G_Effective_EVRC = 0.6 * (1 - 0.6) * 13.8 = 3.31 Er-lang

— 3G_Data = (1 - 0.6) * (1 - 0.6) * 13.8 = 2.21 Erlang

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Determine Erlang CapacityExample, Continued

Fundamental Channel Elements

Using the Erlang B concept, 21 CEs are needed to support the primary air-interface capac-

ity. Adding a soft handoff margin of about 35%, a total number of 29 CEs is needed.

For a three sector cell site with one carrier, the cross sector CE pooling factor (gamma) is

0.95, and the total number of CEs needed to support the Fundamental Channels (FCH) is 3

* 29 * 0.95 = 81 CEs. The number of CEs that carry different traffic can be estimated pro-

portionally:

• 2G_EVRC_CE = 8.28 / 13.8 * 81 = 49 CEs

• 3G_EVRC_CE = 3.31 / 13.8 * 81 = 20 CEs

• 3G_Data_CE = 2.21 / 13.8 * 81 = 13 CEs

Supplemental Channel Elements

In the calculation of the total number of CEs for the base station, the Supplemental Chan-

nel (SCH) need also to be considered. To calculate the number of CEs needed for the

SCH, the required data throughput for each user has to be established. In this example the

throughput is assumed to be 10 kbps per user and therefore

Forward_Required_Throughput = 2.21 * 10kbps = 22.1 kbps.

Assuming the peak-to-average factor (kappa) to be 2 and the average SCH throughput,

Average_SCH_Throughput , to be 110kbps, the number of F-SCH CEs per sector

(3G_Sector_FSCH ) is 6.4 CEs. Therefore, the number of F-SCH CEs in a three sector cell

site (3G_Data_FSCH ) is 20 CEs.

Similarly, the number of R-FCH CEs are estimated. Assuming a delta factor of 0.25 (1/4),

the required reverse throughput, Reverse_Required_Throughput, is 5.5 kbps and the num-

ber of primary R-SCH CEs per sector (3G_Sector_RSCH ) is 1 CE. Taking soft handoff

into consideration (35%) the total number of R-SCH CEs per cell site (per carrier) is (1 +

0.35) * max[3 * 1, 8] = 11 CEs.

Total Channel Elements

Finally, the total number of CEs (per carrier) for both 2G and 3G (FCH and SCH) for the

cell site can be calculated as:

Total_CE = 49 + 20 + 13 + max[3 * 3, 11 + 3 * 1] = 96 CEs

In conclusion, to support the given traffic mix 96 CEs are needed, assuming 3G-1X only

CEs. The CEs required for the F-SCH are covered by the additional SCH CEs on the chan-

nel element boards.

Note: if the carrier is mixed with 2G CEs the 3G Erlangs have to be re-calculated.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





DETERMINE ERLANG CAPACITYExample, Continued

• Fundamental Channel Elements

— 2G_EVRC_CE = 8.28 / 13.8 * 81 = 49 CEs

— 3G_EVRC_CE = 3.31 / 13.8 * 81 = 20 CEs

— 3G_Data_CE = 2.21 / 13.8 * 81 = 13 CEs

• Supplemental Channel Elements

— Throughput is assumed to be 10 kbps per user

— Forward SCHForward_Required_Throughput = 2.21 * 10kbps =22.1 kbps3G_Sector_FSCH = 6.4 CEs, therefore3G_Data_FSCH = 20 CEs.

— Reverse SCHReverse_Required_Throughput = 5.5 kbps3G_Sector_RSCH = 1 CE3G_Data_RSCH = (1 + 0.35) * max [3 * 1, 8] = 11CEs

• Total Channel Elements

— Total_CE = 49 + 20 + 13 + max [3 * 3, 11 + 3 * 1] =96 CEs

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TRAFFIC ENGINEERINGChannel Element Engineering

SUMMARY

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






SUMMARY

• A new carrier has the same capacity as the current carrier,assuming

— identical hardware and software configurations.

— similar RF environment.

• There may be an increase in channel element efficiency ina multi-carrier system when using a load balancingalgorithm.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Knowledge Check

Question 1.

If a sector has two carriers using 13 kbps vocoders and the per carrier capacity is 7.4

Erlangs, what is the capacity for the two carriers on that sector?

A. 3.7 Erlangs

B. 7.4 Erlangs

C. 14.8 Erlangs

D. 29.6 Erlangs

Question 2.

Fill in the blank in this sentence: “Multi-carrier systems may more efficiently utilize eachchannel element and require ______ channel elements per carrier.”

A. more

B. less

C. the same number of

D. two

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Section 10




Traffic EngineeringPacket Pipe Engineering Section 10

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Traffic Engineering Packet Pipe Engineering CL8301 – v2.0




PACKET PIPE ENGINEERING CONSIDERATIONS

Engineering packet pipes involves two major considerations. The first is selecting the

number of DS0 trunks required to carry the traffic frames with a very low probability of

blocking, the dropping of a traffic frame because the packet pipe cannot carry the offered

load. Packet pipes are engineered for very low probability of blocking, approximately

0.02%, so lost traffic frames would mostly be due to the RF channel, not the packet pipe.

An additional reason to engineer the packet pipe with such a low probability of blocking is

so a traffic frame does not remain in a queue for a long period of time. Excessive delays

result in poor soft handoff performance when the traffic frames from several base stations

do not arrive at the speech handler at the same time.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0 Traffic Engineering Packet Pipe Engineering



PACKET PIPE ENGINEERING CONSIDERATIONS

• Packet Pipe Capacity

— Sufficient DS0 trunks required to carrytraffic frames without blocking

• Packet Pipe Delay

— Tolerable call set up absolute delay

— Tolerable soft handoff differential delay

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PACKET PIPE CAPACITY CONSIDERATIONS

Since speech handlers with the vocoders are located in the DCS, low bit rate speech pack-

ets are transmitted between the base station and the switch, so that each conversation

requires a fraction of a DS0 capacity. The CDMA voice packets are multiplexed together

so several conversations can be transmitted over a DS0 facility. However, the variable

nature of the voice packets results in nonuniform stream of packets, causing an occasional

loss of packets. The voice packets are queued in a buffer for transmission over the T-1

transmission system. When the queuing time exceeds 20 milliseconds, meaning a new

voice packet is available before the last packet was transmitted, the new packet is dropped.

This kind of packet dropping, due to overflow will degrade the frame error rate on top of

the over-the-air frame error rate. The RF channels are engineered to limit the frame error

rate to a value that provides acceptable voice quality, typically 1%. The packet pipe

should be engineered so it has enough capacity that the packet pipe overflow does not

cause additional lost voice frames to degrade the voice below acceptable quality. To mini-

mize the voice quality degradation, the packet dropping rate criterion is set to be less than

0.02%, which is significantly less than the end-to-end frame error rate objective of 1%.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PACKET PIPE CAPACITY CONSIDERATIONS

Packet

Packet PipePacket

P a c k e t

P a c k e t

P a c k

e t

P a c k

e t

P a c k

e t

P a c k e t

P a c k e

t P a c k e t Buffer Buffer

Base StationMSC

Objective for Packet Dropping Rate: < 0.02%

PacketPacket

P a c k e t

P a c k e t

P a c k e t

P a c k

e t

P a c k

e t

P a c k e t

Vocoder TrafficCE

TrafficCE

TrafficCE

TrafficCE

Vocoder

Vocoder

Vocoder

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PACKET PIPE CAPACITY ENGINEERING

In an Autoplex system the packet pipes are terminated at the CDMA Cluster Controller

(CCC), a CCC is controlling the channel elements. In a Flexent system the DS1s are ter-

minated on the Line Interface Unit in the CDMA Digital Module (CDM). The CDMA

Radio Controller (CRC) in the CDM can control multiple packet pipes. In a Flexent sys-

tem specific CDMA Channel Units (CCU) are associated with a packet pipe.

One DS1 can contain several packet pipes but a packet pipe has to be contained on one

DS1. For example, an 8DS0 packet pipe cannot have four DS0s on one DS1 and four

DS0s on a second DS1

The packet pipes are carrying traffic information between the channel elements and the

speech handler. Overhead channels do not generate traffic information, so the overhead

channels do not use packet pipes. To engineer packet pipe capacity, specific tables are

used. There are different processes to engineer packet pipe capacity depending on the

availability of the Packet Pipe Enhancement or Packet Pipe Engineering Enhancement

feature. The packet pipe configuration in the base station will impact the Frame Relay Pro-

tocol Handler (FRPH). For packet pipe capacity engineering processes see System Capac-ity Monitoring & Engineering Guide (401-610-009).

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PACKET PIPE CAPACITY ENGINEERING

• The packet pipes are terminated at the CCC or CRC.

• Channel elements carrying traffic information transport thetraffic frames over packet pipes. Overhead channels do notrequire a packet pipe connection.

• Packet pipe capacity engineering using tables

— Pre-Packet Pipe Enhancement feature

— Packet Pipe Enhancement feature

• Packet Pipe Optimization

• Packet Pipe 16

— Packet Pipe Engineering Enhancement feature

• Packet pipe engineering will have impact on the FrameRelay Protocol Handlers (FRPH)

• See: 401-610-009

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PACKET PIPE ENGINEERING

The process for packet pipe engineering is as follow:

1. Determine or estimate the percentage for each of the call types that will be served.

2. Determine the PPLC presented by each call type, using the PPLC table. At this

point, it is assumed that the size of the packet pipe is not known, therefore use the

values for 4-16 DS0 PPLCs.

3. Multiply the PPLC from each call type by the percentage of that call type. Add the

products together. This is the average PPLC presented by the average call.

4. For each CRC/CCC in the cell, determine the number of traffic channel elements

(CE) handled by that CRC/CCC, including CEs used for soft handoff.

Note: There are two versions of the CCC: The older version (TN1852) can support

30 channel elements per CCC. (This number is conservative. It is most likely that

34 to 35 CEs per CCC can be supported.) The newer version (TN1852B-2:2) can

support more than 40 channel elements.

5. Engineering for highest capacity needs, assume that for some period of time, all

CEs will be busy handling traffic with an average PPLC as calculated in Step 3.

Multiply the number of traffic channel elements configured on the target CRC/

CCC by the average PPLC per call from Step 3. The result is the number of PPCUs

the packet pipe needs to support.

6. Use the PPCU table to determine the width of the packet pipe needed to handle the

call load as calculated in Step 5. The size chosen must have a capacity equal to or

greater than the value calculated in Step 5. If 16 DS0 is not enough to support the

calculated call load cell needs to be reconfigured (e.g. add a CCC) or a second

packet pipe has to be added to the CRC.

7. If a packet is smaller than 4 DS0s, then for that packet pipe start over at Step 2 and

use the smaller packet pipe size.

Note:

Extra DS0 have to allocated for signaling links. Autoplex cell sites need 2 additional DS0s

for signaling links. Flexent cell sites needs 2 DS0 per carrier for signaling links.

Important!

The size of the packet pipes from the cell sites impacts the engineering of the Frame RelayProtocol Handlers (FRPH) in the MSC. Therefore, FRPH engineering has to be coordi-

nated with packet pipe engineering. See 401-610-009, System Capacity Monitoring and

Engineering Guidelines, for more details.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PACKET PIPE ENGINEERING

Loading Coefficient (PPLC) for a 56kbps DS0 by Call Type

Loading Coefficient (PPLC) for a 64kbps DS0 by Call Type

Packet Pipe

Width

Rate Set 1

(8kb)

Voice Call

Rate Set 2

(13kb)

Voice Call

Rate Set 1

(8kb)

Data Call

Rate Set 2

(13kb)

Data Call

1 1.00 2.00 1.20 2.00

2 1.00 1.50 1.20 2.00

3 1.00 1.42 1.34 1.86

4-16 1.00 1.38 1.36 1.85

Packet Pipe

Width

Rate Set 1

(8kb)

Voice Call

Rate Set 2

(13kb)

Voice Call

Rate Set 1

(8kb)

Data Call

Rate Set 2

(13kb)

Data Call

1 1.00 2.00 1.20 2.00

2 1.00 1.40 1.40 1.98

3 1.00 1.50 1.34 1.86

4-16 1.00 1.37 1.33 1.85

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PACKET PIPE ENGINEERING(Continued)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PACKET PIPE ENGINEERING(Continued)

Packet Pipe Capacity with Packet Pipe Enhancement Capa-bility

Packet Pipe Size

(Number of DS0s)

Maximum PPCU

Supported 56kb DS0

Maximum PPCU

Supported 64kb DS0

1 2 2

2 6 7

3 10 12

4 14 16

5 19 21

6 23 26

7 27 32

8 31 36

9 36 41

10 40 47

11 44 53

12 49 57

13 53 62

14 58 67

15 63 72

16 69 78

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PACKET PIPE ENGINEERINGExample

Given:

• Traffic mix

— 13kbps voice calls: 50%

— EVRC voice calls: 40%

— 13kbps data: 10%

• Autoplex Series II cell site with 1 carrier, 3 sectors, 3 CCCs

— CCC(1) with 30 traffic CEs


— CCC(3) with 0 traffic CEs (overhead channels)

• DS0-bandwidth is 56kbps

Solution:

1. Given.

2. 13kbps voice = 1.37 PPLC

EVRC voice = 1.00 PPLC

13kbps data = 1.85 PPLC

3. 1.37 * 0.50 = 0.685

1.0 * 0.40 = 0.40

1.85 * 0.10 = 0.185

Average PPCL = 0.69 + 0.40 + 0.185 = 1.27 PPLC

4. Given.

5. CCC (1) 30 * 1.275 = 38.25

CCC (2) 10 * 1.275 = 12.75

CCC (3) 0

6. Table gives:

CCC (1) requires a 10 DS0 wide 56kbps PP

CCC (2) requires a 4 DS0 wide 56kbps PP

CCC (3) requires no PP

7. Not needed.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PACKET PIPE ENGINEERINGExample

• Traffic mix

— 13kbps voice calls: 50%

— EVRC voice calls: 40%

— 13kbps data: 10%

• Autoplex Series II cell site with 1 carrier, 3 sectors, 3 CCCs



— CCC(3) with 0 traffic CEs (overhead channels)


• Find the number of packet pipes and the size needed tosupport the traffic load.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Packet Pipe EngineeringEnhancement

Packet Pipe Engineering Enhancement (FID 4966.3) provides further improvement to

packet pipe backhaul performance on top of PPO and PP16. This feature modifies the

voice traffic model used to calculate the packet pipe capacity on the backhaul. The new

model gives a better representation of the voice traffic, and as a result, the engineering

rules for the packet pipes are upgraded. New tables are used for PPLC and PPCU but the

steps to engineer packet pipes for Packet Pipe Engineering Enhancement are the same as

for PPO & PP16.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PACKET PIPE ENGINEERINGENHANCEMENT

DS0

Bandwidth

Packet

pipe size

(DS0s)

Voice Data

2G 8k 2G 13k 3G 8k 2G 8k 2G 13k 3G 8k 3G SCH

56kbps 1 1.00 1.50 1.10 1.50 3.00 1.20 0.71

2-3 1.00 1.46 1.10 1.36 2.00 1.44 0.71

4-7 1.00 1.46 1.10 1.36 1.93 1.44 0.92

8-16 1.00 1.36 1.08 1.36 1.93 1.44 1.00

64kbps 1 1.00 1.50 1.00 1.00 3.00 1.42 0.60

2 1.00 1.35 1.08 1.23 2.00 1.42 0.73

3 1.00 1.35 1.08 1.23 2.00 1.42 0.88

4-16 1.00 1.35 1.08 1.39 1.93 1.42 1.00

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Packet Pipe EngineeringEnhancement(Continued)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PACKET PIPE ENGINEERINGENHANCEMENT

(Continued)

Packet pipe

size (DS0s)

PPCU

56kbps 64kbps

1 2 3

2 7 8

3 12 14

4 17 19

5 22 25

6 27 31

7 32 37

8 37 42

9 42 48

10 47 54

11 52 60

12 57 66

13 62 72

14 67 78

15 72 84

16 78 90

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PACKET PIPE ENGINEERING ENHANCEMENTExample

Given:

• 30 traffic channel elements

• Traffic mix

— 2G EVRC voice calls: 60%


— 3G Data calls (FCH): 10%

• Additional 16 channel elements are used to support SCH

• DS0-bandwidth is 64 kbps

Solution:

1. Given.

2. 2G EVRC = 1.00

3G EVRC = 1.08

3G Data (FCH) = 1.42

3G Data (SCH) = 1.00

3. 1.00 * 0.60 = 0.60

1.08 * 0.30 = 0.324

1.42 * 0.10 = 0.142

Average PPLC = 0.60 + 0.324 + 0.142 = 1.066

4. Given.5. 30 * 1.066 = 31.98 PPCU

For the SCH: 16 * 1.00 = 16.00 PPCU

Total PPCU load = 31.98 + 16.00 = 47.98 PPCU

6. Table gives:

At least 9 DSO wide 64 kbps PP is needed.

7. Not needed.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PACKET PIPE ENGINEERING ENHANCEMENTExample

• 30 traffic channel elements

• Traffic mix



— 3G Data calls (FCH): 10%

• Additional 16 channel elements to support SCH

• DS0-bandwidth is 64 kbps

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PACKET PIPE OPTIMIZATIONAND PACKET PIPE 16

TRANSLATION PARAMETERSf_list22.c_feat[13], f_list22.c_feat[14]

Please refer to the Database Update Manual (401-610-036) for more details on the transla-tion parameters.

CDMA PPOPTMT(f_list21.c_feat[13])

Form: cell2

— Cell Site Optional features continue.Range: y or n

CDMA PP 16(f_list21.c_feat[14])

Form: cell2

— Cell Site Optional features continue.Range: y or n

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PACKET PIPE OPTIMIZATIONAND PACKET PIPE 16

TRANSLATION PARAMETERSf_list22.c_feat[13], f_list22.c_feat[14]

AUTOPLEX


System Cell ____

Cell Site Optional Features

198) 200) 202) 204)

[1] CDMA S2M/S2MM _ TDMA CNAP _ OFD-CAP _ MSINACT TRIG _

[2] TDMA TBIA _ CDMA CDPD _ OFD-PG _ TDMA FLCA DA _

[3] CTRAF SMS _ CDMA IP _ TDMA DTX CNI _ Reserved _

[4] CDMA IFHO TI _ CDMA RLPE _ TDMA HIER CELLS _ ANLG ON TMC _ [5] Reserved _ OFD-MS _ Reserved _ Reserved _

[6] Reserved _ OFD-A _ TDMA FLCA LM _ TDMA MDCCH _

[7] Reserved _ CDMA ACO CTRL _ CDMA CNAP _ CDMA FRANGEXT _

[8] Reserved _ TDMA DATAPRIV _ INTL ROAM _ CDMA 3G1XHSPD _

[9] MC DS0 NAILUP _ COACC SMS _ TDMA OTASP 1 _ TDMA DDPC _

[10] CDMA SHAPCAR _ LCR _ CDMA ANFX _ INTL ROAM MIN _

[11] CDMA SCSFT _ CDMA MPIFHO _ CDMA OTAPA _ Reserved _

[12] CDMA PN & UZ _ Reserved _ CDMA RXANT _ Reserved _

[13] TDMA OTASP _ CDMA PPOPTMT _ TDMA GUTS 1 _ Reserved _

[14] TDMA CKT DATA _ CDMA PP 16 _ CDMA COLOC _ Reserved _

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CELL TRUNK GROUPTRANSLATION PARAMETER

pptg


tion parameters.

CDMA Packet Pipe Trunk Group

(pptg)Form: cell2

— Identifies the packet pipe trunk group for a CDMA cell

site. This field points to the “pptg” form.Range: 1 – 2000 for 5ESS(R)-2000 Switch DCS

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CELL TRUNK GROUPTRANSLATION PARAMETER

pptg

CDMA Packet Pipe Trunk Group..................................................................................... 91) ___

Delta, Epsilon and Zeta are for 6 sector cells only.

AUTOPLEX

Cellular Series 2 CELL (cell2) Screen 3 of 21

System Cell ___

Antenna Face Trunk Group List

AMPS

HO

Audit TDMA

TDMA

PP AMPS

HO

Audit TDMA

TDMA

PP

Omni - 0 35) ___ 42) ___ 49) ___ 56) ___ 63) ___ 70) ___ 77) ___ 84) ___

Alpha - 1 36) ___ 43) ___ 50) ___ 57) ___ 64) ___ 71) ___ 78) ___ 85) ___

Beta - 2 37) ___ 44) ___ 51) ___ 58) ___ 65) ___ 72) ___ 79) ___ 86) ___

Gamma - 3 38) ___ 45) ___ 52) ___ 59) ___ 66) ___ 73) ___ 80) ___ 87) ___ Delta - 4 39) ___ 46) ___ 53) ___ 60) ___ 67) ___ 74) ___ 81) ___ 88) ___

Epsilon - 5 40) ___ 47) ___ 54) ___ 61) ___ 68) ___ 75) ___ 82) ___ 89) ___

Zeta - 6 41) ___ 48) ___ 55) ___ 62) ___ 69) ___ 76) ___ 83) ___ 90) ___

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PACKET PIPE TRUNK GROUPTRANSLATION PARAMETERS

tg, csno, ntrk


tion parameters.

Trunk Group Number

(tg)Form: pptg

— specifies the packet pipe trunk group number for the

physical trunk group.Note: This value should match that of the “CDMA PacketPipe Trunk Group” field on the “cell2” form (for the cell

site identified in the next field).

Range:

18 – 254 for G2 DCS or 1 – 2000 for 5ESS ® -2000Switch DCS

Cell Site Number

(csno)Form: pptg

— specifies the existing Series 2 cell site number that sup-

ports any trunk members defined for this packet pipetrunk group.

Note: The cell site specified in this field should have the

same value in its “CDMA Packet Pipe Trunk Group” fieldon the “cell2” form that was entered in the preceding field

on this form.Range: 1 - 222

Number of Trunks

(ntrk)Form: pptg

— total number of trunks in the packet pipe trunk group.

Note: If the value entered is not “0,” there needs to be a“pptm” form entered into the trunkdb for each trunk

(1 – 30 forms) in this trunk group.

Range: 0 - 30

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PACKET PIPE TRUNK GROUPTRANSLATION PARAMETERS

tg, csno, ntrk

AUTOPLEX

Cellular PACKET PIPE TRUNK GROUP (pptg) Screen 1 of 1

System

CDMA Switch Identification ............................................................................................... *1) ___

Trunk Group Number ...................................................................................................... *2) ___

Cell Site Number.............................................................................................................. 3) ___

Number of Trunks............................................................................................................ 4) ___

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FLEXENT TRANSLATION PARAMETERScdm_ds1info.data_rate/data-rate


tion parameters.

CDM DS1 Information:Signaling/PP Data Rate(cdm_ds1info.data_rate)

(data-rate)Form: cdmeqp,

bbueqp, rcslink

— Specifies the bandwidth of the DS0 signaling and packetpipe links.Range: 56, 64 [kbps]

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT PARAMETERScdm_ds1info.data_rate/data-rate

Digital Module Link Information or Connections at the CDM:

CDM Primary Signaling Link DS1..................................................................................... 33) ___ CDM Primary Signaling Link DS0 Channel ...................................................................... 35) ___

CDM Alternate Signaling Link DS1................................................................................... 36) ___

CDM Alternate Signaling Link DS0 Channel .................................................................... 38) ___

CDM POTS DS1............................................................................................................... 39) ___

CDM POTS DS0 Channel ................................................................................................ 41) ___

FLEXENT



29) CDMA Digital Module DS1 Information:

DS1

Number

DS1

Status

30)

Signaling

Type

31)

Signaling/PP

Data Rate

32)

[1] __ __ __

[2] __ __ __

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FLEXENT PACKET PIPETRANSLATION PARAMETERS

tm, crc_ds1, ds1, ds0_list, crc_ccu, ccu_list


tion parameters.

Trunk Member Number

(tm)Form: cmodpptm, cmpptm

— Trunk member number assigned to the CDMA switch

identification and trunk group number combination speci-fied in the first two fields.Range: 1 - 96 (Modulor Cell, CDBS)

1 - 96 (Microcell)

CRC Number(crc_ds1)

Form: cmodpptm

— Specifies the CRC associated with the DS1s assigned toa packet pipe.

Note: CRC Numbers 4, 8, 12, and 16 are reserved forfuture use.

Range: 1 - 3, 5 - 7, 9 - 11, 13 - 15

DS1 Number

(ds1)Form: cmodpptm

— Specifies the DS1 facility assigned to a packet pipe.

Range: 1 - 2

DS0 Channels

(ds0_list)Form: cmodpptm, cmpptm

— The DS0 channel assignments for this packet pipe trunk

group member.Notes:

1) Each of the DS0 channels entered must be unique.2) The channels must be entered in ascending order.Range: 1 - 24 for T1 rate

CRC-CCU Number

(crc_ccu)Form: cmodpptm

— Specifies the CRC that controls the CCUs associated

with a packet pipe.Note: CRC Numbers 4, 8, 12, and 16 are reserved for

future use.Range: 1 - 3, 5 - 7, 9 - 11, 13 - 15

CCU Numbers(ccu_list)

Form: cmodpptm

— Specifies the CCUs associated with a packet pipe.Note: Each of the CCU Numbers entered must be

unique.Range: 1 - 6

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FLEXENT PACKET PIPETRANSLATION PARAMETERS

tm, crc_ds1, ds1, ds0_list, crc_ccu, ccu_list

FLEXENT CDMA MODULAR CELL RCS

Wireless PACKET PIPE TRUNK GROUP MEMBER INFORMATION (cmodpptm) Screen 1 of 1

Networks

CDMA Switch Identification............................................................................................... *1) ___

Trunk Group Number ........................................................................................................ *2) ___

Trunk Member Number ................................................................................................... *3) ___

Trunk Status...................................................................................................................... 4) ___

DCS-E Switching Module.................................................................................................. 5) ___

CRC Number.................................................................................................................... 6) ___

DS1 Number..................................................................................................................... 7) ___

8) DS0 Channels

[1] __ [3] __ [5] __ [7] __ [9] __ [11] __ [13] __ [15] __

[2] __ [4] __ [6] __ [8] __ [10] __ [12] __ [14] __ [16] __

CRC-CCU Number ........................................................................................................... 25) ___

26) CCU Numbers:

[1] __ [2] __ [3] __ [4] __

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






AUTOPLEX PACKET PIPETRANSLATION PARAMETERS

tm, datarate, ds1, ds0_list


tion parameters.

CCC Board Number

(Trunk Member Number)(tm)

Form: pptm

— specifies the CCC board number (trunk member number)

assigned to the CDMA switch identification and trunkgroup number combination specified in the first twofields.

Range: 1 – 30]

Packet Pipe Data Rate (kbps)(datarate)

Form: pptm

— specifies the data transmission rate for this packet pipetrunk member.

Range:56 = 56 kbps

64 = 64 kbps

DS1 Board Number(ds1)

Form: pptm

— specifies the DS1 board that contains the DS0 channelunits for this packet pipe trunk group member.Range: 1 – 13

DS0 Channels

(ds0_list)Form: pptm

— the DS0 channel assignments for this packet pipe trunk

group member.Notes:

1) Each of the channels entered must be unique (noduplications).

2) The line rate (T1/E1) and signal type (CAS/CCS) are

set on the “ceqcom2” form.3) DS0 24 is reserved for the first data link on a cell and

is not permitted to be assigned on this form.Range:

1–23 for T1 rate

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





AUTOPLEX PACKET PIPETRANSLATION PARAMETERS

tm, datarate, ds1, ds0_list

AUTOPLEX

Cellular PACKET PIPE TRUNK GROUP MEMBER INFORMATION (pptm) Screen 1 of 1

System

CDMA Switch Identification............................................................................................... *1) ___

Trunk Group Number ........................................................................................................ *2) ___

CCC Board Number (Trunk Member Number).............................................................. *3) ___

Trunk Status...................................................................................................................... 4) ___

Packet Pipe Data Rate (kbps)......................................................................................... 5) ___

DS1 Facility Number ....................................................................................................... 6) ___

7) DS0 Channels

[1] __ [5] __ [9] __ [13] __

[2] __ [6] __ [10] __ [14] __

[3] __ [7] __ [11] __ [15] __

[4] __ [8] __ [12] __ [16] __

DCS-E Switching Module.................................................................................................. 16) ___

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PACKET PIPE DELAY CONSIDERATIONSCall Setup Absolute Delay

The system is designed to operate when the total one way packet pipe delay is less than 40

milliseconds. Exceeding the 40 milliseconds results in orders/messages between the

switch and the base station arriving too late for call processing and the speech handlers to

respond. Shown are the typical network transmission facilities used between the base sta-

tion and the packet switch unit (PSU) in the switch. DS1/E1 facilities are used between the

base stations and a hub site where several base stations are combined in an add/drop mul-

tiplexer and the multiplexed packet pipes are transmitted to a central switching center over

SONET/SDH facilities. The individual packet pipes may be combined with packet pipes

from other hubs, and then transmitted to switch over a second SONET/SDH system.

Typical delays for the transmission system:

Note: If facility distances are not known, multiply the air line miles by 1.7 to estimate

facilities miles.

Analysis has also been done for data links which can lead to a more conservative objective

of 20 milliseconds, so as not to cause any increase in the dropped call rates during hand-

offs.

Transmission Facility

Delay

[microseconds]Fiber

Copper

Microwave

8 microseconds/mile

9 microseconds/mile

5 microseconds/mile

Signal Processing delays

in cross connects & multiplexers

500 microseconds

ATM switch transit delay <100 microseconds

Acronyms

ATM – Asynchronous Transfer Mode

PSU – Packet Switch Unit

SDH – Synchronous Digital Hierarchy

SONET – Synchronous Optical Network

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PACKET PIPE DELAY CONSIDERATIONSCall Setup Absolute Delay

• CDMA Call Setups (that is, Originations andTerminations) fail when total delay is too long

• 40-milliseconds one-way delay objective

— approximately 5000 facility miles for fiber,assuming less than 1 milliseconds of digitalsignal processing in transmission system

Also:

• 20-milliseconds one-way delay objective for data links(which may ride on the same facility as the Packet Pipe)

PSU

SwitchBaseStation

Add/DropMux

Add/DropMux

Add/DropMux

Add/DropMux

DigitalCross

Connect

SONET/SDHSystem 2

SONET/SDHSystem 1DS1/

E1DS1/ E1

DS1/ E1

DS1/ E1

Packet Pipe

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PACKET PIPE DELAY CONSIDERATIONS CDMA Soft Handoff Differential Delay

The speech handlers must receive the traffic frames from each base station involved in the

soft handoff with in a narrow time window in order to select and process the best traffic

frame. This means the difference in transmission delays in the soft handoff packet pipes

must be engineered so all traffic frames will arrive at the speech handler at the Anchor

Switching Center (that is, the switching center with the connection into the telephone net-

work) within the required time window.

Shown are the factors that need to be considered. The soft handoff may be between

non-colocated switches as well as between base station that may have different transmis-

sion systems and facility routing. The differential delay between multiple switches should

be analyzed if the distance between PSUs in the same handoff universe is greater than 300

air miles. Typical ATM switch transit delays for ATM links are 100 microseconds or less.

The soft handoff differential delay objectives are:

Delay Objective Performance

0 to 4 milliseconds No voice quality degradation

4 to 8 milliseconds Some voice degradation

Over 8 milliseconds Voice degraded, calls may be dropped

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PACKET PIPE DELAY CONSIDERATIONSCDMA Soft Handoff Differential Delay

PSUPSU

PSU

Transmission

Network

Transmission

Network

Legend:Packet Pipe (used between Base Stations and Switching CentersATM Link (used between Switching Centers)

Anchor Switching Center

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TRAFFIC ENGINEERINGPacket Pipe Engineering

SUMMARY

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






SUMMARY

• Packet pipes are used to send traffic information betweenbase station and the switch.

— Capacity considerations

— Delay considerations

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Knowledge Check

Question 1.

What is the objective for dropping packet in the packet pipes?

A. > 1%

B. < 0.02%

C. > 0.02%

D. < 1%

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Knowledge Check

Question 2.Given:

• Traffic mix

— 13kbps traffic: 50%

— EVRC traffic: 50%

— Voice traffic: 75%

— Data traffic: 25%

— Voice and data traffic are equally distributed between 13kbps and EVRC.

• Flexent cell site with 1 carrier, 3 sectors

— Site is engineered to carry 30.9 primary Erlangs with 2% blocking

— 35% soft handoff is assumed


• Use Packet Pipe Optimization and Packet Pipe 16 to find the number of Packet Pipes

and size needed to support the traffic load

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Knowledge Check

Question 3

Assume that 3G-1X is co-existing with 2G on a carrier and 60 channel elements are

assigned to one packet pipe using 64 kbps facilities. Given the following traffic distribu-

tion, use Packet Pipe Engineering Enhancement to find the number of DS0s required to

support the traffic:

— 2G EVRC voice: 50%

— 2G 13 kbps voice: 20%

— 3G-1X EVRC voice: 20%

— 3G-1X Data (FCH): 10%

S

In addition, 16 channel elements are used to support SCH.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Section 11




Capacity Limits Summary Section 11

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Capacity Limits Summary CL8301 – v2.0




CAPACITY LIMITS

Base station capacity is limited by several resources. First, simply the effects of co-chan-

nel interference on the air interface limits the number of conversations with acceptable

voice quality. Exceeding this limit results in excessive co-channel interference which can

reduce voice quality, and cause an increase in dropped calls. Second, the number of con-

versations is limited by the physical hardware installed, the number of channel elements,

and the number of CDMA RF carrier frequencies. The capacity of the packet pipe is also a

limiting factor. Third, the number of conversations is limited by the available transmitter

power. As we saw in the previous units all users share the available power, so no addi-

tional conversations can be added to a sector if there is not enough transmitter power

available, even though there are adequate channel elements and the air interface still has

available capacity. Finally, there is a limit on the number of calls the base station control-

lers are able to process in an hour.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0 Capacity Limits Summary



CAPACITY LIMITS

• Air interface limit

— The number of simultaneous conversations that aCDMA channel can support with adequate voicequality on both the reverse link and forward link

• Hardware limit

— The number of channel elements installed

— The capacity of the packet pipe

• Transmitter power limit

— The number of channels that use all the transmitterpower and still provide adequate voice quality on theforward link

• Base station controller processor limit

— The traffic load the base station controller processorcan handle without overload

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






USE SERVICE MEASUREMENTS

The system provides measurements on the system resources, their usage and failures.

These service measurements provide the engineer with information on how well the sys-

tem is operating as well as providing data to predict future traffic and the need for addi-

tional system capacity.

Each base station collects data for each hour and the ECP stores 24 hours of data for each

base station. The hourly data provides a snapshot of the previous hour’s operation, and the

24 hour data shows the operation for a full day. The data from the busy hour is typically

saved and used to predict trends that may indicate additional capacity will be needed in the

future. The data is also used to determine how well the base station is performing and pro-

vides data on how well the offered traffic matched the engineered base station capacity.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





USE SERVICE MEASUREMENTS

Limit

timetoday

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






AIR INTERFACE LIMIT

The traffic channel capacity is defined several ways, and in the CDMA case all the defini-

tions should be met to meet the engineered objectives. Service measurements are used to

determine if the base station is meeting its engineered capacity. A base station is typically

engineered by choosing a grade of service, expressed as percent of calls blocked, and esti-

mating the offered traffic load by using a standard traffic model, such as the Erlang B

model described.

Although both the reverse link and forward link have air interface limits, experience has

been that the reverse link is the stricter limitation, especially for 13 kbps vocoders. The

reverse channel overload occurrences and duration service measurements are an indication

that the offered traffic is exceeding the air interface limit. These service measurements are

used to determine when an additional CDMA RF carrier frequency should be added to

help carry the offered traffic.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





AIR INTERFACE LIMIT

• Calculate carried traffic limit from the number of primarychannel elements or polepoint and the target blocking

performance.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






HARDWARE LIMIT

The real world does not always behave according to the Erlang B model, so it is important

to measure both the carried traffic as well as the percent of calls blocked. Blocking due to

insufficient number of channel elements and not enough packet pipe capacity. In many

environments it is possible that the blocking rate will be much higher than expected, even

when the base station is carrying traffic well below the engineered value; or the base sta-

tion may carry a higher traffic load with the blocking rate well below the target.

Therefore, the traffic engineer should track both the carried traffic and the blocking rate

and use both service measurements to decide when to add capacity to the base station.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





HARDWARE LIMIT

• Analyze busy hour service measurements for overload.

— Does carried traffic exceed the engineered trafficcapacity?

— Does blocking exceed the target blockingperformance?

• The measures must be met independently to meetperformance objectives.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TRANSMITTER POWER LIMIT

The CDMA RF channel capacity is also limited by the available transmitter power. All

active calls share the transmitter power, including calls in soft or softer handoff. This

means the capacity of a sector is a function of the number of calls in soft or softer handoff.

A call in soft or softer handoff is competing for transmitter power for the primary and sec-

ondary legs. So a sector with low soft or softer handoffs will be able to carry more calls

than a sector with high soft or softer handoff.

Also the overhead channels share the available power with the active calls. These over-

head channels typically consume 22% of the available power, leaving about 78% for the

active calls.

The forward overload service measurement indicates the level of overload on the forward

link. When the forward link is in overload the forward link power for each channel may be

reduced and new call attempts may be denied forward link capacity and performance will

be impacted.

Very important for the forward link capacity is the distribution of traffic within the sector.

For example, a sector has much lower capacity when all the mobiles are at the edge of the

coverage area, and require maximum power, than when all mobiles are close to the base

station and require minimum power.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





TRANSMITTER POWER LIMIT

• Transmitter power is shared between all active calls.

— Calls in soft and softer handoff use powerfor primary and secondary legs.

• Available transmitter power impacts capacity andperformance of the sector.

• Traffic distribution within a sector affects capacity of sector.

— Many mobiles at edge of sector require more powerthan many mobiles near base station.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PROCESSOR LIMIT

The base station controller processors are very important for the capacity and performance

of a CDMA system. If a processor is overloaded quality degradation, blocking, and an

increase in dropped calls will be experienced. Some causes for processor overload

includes high traffic load, multiple carriers, and high traffic activity (originations, termina-

tions, handoffs, power control).

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PROCESSOR LIMIT

• If a processor is overloaded quality degradation, blocking,and an increase in dropped calls will be experienced.

• Some causes for processor overload includes high trafficload, multiple carriers, and high traffic activity.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






3G-1X CAPACITY LIMITS IMPACT

A 3G-1X system is subject to the same capacity limits as a 2G system, albeit with different

capacity levels. In general 3G-1X will increase the capacity. When 3G-1X is deployed in

an existing 2G system, new options to increase traffic capacity are introduced, especially

for 2G traffic.

Reverse Link Co-Channel Interference

With the ECU1.1 and CCU1.1, reverse link air interface limit increases since the new

boards can lower the Eb /N0 required. As a result, the reverse link co-channel interference

is decreased and both capacity and the reverse link coverage may increase.

In 3G-1X, the Eb /N0 required for acceptable performance depends on the application used,

voice or data calls with various data rates. For 3G-1X voice application, the required E b /

N0 is about 3dB lower than for 2G, and hence will increase the capacity. This means that a

3G-1X carrier can support more users than a 2G carrier. However, when the reverse link

air interface limit is met on a 3G-1X carrier, the same approach is taken to increase trafficcapacity as for 2G.

Channel Element Blocking

The 3G-1X channel boards, ECU-32 and CCU-32, offer additional channel elements (CE)

that can process both 3G-1X and 2G traffic channels. Therefore, with an increased number

of CEs on every board, an operator may not have to add new channel boards as often with

3G-1X as with 2G, provided that 3G-1X is co-existing with 2G. If 3G-1X has dedicated

carriers, the same rules apply as for 2G.

Transmit PowerThe same type of amplifiers are used in 3G-1X as in 2G, and the Aggregate Overload

Control (AOC) algorithm are used. Therefore, monitoring transmit power overload (for-

ward link overload) can be done using the 2G procedures.

Processor Overload

There are no new processors that will specifically handle 3G-1X, so 2G monitoring proce-

dures can be followed. However, the expected increase in traffic will lead to higher occu-

pancy of the processors, and the related service measurements should be closely followed.

Other Limits

Just as for 2G, there are additional capacity limitations in a CDMA network - not neces-

sarily RF-related. For example, the expected increase in traffic may require extra DS1

facilities and increased packet pipe capacity. Also, High Speed Packet Data (HSPD) adds

new elements to the network that need monitoring of occupancy.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





3G-1X CAPACITY LIMITS IMPACT

• Air interface limit

— Lower Eb /N

t

• Hardware limit

— More channel elements

— Packet Pipe Engineering Enhancement

• Transmitter power limit

— Lower Eb /Nt

— Aggregate Overload Control

• Base station controller processor limit

— Increased traffic

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TECHNIQUES FOR INCREASINGCARRIED TRAFFIC LOAD

There are a number of different techniques that can be employed to increase the carried

traffic load. The selection of a particular technique would depend on the particular cause

for the limitation of the carried traffic load. Also, the selection of the particular technique

will be affected by economic, operational and practical considerations.

These techniques may be as simple as adding additional hardware to existing base stations

or adding additional base stations to a system, or these techniques may involve more com-

plex optimization to reduce co-channel interference on the carrier frequency already in use

in the system. Certainly the implementation of another carrier frequency into the system

will avoid co-channel interference on the carrier frequency already in use, but will gener-

ally require adding additional hardware to more than one of the existing base stations.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





TECHNIQUES FOR INCREASINGCARRIED TRAFFIC LOAD

• Install Additional Hardware

— Traffic Channel Elements and Packet Pipe Width

— Increase Sectorization

• Install Additional Base Stations

• Reduce Co-Channel Interference

— Forward Link

— Reverse Link• Implement Additional Carrier Frequencies

• Implement 3G-1X

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CAPACITY LIMITS SUMMARY

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CAPACITY LIMITS SUMMARY

• There are a number of capacity limitations in a CDMAsystem:

— Air interface limit

— Hardware limits

— Transmit power limits

— Processor limits.

• The capacity limits are rarely met simultaneously.

• Service measurements are indicators of systemperformance.

• There are various techniques to increase capacity. Whattechnique to use is determined on a case by case basis.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CAPACITY LIMITSKnowledge Check

Question 1.

Please choose all major capacity limits that apply from an RF engineering perspective.

A. Air interface limit

B. Hardware limit

C. Transmit power limit

D. Base station controller call processing limit

Question 2.

What channels share the transmit power?

A. Pilot, page, sync, access, traffic

B. Pilot, page, sync, access

C. Pilot, page, sync

D. Pilot, page, sync, traffic

Question 3.

Please choose 4 major techniques for increasing carried traffic load.

A. Install additional channel elements and packet pipe resources

B. Increase transmit power

C. Install additional base station

D. Reduce co-channel interference for both reverse link and forward link

E. Increase vocoder rate

F. Implement additional carrier frequencies

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Question 4.

How are the RF related capacity limits impacted by the introduction of 3G-1X?

S

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Section 12




Appendix Section 12

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Appendix CL8301 – v2.0




7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0 Appendix



Appendix IHardware Overview

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






REVERSE LINK RAKE RECEIVER INCHANNEL ELEMENT

Simplified View

The antenna face is first selected (e.g., maybe just α).

Then searchers assigned to the fingers look for the strongest signals. They are given therange of offsets to be covered.

S

The inputs are from the BCR. Therefore separate I and Q are present. Thisshows the logical structure.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





REVERSE LINK RAKE RECEIVER INCHANNEL ELEMENT

Simplified View

Rake Finger 1

CE ControlSearchers

I0, I1

I0, I1

Q0, Q1

α face

β face

γ face

I

Q

Deinterleaver

ViterbiSoft

Decoder

{

{{

ΣRake Finger 2

Rake Finger 3

Rake Finger 4Antenna

ConnectionInterface

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






MULTIPATH RECEPTIONExample

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





MULTIPATH RECEPTIONExample

α0

α1

β0

β1

γ 0

γ 1

h

g

d

b

c

e

a

f

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






SEARCHERS OPERATIONExample

The searchers scan their assigned range of offsets for their assigned antennas. Their task is

to provide a list of signals, strongest first. this is done as follows:

Searchers are assigned to the antennas to be scanned.They scan through an assigned range of offsets.

They note the amplitude and offset of each signal found (sliding correlation).

The data is sent to the CE controller where a single combined list is formed, ranked by sig-

nal strength and accompanied by offsets.

The four strongest signals (assuming that there are four above threshold) are assigned to

fingers of the RAKE receiver, and their outputs combined in a “near optimal” way. The

combined output is then deinterleaved. Finally, the deinterleaved symbols are passed to

the soft Viterbi decoder for final decoding.

In this example the searchers find three signals on α0, two on α1, one each on β0 and β1,and γ 0 and none from γ 1.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





SEARCHERS OPERATIONExample

α0

a: amplitude, delayc: amplitude, delayf: amplitude, delay

b: amplitude, delaye: amplitude, delay

d: amplitude, delay

g: amplitude, delay

h: amplitude, delay

no output

α1

β0

β1

γ 0

γ 1

a: amplitude, delay

h: amplitude, delay

weaker

List (in CE controller memory)

Searcher Findings

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






ANTENNA CONNECTION INTERFACEFinger Assignments Example

Diversity receiving antenna pairs R0 and R1 serve the same antenna face. In earlier sys-

tems such as AMPS, diversity meant that the stronger of the two signals was selected.

Here, the signals are combined with a resulting increase in signal to noise ratio. There is

no e signal presented since no fingers are available to identify it. (Two searchers per

receiver.)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





ANTENNA CONNECTION INTERFACEFinger Assignments Example

Rake receiver uses:

• Time diversity multipath

• Spatial diversity within a face between sectors.

#1

#2

#3

#4finger

a

c

b

d

AntennaConnection

Interface

αI0’

αI1’

βI0’

βI1’

γ I0’

γ I1’

αQ0’

αQ1’

βQ0’

βQ1’

γ Q0’γ Q1’

a

c

b

d

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Appendix IIReceiving and Modeling Fading

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






STATISTICAL CONFIDENCEOF MEAN SIGNAL-TO-NOISE CALCULATIONS

The distribution of the mean signal-to-noise ratio is shown. The expected value of mean

S/N is shown in the middle. It is the value derived from calculations or “quoted” as the

mean signal-to- noise. The probability that the actual mean signal-to-noise ratio will be the

expected value is 50%, hence this value gives only 50% confidence level. In order to

obtain a higher confidence level, the calculated mean signal-to-noise ratio must be higher

than the expected value by an amount that can be derived from the plot.

Obviously, the mean signal-to-noise ratio is within the range of the abscissa as shown,

with 100% probability. In other words, there is 100% confidence that the signal is within

that range. In order to derive the confidence level associated with a particular value above

the expected value on the abscissa, one only needs to integrate the probability density

function from minus infinity to the point that indicates that value on the abscissa.

The actual value of the signal at that point is determined by multiplying the distance

between that point and the expected value point by the standard deviation (8 dB, in this

case) and adding the resulting value to the expected value. The value thus calculated isknown as the fading margin.

Conversely, to determine a particular confidence level greater than 50%, integrate the

probability density function from minus infinity to a point beyond the expected value on

the abscissa where the probability is 100 minus the desired percentage of confidence level.

The calculations have been done and the resulting values are displayed in the next view-

graphs.

S

NOTE:Be sure to explain the notation, borrowed from Papoulis, for random variables.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





STATISTICAL CONFIDENCEOF MEAN SIGNAL-TO-NOISE CALCULATIONS

Note:

The statistical confidence of the random variable being atleast equal to the expected value is 50%, that is Probability(s/n ≤ ε {s/n}) = 0.5.

Value of curve isprobability densityfunction (pdf)that is,Probability (s/n = S/N).

Area under curve isCumulative DistributionFunction (CDF)that is,Probability (s/n ≤ S/N).

This can be calculated byintegrating the probabilitydensity function

from s/n = -∞

to s/n = S/N

s/n

The expected value of s/n

S/N

ε {s/n}

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TABULATIONOF STATISTICAL CONFIDENCE

OF MEAN SIGNAL-TO-NOISE CALCULATIONS

Values for statistical confidence can easily be computed and tabularized for a gaussian or

normal random variable.

Notice that the confidence of a gaussian random variable being at least equal to its

expected value is only 50%, of being at least equal to its expected value plus one standard

deviation, σ, is only 84% of being at least equal to its expected value plus two standard

deviations, 2σ, is only 98%. To achieve 100% confidence the expected value plus three

standard deviations, 3σ, would need to be considered.

A basic understanding of statistical confidence can be applied to calculations.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





TABULATIONOF STATISTICAL CONFIDENCE

OF MEAN SIGNAL-TO-NOISE CALCULATIONS

ConfidenceMargin

[multiples of σ]Margin

[dB]

Probability (s/n ≤ ε {s/n}) (s/n - ε {s/n})/σ s/n (σ = 8 dB)

0.00 -3.0 ε {s/n} - 24 dB

0.00 -2.75 ε {s/n} - 22 dB

0.01 -2.5 ε {s/n} - 20 dB

0.01 -2.25 ε {s/n} - 18 dB

0.02 -2.0 ε {s/n} - 16 dB0.04 -1.75 ε {s/n} - 14 dB

0.07 -1.5 ε {s/n} - 12 dB

0.11 -1.25 ε {s/n} - 10 dB

0.16 -1.0 ε {s/n} - 8 dB

0.23 -0.75 ε {s/n} - 6 dB

0.31 -0.50 ε {s/n} - 4 dB

0.40 -0.25 ε {s/n} - 2 dB

0.50 0.00 ε {s/n}0.60 +0.25 ε {s/n} + 2 dB

0.69 +0.50 ε {s/n} + 4 dB

0.77 +0.75 ε {s/n} + 6 dB

0.84 +1.0 ε {s/n} + 8 dB

0.89 +1.25 ε {s/n} + 10 dB

0.93 +1.50 ε {s/n} + 12 dB

0.96 +1.75 ε {s/n} + 14 dB

0.98 +2.00 ε {s/n} + 16 dB0.99 +2.25 ε {s/n} + 18 dB

0.99 +2.50 ε {s/n} + 20 dB

0.99 +2.75 ε {s/n} + 22 dB

1.00 +3.00 ε {s/n} + 24 dB

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CALCULATION OF SHADOW FADING MARGIN

Example

Ninety percent confidence requires a significant fading margin.

ConfidenceMargin

Multiples of σMargin

[dB]

Probability (s/n ≤ ε {s/n}) (s/n - ε {s/n})/σ s/n (σ = 8 dB)

0.00 -3.0 ε {s/n} - 24 dB

0.00 -2.75 ε {s/n} - 22 dB

0.01 -2.5 ε {s/n} - 20 dB

0.01 -2.25 ε {s/n} - 18 dB

0.02 -2.0 ε {s/n} - 16 dB0.04 -1.75 ε {s/n} - 14 dB

0.07 -1.5 ε {s/n} - 12 dB

0.11 -1.25 ε {s/n} - 10 dB

0.16 -1.0 ε {s/n} - 8 dB

0.23 -0.75 ε {s/n} - 6 dB

0.31 -0.50 ε {s/n} - 4 dB

0.40 -0.25 ε {s/n} - 2 dB

0.50 0.00 ε {s/n}0.60 +0.25 ε {s/n} + 2 dB

0.69 +0.50 ε {s/n} + 4 dB

0.77 +0.75 ε {s/n} + 6 dB

0.84 +1.0 ε {s/n} + 8 dB

0.89 +1.25 ε {s/n} + 10 dB

0.93 +1.50 ε {s/n} + 12 dB

0.96 +1.75 ε {s/n} + 14 dB

0.98 +2.00 ε {s/n} + 16 dB0.99 +2.25 ε {s/n} + 18 dB

0.99 +2.50 ε {s/n} + 20 dB

0.99 +2.75 ε {s/n} + 22 dB

1.00 +3.00 ε {s/n} + 24 dB

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CALCULATION OFSHADOW FADING MARGIN

Example

Given:

Desired Mean Eb /N0 of 7 dB

σ of 8 dB for Shadow Fading

Calculate:

Fading Margin for 90% Confidence, andRequired Mean Eb /N0

S

Required Mean Eb /N0 = +17 dB

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TIME DIVERSITY AND COMBININGFROM RAKE RECEIVING

Usually there is no direct line of sight signal from base to mobile in a cellular system. As aresult, the signal received at the mobile from the base (and at the base from the mobile) ismade up of the sum of many signals, each traveling over a separate path. Since these path

lengths are not equal, the information carrier on the radio link will experience a spread indelay as it travels between base and mobile. In the illustration a transmitted narrow pulsearrives as four pulses, where the delay spread is defined as TM. Typical delay spreads are

from 2 to 5 µs in urban areas. This effect causes intersymbol interference (ISI) as the pathlength differences become larger. In a digital channel ISI needs to be mitigated by a pro-cess called a delay equalization in the radio receiver.

ISI occurs when received pulses overlap one another. The tail of one pulse smears intoadjacent symbol intervals as to interfere with the detection process.

In addition to delay spread, the same multipath environment causes severe local variationsin signal strength as these multipath signals are added constructively, and destructively, atthe receiving antenna. This type of variation is called Rayleigh fading. Statistically, the

received signal will be 10 dB below the local mean in 10% of the locations, and 20 dBbelow the local mean in 1% of the locations. This can cause large blocks of information tobe lost. The third effect of multipath propagation is caused by the movement of themobile. This effect is known as doppler spread and causes each receive signal to be shiftedin frequency as a function of the direction and speed of the mobile. Shifts as much as ±100and ±200 Hz can take place in cellular systems at 900 MHz and 1800 MHz, respectively.As a result, differential detection techniques must be used to demodulate the received sig-nal.

Multipath has been treated as causing delayed versions of the signal to add to the systemnoise when the differential delay exceeds the chip time. Substantial performance improve-ment can occur by detecting each additional path separately, thereby enabling the signals

to be combined coherently.CDMA can reject multipath signals separating them for individual processing. Considertwo paths, with the receiver synchronized to the time delay and phase of the first path andthe delay difference between the two paths exceeding a chip interval — the interferencepower of the second path will be suppressed by the processing gain. Recall that the corre-lation function of a PN code, when the delay exceeds the chip time, is approximately zero.The integrator output is essentially the autocorrelation function of the PN code.

A CDMA receiver can resolve an individual path. A receiver can be implemented whichresolves each individual path such that the paths can be combined to produce a net overallgain. This is known as a RAKE receiver.

In the RAKE receiver for user 1 the baseband demodulated signal z(t) is the sum of N sig-nals arriving on N different paths. Consider path 2. The multiplication of z(t) by c

1(t – ∆

2),

with the integration beginning at time, ∆2, and lasting Tb seconds, yields the peak

response for path 2. The contributions from the other paths average out to 0, since the dif-ferential delays exceed the chip time, Tc.

The response from each path is summed to produce the stronger signal. (The actual sumoccurs when all path responses have been determined.)

Additional circuit (not shown) is needed to determine the various differential delays, ∆i.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





TIME DIVERSITY AND COMBININGFROM RAKE RECEIVING

Transmitted PulseMultiple

ReceivedPulses

TM

t1

Delay Spread, TM

t2 t3 t4

4

1

3

2

Base Station

Antenna

Path 1

Path 2

Path 3

Path N

integrate&

dumpTb second

Tb + ∆2

Tbc1(t)

integrate&

dumpTb second

c1(t - ∆2)

integrate&

dumpTb second

holduntil

Tb + ∆N

Tb

c1(t - ∆3)

integrate&

dumpTb second Tb + ∆N

c1(t - ∆N)

decideb1 (t)

∆1 = differential delay between path i and path 1; ∆1 = 0

holduntil

Tb + ∆N

holduntil

Tb + ∆N

ΣTb + ∆3

cos ωct

RxTx

z(t)

0

Equal Gain Combining

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






MEAN PATH LOSSAT STREET LEVEL MICROCELLS

Base Antenna Height Dependence

Propagation for PCS systems at 1.7 GHz is similar to propagation at the cellular frequen-cies in an urban environment. However, the path loss models used for 850 MHz cellularare defined at distances greater than 1 mile, and many PS applications will be cells smallerthan 1 mile. One model used to estimate small base station path loss in an urban environ-

ment at street level is shown. The path loss increases as r2 while there is a line of sight

path between the mobile and the base station, and then increases as r4 when the mobile isout of sight of the base station. The point where this transition occurs is a function of thebase station antenna height. The curves shown are typical small 1 km BSs served by

microcells with low antennas.*

PCS cells can be placed on a regular hexagonal grid, as is done with cellular cells to pro-vide large area coverage, or in a linear arrangement of microcells to provide coveragealong a street. Also microcells can provide better coverage in buildings, where needed.

The microcells provide primary coverage to serve high density on-street and in buildingtraffic areas, and the macrocells provide backup secondary coverage in the lower density

traffic areas off-street.†

Microcells, because of their small size, can require a handoff strategy that “hands up”higher velocity mobiles to a macrocell, instead of trying to accomplish frequent microcellto microcell handoffs. Generally, microcells have a coverage radius of less than 0.5 mile.

Okamura and Hata models are not accurate for microcells at short distances and lowantenna heights. Extrapolation of them to low antenna heights and elevations is inaccu-rate. The path loss slope is actually much less. An adjusted model is needed. Embeddedmicrocells require custom engineering design and optimization.

“Comparison of Measurement Based and Site Specific Ray Based Microcellular Path LossPredictions,” Piazzi, L., Liang, G., Bertoni, H., Kim, S., IEEE No. 0-7803-3300-4/96.

“Path Loss Formulas for PCS Microcells Based on Environmental Parameters,” Har, D.,Xia, H., Bertoni, H., IEEE No. 0-7803-3300-4/96.

“Cell Shape for Microcellular Systems in Residential and Commercial Environments,”Maciel, L. R., Bertoni, H. L., IEEE No. 0-7803-1396-8/93.

“Measurement Results on Indoor Radio Frequency Reuse at 900 MHz and 18 GHz,” Van-nucci, G., Roman, R., IEEE No. 0-7803-0841-7/92.

“Radio Coverage Prediction for In-building Simulcast Microcells,” Ho, M., Stuber, G.,Chow, P., IEEE No. 0-7803-3300-4/96.

“Short Distance Attenuation Measurements at 900 MHz and 1.8 MHz Using Low AntennaHeights for Microcells,” Harley, P., IEEE Journal on Selected Areas in Communications,Vol. 7, No. 1, Jan. 1989.

* Source: D. A. McFarlane and S. T. S. Chia, “Microcellular Mobile Radio Systems,” Br. Telecom TechnolJ., Vol. 8, No. 1, January 1990.

† AT&T Practices 401-661-111, AUTOPLEX® Cellular Telecommunications Systems System 1000 – Se-ries II, “Microcell Implementation, Installation, and Maintenance Guidelines,” pp. 62–67, Issue 2, Novem-ber 1993.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





MEAN PATH LOSSAT STREET LEVEL MICROCELLSBase Antenna Height Dependence

6 Meter Antenna Height10 Meter Antenna Height

120

110

100

90

80

70

60

5010 100 1000

Distance from Microcell [Meters]

M e a

n P a

t h L o s s

[ d B ]

r2

r4

Limit of“Line ofSight”

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






MORPHOLOGY CATEGORIESAND TRAFFIC DISTRIBUTION

In the CDMA system, subscribers, and the calling traffic they generate, are distributedirregularly following population density, urbanization/business activity, vehicular trafficvolumes and economic factors (income per subscriber). These characteristics also match-

up with land use morphologies which can alter path loss slopes necessary for RF designengineering. Good basic alignment of RF coverage and capacity possibilities to trafficlocation and density probabilities maximizes the capacity efficiency of each CDMA car-rier and eases control of coverage quality and reliability.

Traffic distribution estimation begins with population density and penetration into thepopulation of a coverage area. The probability of subscription of wireless service by thehousehold must be approximated from economic and marketing parameters. Aspects ofthe wireless pricing plan will help drive estimates of the erlang usage per subscriber andthe locations where calls might be made. For example, at low volume pricing, a recre-ational user might make many more calls in residential, shopping, and resort areas, a busi-ness user with very active VMS and SMS (voice mail service and short message service)

usage may make more calls in business centers, urban core areas, airports and commuterhighways. Very often, the peak busy hour will move around the system to different groupsof cells at different times of the day. Population densities in areas of good income will usu-ally indicate high traffic usage. Commercial areas or areas where people are employed,shop or interact with government or service offices might be adjusted upward even if theincome per resident household or population density is low. Highways and major transpor-tation arteries also cause additional calling traffic based on the number of vehicles (invehicle population density) and urban traffic congestion. Penetration into populations willnot be uniformly distributed geographically since income level, vehicular routes and com-mercial areas will modify traffic distribution significantly. Usually a detailed demograph-ics study is required to estimate area based wireless traffic demand.

Subscribers must be characterized by usage types. Different types will predominate in dif-ferent morphology zones. Some common types might be:

• “Walk-around” or street portable characterized by 1.5 meter antenna elevation, pedes-

trian velocity, no building or car attenuation and about 2 dB of head and body antenna

orientation loss.

• In car or in vehicle portable characterized by 1 meter antenna elevation, velocity distri-

bution over 1 to 60 m.p.h., 5 to 6 dB of vehicle attenuation and 2 dB of head and body

antenna orientation loss.

• Indoor portable of in-building user characterized by an antenna height specified by the

types of buildings available, i.e., average number of floors or average elevation where

the people are in the buildings, pedestrian velocity, building attenuation as specified or

measured for the types of buildings in the area (often between 6 to 20 dB) and 2 dB ofhead and body antenna orientation loss.

• Other subscriber types may include fixed users or “Wireless Local Loop” users. These

categories will require special considerations since fixed (possible high gain) antenna

systems at varying elevations and probably no head and body losses could be config-

ured for subscribers.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





MORPHOLOGY CATEGORIESAND TRAFFIC DISTRIBUTION

Dense urban, city morphology, closely situated buildings over eight stories, popu-lation density greater than 9000 per square mile with building penetration lossesbetween 11 to 20 dB.

Urban, city morphology with lower or less cluttered high rises than dense urban,population density between 5000 and 9000 per square mile with building penetra-tion losses between 11 to 15 dB.

Suburban, dominated by a dense distribution of one or two story buildings andmajor highway corridors, population density between 1000 and 5000 per squaremile with building penetration losses between 8 to 11 dB and in vehicle penetra-tion losses between 5 to 6 dB.

Rural, very sparse man-made structures, open fields or forests, population densitybelow 1000 per square mile with building penetration losses between 0 to 5 dBand in vehicle penetration losses between 5 to 6 dB.

DenseUrban

Urban

Rural

Suburban

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






MICROSCOPIC RADIO PROPAGATIONRayleigh Fading

The composite signal at the receiver usually does not have a direct line-of-sight compo-

nent from the transmitter. Instead, it will consist of signals received over several different

paths, each different distances traveled.

Since these signals travel different distances, they arrive at slightly different times, and

phases. The composite signal results from constructive and destructive combining these

delayed signals in the receive antenna. The composite signal will have a large variation in

strength and will change from a very strong signal (constructive combining) to a very

weak signal (destructive combining) when the receiver moves a short distance (less than a

foot). In fact, the signal will vary when the receiver is stationary, since the reflectors are

moving, and change the relative phase of the composite signal components. This rapid

fading is described by Rayleigh statistics, and is commonly called Rayleigh fading. The

Rayleigh distribution is a good description when there is no dominate component in the

composite, as is the usual case over most of the coverage area in suburban and urban envi-

ronments. When there is a dominate component, the fading is described by the Ricean sta-tistics. The Ricean distribution introduces a continuum between the two extreme cases of

no fading, only one component, and Rayleigh fading, many components. The Ricean dis-

tribution becomes a Rayleigh distribution when there are a large number of components.

The probability distribution function of the envelope of a signal with amplitude A, can be

represented by the Ricean function:

Where: 0 ≤ x < ∞, and I0 is a zero-order modified Bessel function. The distribution of x is

usually called Ricean, after S. O. Rice.

The probability distribution function of the envelope of many signals with random phase

and amplitudes, is the Rayleigh function:

Notice the Ricean function becomes the Rayleigh function as the dominate signal ampli-

tude approaches zero.

lim PRicean (x) = PRayleigh (x)

The effect is seen on both the reverse link and forward link; however, for the sake of clar-

ity, only the forward link path is shown.

PRicean(x)x

σ2

------ expx

2A

2+

2σ2

-------------------–

I0xA

σ2

----------

=

PRayleigh(x)x

σ2

------ expx

2

2σ2

---------–

=

A 0

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





MICROSCOPIC RADIO PROPAGATIONRayleigh Fading

-60

-70

-80

-90

-1000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

Distance [Meters]

[feet]0 233

R e c e

i v e

d S i g n a

l S t r e n g

t h [ d B m

]

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Appendix IIITraffic Models Tutorial

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






BASIC TRAFFIC MODEL

Types of Data

• Peg Counts

— A Count of Events

— Counter is incremented (pegged) each time an event occurs

— Example: Call Origination Attempts

• Usage

— The time a resource is in use or

— Number of data bytes passed

— Also referred to as traffic intensityRequires interval specification

— Example: Conference Circuit Usage

— Example: KBytes transmitted on SS7 Link

• Occupancy— Resource usage expressed as a percentage of resource available

— Example: 115200 KB of data transmitted in one hour over a 64 KB/S link115200/(64000 × 3600) = 50%

• Utilization

— Resource usage expressed as a percentage of resource capacity

— Capacity is availability less “overhead”

— Example: 115200 KB of data transmitted in one hour over a 64 KB/S link115200/(64000 × 3600 × .8) = 62.5%

Usage Units• CCS: Hundred call seconds per hour

• TCS: Ten call seconds per hour

• SCS: Single call second per hour

• Erlang: one hour of use or server occupancy

1 Erlang = 3600 seconds = 36 CCS = 360 TCS = 3600 SCS

Number of Events

×

Average length of use (a.k.a., holding time) in seconds

=

Usage in seconds

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





BASIC TRAFFIC MODEL

Carried Load

Finite Number of Servers

Lost Call Load

Offered Load

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TRAFFIC ENGINEERING

Validation Techniques

• Theories of Traffic Characteristics

• Knowledge of Market

• Comparative Measurements

— Related Measurements

— Similar Equipment

— Historical Data

— Computed Values

— Service Levels

• Experience

• Judgement

Normalization

• Relating, or Keying Different Engineering Data

• Expressed (or Implied) as Averages

• Typically Used to

— Validate Data

— Smooth Variations

— Perform Comparisons

— Extrapolate or Project

• Examples

— BHCA per Subscriber (a.k.a., Calling Rate)— Usage per Subscriber

— Average Call Holding Time

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





TRAFFIC ENGINEERING

Erlang B Retrial

Infinite

Poisson

Sources

Lost CallsCleared

Retry?

RandomArrival

Held

Queuing

Lost CallsDelayed

Tables

Queued?

Delay Theory

TrafficTheory

Non-RandomArrival

Wilkinson

Lost CallsCleared

FiniteSources

Lost CallsHeld

Binomial

Lost Calls

DelayEngset

Delayed

Con HT: Crommeling-Pollaczek

Lost Calls

Exp HT: Erlang C

Performance Models

N

Y

N

Y

Carried Load

Finite Number of Servers

Lost Call Load

Offered Load

Some

Leave

Erlang CRetrial

Leave: Erlang B

Some

Retry

Poisson

Max 1 HTHolding Pool

InfiniteHolding Pool

Some

Leave

Lost Call Models

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TRUNKING AND ERLANGSExamples

In engineering telephone circuits, it is necessary to determine the intensity of traffic. One

unit for the measurement of traffic intensity is the Erlang and is defined as:

From this definition, it can been seen that the following relations are true:

Erlangs = call-seconds per second

Erlangs = 100 call-seconds (CCS) per 100 seconds

Erlangs = call-hours per hour

One method to estimate the traffic carried by a group of voice circuits is to observe the

group over a period of time and determine at each observation the number of voice circuitsfound busy. The total number of circuits found busy in all observations is divided by the

number of observations to estimate the offered traffic, in Erlangs, or the average simulta-

neously busy circuits.

time facility is occupied

time facility is available

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





TRUNKING AND ERLANGSExamples

• 1 voice circuit in use 100% of the time = 1 Erlang

• 2 voice circuits in use 50% of the time = 1 Erlang

• 4 voice circuits in use 50% of the time = 2 Erlangs

• 10 voice circuits in use 10% of the time+ 5 voice circuits in use 45% of the time = 3.25 Erlangs

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






VOICE CIRCUIT OCCUPANCY AND BLOCKING

Traffic loads are usually based on average conditions during the busy hour. If only suffi-

cient voice circuits to handle the average load are provided, there will be many blocked

calls owing to temporary peak loads. Statistical methods are employed to determine the

voice circuits required to carry the offered traffic at a given grade of service.

The number of Erlangs of traffic which can be carried by a group of voice circuits of size

N, with the desired blocking can be found in standard engineering tables. Tables for

Erlang, Appendix II



N 1% 1.2% 1.5% 2% 3% 5% 7% 10% 15% 20% 30% 40% 50%

1 0.0101 0.0121 0.0152 0.020 0.0309 0.0526 0.0753 0.111 0.176 0.250 0.429 0.667 1.00

2 0.153 0.168 0.190 0.223 0.282 0.381 0.470 0.595 0.796 1.00 1.44 2.00 2.73

3 0.455 0.489 0.535 0.602 0.715 0.899 1.05 1.27 1.60 1.92 2.63 3.47 4.59

4 0.869 0.922 0.992 1.09 1.25 1.52 1.74 2.04 2.50 2.94 3.89 5.02 6.50

5 1.36 1.43 1.52 1.65 1.87 2.21 2.50 2.88 3.45 4.01 5.18 6.59 8.43

6 1.90 1.99 2.11 2.27 2.54 2.96 3.30 3.75 4.44 5.10 6.51 8.19 10.3

7 2.50 2.60 2.74 2.93 3.24 3.73 4.13 4.66 5.46 6.23 7.85 9.79 12.3

8 3.12 3.24 3.40 3.62 3.98 4.54 4.99 5.59 6.49 7.36 9.21 11.4 14.3

9 3.78 3.91 4.09 4.34 4.74 5.37 5.87 6.54 7.55 8.52 10.5 13.0 16.2

10 4.46 4.61 4.80 5.08 5.52 6.21 6.77 7.51 8.61 9.68 11.9 14.6 18.2

11 5.15 5.32 5.53 5.84 6.32 7.07 7.68 8.48 9.69 10.8 13.3 16.3 20.2

12 5.87 6.05 6.28 6.61 7.14 7.94 8.60 9.47 10.7 12.0 14.7 17.9 22.2

13 6.60 6.79 7.04 7.40 7.96 8.83 9.54 10.4 11.8 13.2 16.1 19.5 24.2

14 7.35 7.55 7.82 8.20 8.80 9.72 10.4 11.4 12.9 14.4 17.5 21.2 26.2

15 8.10 8.32 8.61 9.00 9.64 10.6 11.4 12.4 14.0 15.6 18.8 22.8 28.2

16 8.87 9.10 9.40 9.82 10.5 11.5 12.3 13.5 15.1 16.8 20.2 24.5 30.1

17 9.65 9.89 10.2 10.6 11.3 12.4 13.3 14.5 16.2 18.0 21.7 26.1 32.1

18 10.4 10.6 11.0 11.4 12.2 13.3 14.3 15.5 17.4 19.2 23.1 27.8 34.1

19 11.2 11.4 11.8 12.3 13.1 14.3 15.2 16.5 18.5 20.4 24.5 29.4 36.1

20 12.0 12.3 12.6 13.1 13.9 15.2 16.2 17.6 19.6 21.6 25.9 31.1 38.1

Trunk Occupancy = Offered Load × (1-Blocking)

Number of Servers

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





VOICE CIRCUIT OCCUPANCY AND BLOCKING

20

15

10

50

09:45 9:55 10:05 10:15 10:25

N u

m b e r o f T r u n k s N e e d e d

- 0 % B l o c k i n g

Time of Day

Traffic Data for an Offered Load of 10 Erlangs

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Appendix IVBlocked-Calls-Cleared Tables

(Erlang-B)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





BLOCKED-CALLS-CLEARED(ERLANG-B)



N 1% 1.2% 1.5% 2% 3% 5% 7% 10% 15% 20% 30% 40% 50%

1 0.0101 0.0121 0.0152 0.020 0.0309 0.0526 0.0753 0.111 0.176 0.250 0.429 0.667 1.00

2 0.153 0.168 0.190 0.223 0.282 0.381 0.470 0.595 0.796 1.00 1.44 2.00 2.73

3 0.455 0.489 0.535 0.602 0.715 0.899 1.05 1.27 1.60 1.92 2.63 3.47 4.59

4 0.869 0.922 0.992 1.09 1.25 1.52 1.74 2.04 2.50 2.94 3.89 5.02 6.50

5 1.36 1.43 1.52 1.65 1.87 2.21 2.50 2.88 3.45 4.01 5.18 6.59 8.43

6 1.90 1.99 2.11 2.27 2.54 2.96 3.30 3.75 4.44 5.10 6.51 8.19 10.3

7 2.50 2.60 2.74 2.93 3.24 3.73 4.13 4.66 5.46 6.23 7.85 9.79 12.3

8 3.12 3.24 3.40 3.62 3.98 4.54 4.99 5.59 6.49 7.36 9.21 11.4 14.3

9 3.78 3.91 4.09 4.34 4.74 5.37 5.87 6.54 7.55 8.52 10.5 13.0 16.2

10 4.46 4.61 4.80 5.08 5.52 6.21 6.77 7.51 8.61 9.68 11.9 14.6 18.2

11 5.15 5.32 5.53 5.84 6.32 7.07 7.68 8.48 9.69 10.8 13.3 16.3 20.2

12 5.87 6.05 6.28 6.61 7.14 7.94 8.60 9.47 10.7 12.0 14.7 17.9 22.2

13 6.60 6.79 7.04 7.40 7.96 8.83 9.54 10.4 11.8 13.2 16.1 19.5 24.2

14 7.35 7.55 7.82 8.20 8.80 9.72 10.4 11.4 12.9 14.4 17.5 21.2 26.2

15 8.10 8.32 8.61 9.00 9.64 10.6 11.4 12.4 14.0 15.6 18.8 22.8 28.2

16 8.87 9.10 9.40 9.82 10.5 11.5 12.3 13.5 15.1 16.8 20.2 24.5 30.1

17 9.65 9.89 10.2 10.6 11.3 12.4 13.3 14.5 16.2 18.0 21.7 26.1 32.1

18 10.4 10.6 11.0 11.4 12.2 13.3 14.3 15.5 17.4 19.2 23.1 27.8 34.1

19 11.2 11.4 11.8 12.3 13.1 14.3 15.2 16.5 18.5 20.4 24.5 29.4 36.1

20 12.0 12.3 12.6 13.1 13.9 15.2 16.2 17.6 19.6 21.6 25.9 31.1 38.1

21 12.8 13.1 13.5 14.0 14.8 16.1 17.2 18.6 20.7 22.8 27.3 32.8 40.1

22 13.6 13.9 14.3 14.8 15.7 17.1 18.2 19.6 21.9 24.0 28.7 34.4 42.1

23 14.4 14.7 15.1 15.7 16.6 18.0 19.2 20.7 23.0 25.2 30.1 36.1 44.1

24 15.2 15.6 16.0 16.6 17.5 19.0 20.2 21.7 24.1 26.4 31.5 37.7 46.1

25 16.1 16.4 16.8 17.5 18.4 19.9 21.2 22.8 25.2 27.7 32.9 39.4 48.1

26 16.9 17.3 17.7 18.3 19.3 20.9 22.2 23.8 26.4 28.9 34.3 41.0 50.1

27 17.7 18.1 18.6 19.2 20.3 21.9 23.2 24.9 27.5 30.1 35.7 42.7 52.1

28 18.6 19.0 19.4 20.1 21.2 22.8 24.2 25.9 28.7 31.3 37.2 44.4 54.1

29 19.4 19.8 20.3 21.0 22.1 23.8 25.2 27.0 29.8 32.6 38.6 46.0 56.1

30 20.3 20.7 21.2 21.9 23.0 24.8 26.2 28.1 30.9 33.8 40.0 47.7 58.1

31 21.1 21.5 22.1 22.8 23.9 25.7 27.2 29.1 32.1 35.0 41.4 49.3 60.1

32 22.0 22.4 22.9 23.7 24.9 26.7 28.2 30.2 33.2 36.2 42.8 51.0 62.1

33 22.9 23.3 23.8 24.6 25.8 27.7 29.2 31.3 34.4 37.5 44.3 52.7 64.1

34 23.7 24.1 24.7 25.5 26.7 28.6 30.2 32.3 35.5 38.7 45.7 54.3 66.1

35 24.6 25.0 25.6 26.4 27.7 29.6 31.2 33.4 36.7 39.9 47.1 56.0 68.0

36 25.5 25.9 26.5 27.3 28.6 30.6 32.3 34.5 37.8 41.2 48.5 57.7 70.0

37 26.3 26.8 27.4 28.2 29.5 31.6 33.3 35.5 39.0 42.4 49.9 59.3 72.0

38 27.2 27.7 28.3 29.1 30.5 32.6 34.3 36.6 40.1 43.6 51.3 61.0 74.0

39 28.1 28.6 29.2 30.0 31.4 33.6 35.3 37.7 41.3 44.9 52.8 62.6 76.0

40 29.0 29.4 30.1 30.9 32.4 34.5 36.3 38.7 42.4 46.1 54.2 64.3 78.0

41 29.8 30.3 31.0 31.9 33.3 35.5 37.4 39.8 43.6 47.3 55.6 66.0 80.0

42 30.7 31.2 31.9 32.8 34.3 36.5 38.4 40.9 44.7 48.6 57.0 67.6 82.0

43 31.6 32.1 32.8 33.7 35.2 37.5 39.4 42.0 45.9 49.8 58.5 69.3 84.044 32.5 33.0 33.7 34.6 36.2 38.5 40.5 43.0 47.0 51.0 59.9 71.0 86.0

45 33.4 33.9 34.6 35.6 37.1 39.5 41.5 44.1 48.2 52.3 61.3 72.6 88.0

46 34.3 34.8 35.5 36.5 38.1 40.5 42.5 45.2 49.4 53.5 62.7 74.3 90.0

47 35.2 35.7 36.4 37.4 39.0 41.5 43.5 46.3 50.5 54.7 64.1 75.9 92.0

48 36.1 36.6 37.3 38.3 40.0 42.5 44.6 47.4 51.7 56.0 65.6 77.6 94.0

49 37.0 37.5 38.2 39.3 40.9 43.5 45.6 48.4 52.8 57.2 67.0 79.3 96.0

50 37.9 38.4 39.2 40.2 41.9 44.5 46.6 49.5 54.0 58.5 68.4 80.9 98.0

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





BLOCKED-CALLS-CLEARED (cont.)(ERLANG-B)



N 1% 1.2% 1.5% 2% 3% 5% 7% 10% 15% 20% 30% 40% 50%

51 38.8 39.3 40.1 41.1 42.8 45.5 47.7 50.6 55.1 59.7 69.8 82.6 100.0

52 39.7 40.2 41.0 42.1 43.8 46.5 48.7 51.7 56.3 60.9 71.3 84.3 102.0

53 40.6 41.1 41.9 43.0 44.8 47.5 49.7 52.8 57.5 62.2 72.7 85.9 104.0

54 41.5 42.1 42.8 43.9 45.7 48.5 50.8 53.8 58.6 63.4 74.1 87.6 106.0

55 42.4 43.0 43.8 44.9 46.7 49.5 51.8 54.9 59.8 64.7 75.5 89.3 108.0

56 43.3 43.9 44.7 45.8 47.7 50.5 52.9 56.0 60.9 65.9 77.0 90.9 110.0

57 44.2 44.8 45.6 46.8 48.6 51.5 53.9 57.1 62.1 67.1 78.4 92.6 112.0

58 45.1 45.7 46.5 47.7 49.6 52.5 54.9 58.2 63.3 68.4 79.8 94.3 114.0

59 46.0 46.6 47.5 48.7 50.6 53.5 56.0 59.3 64.4 69.6 81.2 95.9 116.0

60 46.9 47.6 48.4 49.6 51.5 54.5 57.0 60.4 65.6 70.9 82.6 97.6 118.0

61 47.8 48.5 49.3 50.5 52.5 55.5 58.0 61.4 66.7 72.1 84.1 99.2 120.0

62 48.7 49.4 50.3 51.5 53.5 56.5 59.1 62.5 67.9 73.3 85.5 100.9 122.0

63 49.6 50.3 51.2 52.4 54.4 57.5 60.1 63.6 69.1 74.6 86.9 102.6 124.0

64 50.6 51.2 52.1 53.4 55.4 58.5 61.2 64.7 70.2 75.8 88.3 104.2 126.0

65 51.5 52.2 53.1 54.3 56.4 59.6 62.2 65.8 71.4 77.1 89.8 105.9 128.0

66 52.4 53.1 54.0 55.3 57.3 60.6 63.3 66.9 72.6 78.3 91.2 107.6 130.0

67 53.3 54.0 54.9 56.2 58.3 61.6 64.3 68.0 73.7 79.5 92.6 109.2 132.0

68 54.2 54.9 55.9 57.2 59.3 62.6 65.3 69.1 74.9 80.8 94.0 110.9 134.0

69 55.1 55.9 56.8 58.1 60.3 63.6 66.4 70.1 76.0 82.0 95.5 112.6 136.0

70 56.1 56.8 57.7 59.1 61.2 64.6 67.4 71.2 77.2 83.3 96.9 114.2 138.0

71 57.0 57.7 58.7 60.0 62.2 65.6 68.5 72.3 78.4 84.5 98.3 115.9 140.0

72 57.9 58.6 59.6 61.0 63.2 66.6 69.5 73.4 79.5 85.8 99.7 117.6 142.0

73 58.8 59.6 60.6 61.9 64.2 67.7 70.6 74.5 80.7 87.0 101.2 119.2 144.0

74 59.8 60.5 61.5 62.9 65.1 68.7 71.6 75.6 81.9 88.2 102.6 120.9 146.0

75 60.7 61.4 62.4 63.9 66.1 69.7 72.7 76.7 83.0 89.5 104.0 122.6 148.0

76 61.6 62.4 63.4 64.8 67.1 70.7 73.7 77.8 84.2 90.7 105.5 124.2 150.0

77 62.5 63.3 64.3 65.8 68.1 71.7 74.8 78.9 85.4 92.0 106.9 125.9 152.0

78 63.5 64.2 65.3 66.7 69.1 72.7 75.8 80.0 86.5 93.2 108.3 127.6 154.0

79 64.4 65.2 66.2 67.7 70.0 73.8 76.9 81.1 87.7 94.5 109.7 129.2 156.0

80 65.3 66.1 67.2 68.6 71.0 74.8 77.9 82.2 88.9 95.7 111.2 130.9 158.0

81 66.2 67.1 68.1 69.6 72.0 75.8 79.0 83.2 90.0 96.9 112.6 132.6 160.0

82 67.2 68.0 69.1 70.6 73.0 76.8 80.0 84.3 91.2 98.2 114.0 134.2 162.0

83 68.1 68.9 70.0 71.5 74.0 77.8 81.1 85.4 92.4 99.4 115.4 135.9 164.0

84 69.0 69.9 70.9 72.5 75.0 78.8 82.1 86.5 93.5 100.7 116.9 137.5 166.0

85 70.0 70.8 71.9 73.4 75.9 79.9 83.2 87.6 94.7 101.9 118.3 139.2 168.0

86 70.9 71.7 72.8 74.4 76.9 80.9 84.2 88.7 95.9 103.2 119.7 140.9 170.0

87 71.8 72.7 73.8 75.4 77.9 81.9 85.3 89.8 97.0 104.4 121.1 142.5 172.0

88 72.8 73.6 74.7 76.3 78.9 82.9 86.3 90.9 98.2 105.7 122.6 144.2 174.0

89 73.7 74.6 75.7 77.3 79.9 83.9 87.4 92.0 99.4 106.9 124.0 145.9 176.0

90 74.6 75.5 76.6 78.3 80.9 85.0 88.4 93.1 100.6 108.1 125.4 147.5 178.0

91 75.6 76.4 77.6 79.2 81.9 86.0 89.5 94.2 101.7 109.4 126.8 149.2 180.0

92 76.5 77.4 78.6 80.2 82.8 87.0 90.5 95.3 102.9 110.6 128.3 150.9 182.0

93 77.4 78.3 79.5 81.2 83.8 88.0 91.6 96.4 104.1 111.9 129.7 152.5 184.094 78.4 79.3 80.5 82.1 84.8 89.1 92.6 97.5 105.3 113.1 131.1 154.2 186.0

95 79.3 80.2 81.4 83.1 85.8 90.1 93.7 98.6 106.4 114.4 132.6 155.9 188.0

96 80.3 81.2 82.4 84.1 86.8 91.1 94.7 99.7 107.6 115.6 134.0 157.5 190.0

97 81.2 82.1 83.3 85.0 87.8 92.1 95.8 100.8 108.8 116.9 135.4 159.2 192.0

98 82.1 83.1 84.3 86.0 88.8 93.1 96.8 101.9 109.9 118.1 136.8 160.9 194.0

99 83.1 84.0 85.2 87.0 89.8 94.2 97.9 103.0 111.1 119.3 138.3 162.5 196.0

100 84.0 85.0 86.2 87.9 90.7 95.2 98.9 104.1 112.3 120.6 139.7 164.2 198.0

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0








N 1% 1.2% 1.5% 2% 3% 5% 7% 10% 15% 20% 30% 40% 50%101 85.0 85.9 87.1 88.9 91.7 96.2 100.0 100.8 113.4 121.8 141.1 165.9 200.0

102 85.9 86.9 88.1 89.9 92.7 97.2 101.1 101.9 114.6 123.1 142.5 167.5 202.0

103 86.8 87.8 89.1 90.8 93.7 98.3 102.1 103.0 115.7 124.3 144.0 169.2 204.0

104 87.8 88.7 90.0 91.8 94.7 99.3 103.2 104.1 116.9 125.6 145.4 170.9 206.0

105 88.7 89.7 91.0 92.8 95.7 100.3 104.2 105.2 118.1 126.8 146.8 172.5 208.0

106 89.7 90.6 91.9 93.7 96.7 101.3 105.3 106.3 119.2 128.1 148.2 174.2 210.0

107 90.6 91.6 92.9 94.7 97.7 102.4 106.3 107.4 120.4 129.3 149.7 175.9 212.0

108 91.6 92.5 93.8 95.7 98.7 103.4 107.4 108.4 121.6 130.6 151.1 177.5 214.0

109 92.5 93.5 94.8 96.7 99.7 104.4 108.4 109.5 122.7 131.8 152.5 179.2 216.0

110 93.4 94.4 95.8 97.6 100.7 105.4 109.5 110.6 123.9 133.1 154.0 180.9 218.0

111 94.4 95.4 96.7 98.6 101.7 106.5 110.6 111.7 125.1 134.3 155.4 182.5 220.0

112 95.3 96.4 97.7 99.6 102.6 107.5 111.6 112.8 126.2 135.5 156.8 184.2 222.0

113 96.3 97.3 98.6 100.5 103.6 108.5 112.7 113.9 127.4 136.8 158.2 185.9 224.0

114 97.2 98.3 99.6 101.5 104.6 109.6 113.7 115.0 128.6 138.0 159.7 187.5 226.0

115 98.2 99.2 100.6 102.5 105.6 110.6 114.8 116.1 129.8 139.3 161.1 189.2 228.0

116 99.1 100.2 101.5 103.5 106.6 111.6 115.8 117.2 130.9 140.5 162.5 190.9 230.0

117 100.1 101.1 102.5 104.4 107.6 112.6 116.9 118.3 132.1 141.8 163.9 192.5 232.0

118 101.0 102.1 103.5 105.4 108.6 113.7 118.0 119.4 133.3 143.0 165.4 194.2 234.0

119 102.0 103.0 104.4 106.4 109.6 114.7 119.0 120.5 134.4 144.3 166.8 195.9 236.0

120 102.9 104.0 105.4 107.4 110.6 115.7 120.1 121.6 135.6 145.5 168.2 197.5 238.0

121 103.9 104.9 106.3 108.3 111.6 116.7 121.1 122.7 136.8 146.8 169.7 199.2 240.0

122 104.8 105.9 107.3 109.3 112.6 117.8 122.2 123.8 137.9 148.0 171.1 200.9 242.0

123 105.8 106.9 108.3 110.3 113.6 118.8 123.2 124.9 139.1 149.3 172.5 202.5 244.0

124 106.7 107.8 109.2 111.3 114.6 119.8 124.3 126.0 140.3 150.5 173.9 204.2 246.0

125 107.7 108.8 110.2 112.3 115.6 120.9 125.4 127.1 141.5 151.7 175.4 205.9 248.0

126 108.6 109.7 111.2 113.2 116.6 121.9 126.4 128.2 142.6 153.0 176.8 207.5 250.0

127 109.6 110.7 112.1 114.2 117.6 122.9 127.5 129.3 143.8 154.2 178.2 209.2 252.0

128 110.5 111.6 113.1 115.2 118.6 124.0 128.5 130.4 145.0 155.5 179.6 210.8 254.0

129 111.5 112.6 114.1 116.2 119.6 125.0 129.6 131.5 146.1 156.7 181.1 212.5 256.0

130 112.4 113.6 115.0 117.1 120.6 126.0 130.7 132.6 147.3 158.0 182.5 214.2 258.0

131 113.4 114.5 116.0 118.1 121.6 127.0 131.7 133.7 148.5 159.2 183.9 215.8 260.0

132 114.3 115.5 117.0 119.1 122.6 128.1 132.8 134.8 149.7 160.5 185.4 217.5 262.0

133 115.3 116.4 117.9 120.1 123.6 129.1 133.8 135.9 150.8 161.7 186.8 219.2 264.0

134 116.2 117.4 118.9 121.1 124.6 130.1 134.9 137.0 152.0 163.0 188.2 220.8 266.0

135 117.2 118.3 119.9 122.0 125.6 131.2 136.0 138.1 153.2 164.2 189.6 222.5 268.0

136 118.1 119.3 120.8 123.0 126.6 132.2 137.0 139.2 154.3 165.5 191.1 224.2 270.0

137 119.1 120.3 121.8 124.0 127.6 133.2 138.1 140.3 155.5 166.7 192.5 225.8 272.0

138 120.0 121.2 122.8 125.0 128.6 134.3 139.1 141.4 156.7 168.0 193.9 227.5 274.0

139 121.0 122.2 123.7 126.0 129.6 135.3 140.2 142.5 157.9 169.2 195.3 229.2 276.0

140 122.0 123.2 124.7 126.9 130.6 136.3 141.3 143.6 159.0 170.5 196.8 230.8 278.0

141 122.9 124.1 125.7 127.9 131.6 137.4 142.3 144.7 160.2 171.7 198.2 232.5 280.0

142 123.9 125.1 126.7 128.9 132.6 138.4 143.4 145.8 161.4 172.9 199.6 234.2 282.0

143 124.8 126.0 127.6 129.9 133.6 139.4 144.4 146.9 162.5 174.2 201.1 235.8 284.0

144 125.8 127.0 128.6 130.9 134.6 140.5 145.5 148.0 163.7 175.4 202.5 237.5 286.0

145 126.7 128.0 129.6 131.8 135.6 141.5 146.6 149.2 164.9 176.7 203.9 239.2 288.0

146 127.7 128.9 130.5 132.8 136.6 142.5 147.6 150.3 166.1 177.9 205.3 240.8 290.0

147 128.7 129.9 131.5 133.8 137.6 143.6 148.7 151.4 167.2 179.2 206.8 242.5 292.0

148 129.6 130.9 132.5 134.8 138.6 144.6 149.7 152.5 168.4 180.4 208.2 244.2 294.0

149 130.6 131.8 133.4 135.8 139.6 145.6 150.8 153.6 169.6 181.7 209.6 245.8 296.0

150 131.5 132.8 134.4 136.8 140.6 146.7 151.9 154.7 170.7 182.9 211.0 247.5 298.0

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0








N 1% 1.2% 1.5% 2% 3% 5% 7% 10% 15% 20% 30% 40% 50%

151 132.5 133.7 135.4 137.7 141.6 147.7 152.9 155.8 171.9 184.2 212.5 249.2 300.0

152 133.4 134.7 136.4 138.7 142.6 148.7 154.0 156.9 173.1 185.4 213.9 250.8 302.0

153 134.4 135.7 137.3 139.7 143.6 149.8 155.1 158.0 174.3 186.7 215.3 252.5 304.0

154 135.4 136.6 138.3 140.7 144.6 150.8 156.1 159.1 175.4 187.9 216.8 254.2 306.0

155 136.3 137.6 139.3 141.7 145.6 151.8 157.2 160.2 176.6 189.2 218.2 255.8 308.0

156 137.3 138.6 140.3 142.7 146.6 152.9 158.2 161.3 177.8 190.4 219.6 257.5 310.0

157 138.2 139.5 141.2 143.6 147.6 153.9 159.3 162.4 179.0 191.7 221.0 259.2 312.0

158 139.2 140.5 142.2 144.6 148.6 154.9 160.4 163.5 180.1 192.9 222.5 260.8 314.0

159 140.2 141.5 143.2 145.6 149.6 156.0 161.4 164.6 181.3 194.2 223.9 262.5 316.0

160 141.1 142.4 144.1 146.6 150.6 157.0 162.5 165.7 182.5 195.4 225.3 264.2 318.0

161 142.1 143.4 145.1 147.6 151.6 158.0 163.6 166.8 183.6 196.7 226.8 265.8 320.0

162 143.0 144.4 146.1 148.6 152.6 159.1 164.6 167.9 184.8 197.9 228.2 267.5 322.0

163 144.0 145.3 147.1 149.5 153.6 160.1 165.7 169.0 186.0 199.1 229.6 269.2 324.0

164 145.0 146.3 148.0 150.5 154.6 161.1 166.7 170.1 187.2 200.4 231.0 270.8 326.0

165 145.9 147.3 149.0 151.5 155.6 162.2 167.8 171.2 188.3 201.6 232.5 272.5 328.0

166 146.9 148.2 150.0 152.5 156.6 163.2 168.9 172.3 189.5 202.9 233.9 274.2 330.0

167 147.8 149.2 151.0 153.5 157.6 164.2 169.9 173.4 190.7 204.1 235.3 275.8 332.0

168 148.8 150.2 151.9 154.5 158.6 165.3 171.0 174.5 191.8 205.4 236.7 277.5 334.0

169 149.8 151.1 152.9 155.5 159.6 166.3 172.1 175.6 193.0 206.6 238.2 279.2 336.0

170 150.7 152.1 153.9 156.4 160.6 167.3 173.1 176.7 194.2 207.9 239.6 280.8 338.0

171 151.7 153.1 154.9 157.4 161.6 168.4 174.2 177.8 195.4 209.1 241.0 282.5 340.0

172 152.7 154.0 155.8 158.4 162.6 169.4 175.2 178.9 196.5 210.4 242.5 284.2 342.0

173 153.6 155.0 156.8 159.4 163.6 170.5 176.3 180.0 197.7 211.6 243.9 285.8 344.0

174 154.6 156.0 157.8 160.4 164.7 171.5 177.4 181.1 198.9 212.9 245.3 287.5 346.0

175 155.5 156.9 158.8 161.4 165.7 172.5 178.4 182.2 200.1 214.1 246.7 289.2 348.0

176 156.5 157.9 159.7 162.4 166.7 173.6 179.5 183.3 201.2 215.4 248.2 290.8 350.0

177 157.5 158.9 160.7 163.4 167.7 174.6 180.6 184.4 202.4 216.6 249.6 292.5 352.0

178 158.4 159.8 161.7 164.3 168.7 175.6 181.6 185.5 203.6 217.9 251.0 294.2 354.0

179 159.4 160.8 162.7 165.3 169.7 176.7 182.7 186.7 204.7 219.1 252.5 295.8 356.0

180 160.4 161.8 163.7 166.3 170.7 177.7 183.8 187.8 205.9 220.4 253.9 297.5 358.0

181 161.3 162.8 164.6 167.3 171.7 178.7 184.8 188.9 207.1 221.6 255.3 299.2 360.0

182 162.3 163.7 165.6 168.3 172.7 179.8 185.9 190.0 208.3 222.9 256.7 300.8 362.0

183 163.3 164.7 166.6 169.3 173.7 180.8 187.0 191.1 209.4 224.1 258.2 302.5 364.0

184 164.2 165.7 167.6 170.3 174.7 181.9 188.0 192.2 210.6 225.4 259.6 304.2 366.0

185 165.2 166.6 168.5 171.3 175.7 182.9 189.1 193.3 211.8 226.6 261.0 305.8 368.0

186 166.2 167.6 169.5 172.2 176.7 183.9 190.1 194.4 213.0 227.9 262.4 307.5 370.0

187 167.1 168.6 170.5 173.2 177.7 185.0 191.2 195.5 214.1 229.1 263.9 309.2 372.0

188 168.1 169.6 171.5 174.2 178.7 186.0 192.3 196.6 215.3 230.4 265.3 310.8 374.0

189 169.1 170.5 172.5 175.2 179.7 187.0 193.3 197.7 216.5 231.6 266.7 312.5 376.0

190 170.0 171.5 173.4 176.2 180.8 188.1 194.4 198.8 217.7 232.8 268.2 314.2 378.0

191 171.0 172.5 174.4 177.2 181.8 189.1 195.5 199.9 218.8 234.1 269.6 315.8 380.0

192 171.9 173.4 175.4 178.2 182.8 190.2 196.5 201.0 220.0 235.3 271.0 317.5 382.0

193 172.9 174.4 176.4 179.2 183.8 191.2 197.6 202.1 221.2 236.6 272.4 319.2 384.0194 173.9 175.4 177.4 180.2 184.8 192.2 198.7 203.2 222.3 237.8 273.9 320.8 386.0

195 174.8 176.4 178.3 181.2 185.8 193.3 199.7 204.3 223.5 239.1 275.3 322.5 388.0

196 175.8 177.3 179.3 182.1 186.8 194.3 200.8 205.4 224.7 240.3 276.7 324.2 390.0

197 176.8 178.3 180.3 183.1 187.8 195.3 201.9 206.5 225.9 241.6 278.2 325.8 392.0

198 177.8 179.3 181.3 184.1 188.8 196.4 202.9 207.6 227.0 242.8 279.6 327.5 394.0

199 178.7 180.2 182.3 185.1 189.8 197.4 204.0 208.7 228.2 244.1 281.0 329.2 396.0

200 179.7 181.2 183.2 186.1 190.8 198.5 205.1 209.8 229.4 245.3 282.4 330.8 398.0

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0








N 1% 1.2% 1.5% 2% 3% 5% 7% 10% 15% 20% 30% 40% 50%201 180.7 182.2 184.2 187.1 191.8 199.9 206.1 211.0 230.6 246.6 283.9 332.5 400.0

202 181.6 183.2 185.2 188.1 192.8 200.5 207.2 212.1 231.7 247.8 285.3 334.2 402.0

203 182.6 184.1 186.2 189.1 193.9 201.6 208.3 213.2 232.9 249.1 286.7 335.8 404.0

204 183.6 185.1 187.2 190.1 194.9 202.6 209.3 214.3 234.1 250.3 288.1 337.5 406.0

205 184.5 186.1 188.1 191.1 195.9 203.6 210.4 215.4 235.3 251.6 289.6 339.2 408.0

206 185.5 187.1 189.1 192.1 196.9 204.7 211.5 216.5 236.4 252.8 291.0 340.8 410.0

207 186.5 188.0 190.1 193.0 197.9 205.7 212.5 217.6 237.6 254.1 292.4 342.5 412.0

208 187.4 189.0 191.1 194.0 198.9 206.8 213.6 218.7 238.8 255.3 293.9 344.2 414.0

209 188.4 190.0 192.1 195.0 199.9 207.8 214.6 219.8 240.0 256.6 295.3 345.8 416.0

210 189.4 191.0 193.0 196.0 200.9 208.8 215.7 220.9 241.1 257.8 296.7 347.5 418.0

211 190.3 191.9 194.0 197.0 201.9 209.9 216.8 222.0 242.3 259.1 298.1 349.1 420.0

212 191.3 192.9 195.0 198.0 202.9 210.9 217.8 223.1 243.5 260.3 299.6 350.8 422.0

213 192.3 193.9 196.0 199.0 204.0 212.0 218.9 224.2 244.6 261.6 301.0 352.5 424.0

214 193.2 194.9 197.0 200.0 205.0 213.0 220.0 225.3 245.8 262.8 302.4 354.1 426.0

215 194.2 195.8 198.0 201.0 206.0 214.0 221.0 226.4 247.0 264.1 303.9 355.8 428.0

216 195.2 196.8 198.9 202.0 207.0 215.1 222.1 227.5 248.2 265.3 305.3 357.5 430.0

217 196.2 197.8 200.0 203.0 208.0 216.1 223.2 228.6 249.3 266.6 306.7 359.1 432.0

218 197.1 198.8 201.0 204.0 209.0 217.2 224.2 229.7 250.5 267.8 308.1 360.8 434.0

219 198.1 199.7 201.9 205.0 210.0 218.2 225.3 230.8 251.7 269.1 309.6 362.5 436.0

220 199.1 200.7 202.9 205.9 211.0 219.2 226.4 232.0 252.9 270.3 311.0 364.1 438.0

221 200.0 201.7 203.9 206.9 212.0 220.3 227.4 233.1 254.0 271.5 312.4 365.8 440.0

222 201.0 202.7 204.8 207.9 213.0 221.3 228.5 234.2 255.2 272.8 313.9 367.5 442.0

223 202.0 203.6 205.8 208.9 214.1 222.4 229.6 235.3 256.4 274.0 315.3 369.1 444.0

224 203.0 204.6 206.8 209.9 215.1 223.4 230.6 236.4 257.6 275.3 316.7 370.8 446.0

225 203.9 205.6 207.8 210.9 216.1 224.4 231.7 237.5 258.7 276.5 318.1 372.5 448.0

226 204.9 206.6 208.8 211.9 217.1 225.5 232.8 238.6 259.9 277.8 319.6 374.1 450.0

227 205.9 207.5 209.7 212.9 218.1 226.5 233.8 239.7 261.1 279.0 321.0 375.8 452.0

228 206.8 208.5 210.7 213.9 219.1 227.6 234.9 240.8 262.3 280.3 322.4 377.5 454.0

229 207.8 209.5 211.7 214.9 220.1 228.6 236.0 241.9 263.4 281.5 323.9 379.1 456.0230 208.8 210.5 212.7 215.9 221.1 229.6 237.0 243.0 264.6 282.8 325.3 380.8 458.0

231 209.8 211.5 213.7 216.9 222.1 230.7 238.1 244.1 265.8 284.0 326.7 382.5 460.0

232 210.7 212.4 214.7 217.9 223.1 231.7 239.2 245.2 267.0 285.3 328.1 384.1 462.0

233 211.7 213.4 215.7 218.9 224.2 232.8 240.2 246.3 268.1 286.5 329.6 385.8 464.0

234 212.7 214.4 216.6 219.9 225.2 233.8 241.3 247.4 269.3 287.8 331.0 387.5 466.0

235 213.6 215.4 217.6 220.8 226.2 234.8 242.4 248.5 270.5 289.0 332.4 389.1 468.0

236 214.6 216.3 218.6 221.8 227.2 235.9 243.4 249.6 271.6 290.3 333.8 390.8 470.0

237 215.6 217.3 219.6 222.8 228.2 236.9 244.5 250.8 272.8 291.5 335.3 392.5 471.9

238 216.6 218.3 220.6 223.8 229.2 238.0 245.6 251.9 274.0 292.8 336.7 394.1 473.9

239 217.5 219.3 221.6 224.8 230.2 239.0 246.6 253.0 275.2 294.0 338.1 395.8 475.9

240 218.5 220.2 222.5 225.8 231.2 240.0 247.7 254.1 276.3 295.3 339.6 397.5 477.9

241 219.5 221.2 223.5 226.8 232.3 241.1 248.8 255.2 277.5 296.5 341.0 399.1 479.9

242 220.5 222.2 224.5 227.8 233.3 242.1 249.9 256.3 278.7 297.8 342.4 400.8 481.9

243 221.4 223.2 225.5 228.8 234.3 243.2 250.9 257.4 279.9 299.0 343.8 402.5 483.9

244 222.4 224.2 226.5 229.8 235.3 244.2 252.0 258.5 281.0 300.3 345.3 404.1 485.9

245 223.4 225.1 227.5 230.8 236.3 245.2 253.1 259.6 282.2 301.6 346.7 405.8 487.9

246 224.3 226.1 228.5 231.8 237.3 246.3 254.1 260.7 283.4 302.8 348.1 407.5 489.9

247 225.3 227.1 229.4 232.8 238.3 247.3 255.2 261.8 284.6 304.1 349.6 409.1 491.9

248 226.3 228.1 230.4 233.8 239.3 248.4 256.3 262.9 285.7 305.3 351.0 410.8 493.9

249 227.3 229.1 231.4 234.8 240.4 249.4 257.3 264.0 286.9 306.6 352.5 412.5 495.9

250 228.2 230.0 232.4 235.8 241.4 250.5 258.4 265.1 288.1 307.8 353.9 414.1 497.9

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Note: For a number N of servers between 300 and 1000, the increase in the offered load

for each additional server has been noted in italics below each value of the offered load to

simplify the interpolation. This increase has been calculated from the difference between

successive listed values of the offered load and therefore holds good in each case up to the

next-higher listed value of N.

Reference: Telephone Traffic Theory Tables and Charts, Published by Munchen, Sie-

mens, and Aktiengena, 1974



N 1% 1.2% 1.5% 2% 3% 5% 7% 10% 15% 20% 30% 40% 50%

250 228.2 230.0 232.4 235.8 241.4 250.5 258.4 265.1 288.1 307.8 353.9 414.1 497.9

0.908 0.914 0.920 0.926 0.934 0.944 0.950 0.956 0.960 0.964 0.968 0.972 0.974

300 277.1 279.2 281.9 285.7 292.1 302.6 311.9 325.0 346.9 370.3 425.3 497.5 598.0

0.982 0.984 0.990 1.000 1.016 1.044 1.070 1.108 1.174 1.248 1.428 1.668 2.000

350 326.2 328.4 331.4 335.7 342.9 354.8 365.4 380.4 405.6 432.7 496.7 580.9 698.0

0.982 0.988 0.994 1.004 1.020 1.046 1.070 1.108 1.176 1.250 1.430 1.666 2.000

400 375.3 377.8 381.1 385.9 393.9 407.1 418.9 435.8 464.4 495.2 568.2 664.2 798.0

0.986 0.990 0.996 1.004 1.018 1.046 1.072 1.110 1.176 1.250 1.428 1.666 2.000

450 424.6 427.3 430.9 436.1 444.8 459.4 472.5 491.3 523.2 557.7 639.6 747.5 898.0

0.988 0.994 0.998 1.006 1.022 1.048 1.070 1.108 1.176 1.250 1.428 1.668 2.000

500 474.0 477.0 480.8 486.4 495.9 511.8 526.0 546.7 582.0 620.2 711.0 830.9 998.00.991 0.994 1.000 1.008 1.022 1.047 1.073 1.110 1.176 1.249 1.429 1.666 2.000

600 573.1 576.4 580.8 587.2 598.1 616.5 633.3 657.7 699.6 745.1 853.9 997.5 1198.0

0.993 0.997 1.002 1.010 1.024 1.049 1.073 1.110 1.176 1.250 1.428 1.665 2.000

700 672.4 676.1 681.0 688.2 700.5 721.4 740.6 768.7 817.2 870.1 996.7 1164.0 1398.0

0.994 0.998 1.004 1.011 1.025 1.050 1.073 1.110 1.176 1.250 1.433 1.670 2.000

800 771.8 775.9 781.4 789.3 803.0 826.4 847.9 879.7 934.8 995.1 1140.0 1331.0 1598.0

0.997 1.000 1.004 1.013 1.025 1.050 1.074 1.111 1.172 1.249 1.420 1.670 2.000

900 871.5 875.9 881.8 890.6 905.5 931.4 955.3 990.8 1052.0 1120.0 1282.0 1498.0 1798.0

0.997 1.001 1.006 1.013 1.025 1.046 1.077 1.112 1.180 1.250 1.430 1.660 2.000

1000 971.2 976.0 982.4 991.9 1008.0 1036.0 1063.0 1102.0 1170.0 1245.0 1425.0 1664.0 1998.0

0.998 1.000 1.006 1.011 1.030 1.050 1.070 1.110 1.180 1.250 1.430 1.670 2.000

1100 1071.0 1076.0 1083.0 1093.0 1111.0 1141.0 1170.0 1213.0 1288.0 1370.0 1568.0 1831.0 2198.0

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Appendix VBlocking for a CDMA Hybrid System

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






JOINT AIR INTERFACE LIMIT

IS-95 CDMA systems allow coexistence of different service options. A hybrid system can

be one with a mix of different vocoders, voice users and data users, or mobiles and fixed

wireless users.

When it comes to multi-type services, the algorithm discussed for a single air interfacelimit no longer applies. The real challenge factor is that different service types have differ-

ent air interface limits. In addition, the relative ratio of service options also matters. Fur-

thermore, mixing ratio can have different meanings: it can be the ratio of maximum

number of users in each service option, or the ratio of traffic load on each service option.

In order to calculate the blocking for a hybrid system, the joint air interface limit first has

to be calculated. For simplicity, two different service options will be considered.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





JOINT AIR INTERFACE LIMIT

• The joint air interface limit, M , for service option 1 (airinterface limit M 1) and service option 2 (air interface limit

M2) is

• M 2 ≤ M(n 1, n 2 ) ≤ M 1, n i is the number of users for service

option i .

M M 1

M 1 M 2–

M 2----------------------n 2– , n 2 0 M 2[ , ]∈=

M M 2

M 1 M 2–

M 1----------------------n 1– , n 1 0 M 1[ , ]∈=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






HYBRID SYSTEMSMixed Rate Sets

The probability of having exactly n users in sector i is following the Erlang B concept. In

a hybrid system, the joint probability for the different air interface limits has to be calcu-

lated.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





HYBRID SYSTEMSMixed Rate Sets

• Probability of having n users in sector i for a CDMA hybrid

cell site

• a 1i and a 2i is the traffic load [Erlang] for sector i for

service option (SO) 1 and SO2 respectively.

• Assuming M 1 > M 2

• p i (n 1 ) is the probability of having exactly n 1 users in

sector i for SO1.

• q i (n 2 ) is the probability of having exactly n 2 users in

sector i for SO2.

• 1 ≤ i ≤ number of sectors, 0 ≤ n 1 ≤ M 1, 0 ≤ n 2 ≤ M 2

p i n1( )

a n1

1i

n1!--------------

a m 1i

m !-------------

m 0 =

M 1

∑

---------------------------= q1 n2( )

a n2

2i

n2!-------------

a m 2i

m !------------

m 0 =

M 2

∑

--------------------------=

i

p i n 1( )q 1 n n 1–( ) if 0 n M 2 ≤ ≤

n 1 0=

n

∑

p i n 1( )q 1 n n 1–( ) if M 1 n M ≥ ≥(

n 1

n M2–

M1 M2–---------------------M1=

n

∑

=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






BLOCKING FOR SECTORIZEDCDMA HYBRID CELL SITE

Knowing the probability of having exactly n users in sector i for the different air interface

limits, the probability of blocking can be calculated. The equation show the probability of

blocking for the first sector, b1

, in a three sector CDMA cell site. Similar expression can

be applied to the other sectors as well.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





BLOCKING FOR SECTORIZEDCDMA HYBRID CELL SITE

• Blocking for sector 1 in a 3 sector CDMA hybrid cell site.

— where

• Assuming M 1 > M 2

• p´ i (n) is the joint probability of having exactly n

users in sector i for some combination of SO1 andSO2.

• 0 ≤ j + k + l ≤ N

• δi (j) = 1 when j = i and 0 when j ≠ i

c p '1

M M2=

M1

∑ M ( ) p '2 k( ) p 3

l 0,=

N M – k – 1–

∑k 0=

N M – 1–

∑ l( ) c δN

l 0=

M 1

∑k 0=

M 1

∑ j 0=

M 1

∑ j k l + + ( )p '1 j ( )p '2 k ( )+=

c

p '1 j ( )p '2 k ( )p '3 l ( )

j k l , , 0 =

j k l + + N ≤

M1

∑

---------------------------------------------------------------------=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Appendix VIMicrocell Engineering

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






MICROCELL DEPLOYMENT CONFIGURATIONS

The Flexent product line consists of high-power, full-capacity base stations with desirable

physical attributes that enable the deployment of these products in a large range of config-

urations and deployment scenarios. The Flexent microcell supports the CDMA air-inter-

face at both cellular and PCS frequencies.

Applications for microcells can be varied. The most likely applications are tabulated

below:

• Coverage hole filling

• Hot spot capacity relief

• In-building or campus coverage

• Rural and highway coverage.

RF analysis and engineering of microcells is determined by a combination of factors.

First, there is the RF environment in which the deployment is being considered. The sec-

ond is the deployment configuration. Broadly, there are two classes of microcell configu-

ration, embedded microcells and non-embedded microcells.

Embedded Microcells

An embedded configuration is one where a microcell provides coverage and capacity

within an existing macrocell. In this scenario, the microcell shares a boundary with a sin-

gle macrocell and all handoffs to and from the microcell are with this macrocell. The pre-

existing macrocell can be denoted as an umbrella, parent, or host macrocell. One does not

view extensions of macrocellular coverage area via microcells, or the deployment of

microcells to provide coverage between macrocells as embedded deployments. Deploy-

ments for in-building or small-campus coverage are among the most frequently proposed

examples of embedded microcell configurations.

Non-embedded Microcells

There is a range of possible non-embedded configurations. The first is a microcell deploy-

ment in a green field environment where a microcell is used to provide coverage instead of

a traditional minicell. This is possible because the Flexent microcell is a high-power, full-

capacity unit. These could include rural deployments, deployments for highway coverage,

etc. The second set of configurations is within areas with pre-existing CDMA macrocellu-

lar coverage with the microcells deployed either in 'macrocell' or 'cell-split' mode. By a

'macrocell' type deployment, we mean a situation where the microcell has a coverage area

comparable to the neighboring macrocells and is possibly extending coverage. By a 'cell-split' type of deployment, we imply the deployment of one or more microcells at the

shared boundary of pre-existing cells and simultaneously shrinking the coverage area of

the pre-existing cells to create microcell coverage between these cells and off-loading

capacity in this interstitial area to the new microcells. The figures illustrate a variety of

deployment configurations.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





MICROCELL DEPLOYMENT CONFIGURATIONS

Embedded Microcell

Non-embedded Microcell

(cell-splitting configuration)

Non-embedded Microcell(deployment for highway coverage)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






MICROCELL DEPLOYMENT ISSUES

The following two figures present two interference scenarios relating to embedded micro-

cell deployment. In the first case a small microcell is embedded at the periphery of the

umbrella macrocell while in the second case a somewhat larger microcell is embedded rel-

atively close to the umbrella macrocell site.

Case 1

The ovals shown are the nominal or intended coverage boundaries of the micro- and mac-

rocells. In Case 1, the macrocell mobile at the edge of the macrocell (big circle) and

located close to the embedded microcell coverage boundary is required to transmit at close

to maximum power since it is at macrocell edge (we ignore handoff to adjacent macrocells

for the time being). At the same time, in the absence of macrocell users, a microcell

mobile (small circle) needs to transmit at very much lower power levels to reach the

microcell site due to the relatively small path loss. We can now see that, as a consequence

of macrocell mobiles operating in the vicinity of the microcell, the interference at the

microcell receiver will increase substantially and microcell mobiles, in turn, will have toramp up their power to maintain adequate SNR at the microcell receiver. As far as the

interference from the microcell mobiles at the macrocell receiver is concerned, the dis-

tance from the macrocell site results in it being relatively small in this case.

Case 2

In Case 2, the embedded microcell is closer to the umbrella macrocell. As a result, the

microcell receiver receives less interference from the high-power macrocell mobiles oper-

ating at the cell edge. Further, the close-in macrocell mobiles from whom it does receive

substantial interference are themselves transmitting at moderate power levels due to their

proximity to the macrocell receiver. As a result, microcell mobiles are relatively unaf-fected in this case. The interference from these mobiles at the macrocell site, however, is

greater than in Case 1 due to the proximity of the microcell to the macrocell site.

The forward link interference considerations are somewhat different since the proposed

cell design procedure generally equalizes received power from the macro- and microcells

at the microcell boundary (thereby balancing signal and interference levels appropriately).

The main issues here are whether the microcell-only coverage area can be kept large

enough and the handoff zones small enough when the microcell forward transmit powers

are adjusted to achieve the nominal microcell coverage boundary. Also of importance is

the effect of microcell forward transmit power on the capacity and coverage of the macro-

cell.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





MICROCELL DEPLOYMENT ISSUES

Case 1: Microcell embedded at theedge of an umbrella macrocell.

Case 2: Microcell embedded near

an umbrella macrocell site.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






INTERFERENCE IN EMBEDDEDMICROCELL SCENARIOS

Since interference is key when embedding small microcells in a network of large macro-

cells, it is important to consider means by which such interference, especially from the

macrocells to the microcells might be controlled.

We will consider the reverse link first. The most effective way of controlling interference

from macrocell mobiles transmitting at high power at the periphery of an embedded

microcell is to extend the microcell coverage area to include the locations of such mobiles.

This may be done in many cases by accurately estimating the spatial distribution of traffic

in the area chosen for microcell deployment. It is of course conceivable that such an

approach would not work in many cases either because of the dispersed nature of such

traffic (necessitating large microcells), an inability to estimate it, or large temporal varia-

tions in spatial traffic densities. One additional point may be made here with regard to

choice of potential locations for microcell deployment. As the earlier case studies showed,

the worst-case macrocell to microcell interference scenario on the reverse link occurs

when macrocell coverage is sought to be extended beyond an embedded microcell whichis near the macrocell edge. A relatively simple fix to this problem (available cell site loca-

tions permitting) would be to extend microcell coverage on the far-end.

The second approach that may be adopted for reducing interference from macrocell

mobiles is to use antenna down-tilt at the microcell to attenuate out-of-microcell interfer-

ence while providing sufficient antenna gain to microcell mobiles. Since we are consider-

ing a case where the microcell radii are small, loss of coverage may not be a significant

deterrent against antenna down-tilt. Note that on systems with duplexed Tx/Rx antennas,

downtilt will affect not just reverse but also forward link coverage simultaneously.

The third and final method to provide some protection against interference from macrocell

mobiles is desensitization. The topic of desensitization is dealt with in detail next.On the forward link, other than location adjustment, one can control coverage boundaries

via antenna changes, antenna down-tilt, adjustments of pilot power, and, as a last resort,

add-drop thresholds. Limiting the number of traffic channels, though this is not a preferred

approach, can potentially make Ec /Io improvements. For small microcells, adjustment of

handoff regions via changes in add-drop thresholds can be very coarse or simply inade-

quate. One has to rely more on the RF propagation environment (and our knowledge of it)

to ensure a satisfactory microcell-only coverage area and a reasonable handoff region.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





INTERFERENCE IN EMBEDDEDMICROCELL SCENARIOS

• The microcell sees interference from the macrocell users.

• The macrocell sees interference from the microcell users.

— Less interference than from macrocell users.

• There are ways to control the reverse link interference.

— Extend microcell coverage.

— Downtilt microcell antenna.

— Desensitization.• There are ways to control the forward link interference.

— Control coverage.

— Adjust handoff thresholds (last resort).

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






IMPACT ON HANDOFF REGIONS

As mobiles move from an embedded microcell to the parent macrocell and vice-versa,

there could be a dramatic change in required mobile transmit power depending on the dif-

ference in the path losses (in the transition region) to the micro and macrocell. In moving

out of a microcell, this will necessitate a rapid ramp-up in mobile power and a ramp-down

while moving in.

For proper operation of handoff, the overlapping coverage area should be properly engi-

neered. The overlap area should be chosen such that for a given mobile speed vmax , the

handoff process should be completed before the mobile finally leaves the overlapping

area. We assume a mobile enters the overlap area when the pilot from a neighboring cell

exceeds the translation t_add . At this point the mobile will inform its base station about

the new pilot detected. The amount of time taken by the mobile to inform the base station

depends on the number of offsets in the neighbor list and the neighbor search window size.

After a fixed delay, the base station sends a handoff direction message, and the handoff

process is completed. Therefore the overlapping area should satisfy

(Neighbor set pilot search delay + Handoff delay) < overlap/ vmax

The neighbor set pilot search delay is proportional to the number of pilots in the neighbor

set and the translation srch_win_n.

It can be shown that as the microcell is located closer to the macrocell, its coverage area

becomes smaller and the soft handoff area becomes narrower especially right between the

cell sites. This is because the powers received in this area from both cells are so high that

they strongly interfere with each other and cause a decrease in the Ec /Io's. If the microcell

is positioned closer to the macrocell boundary, its coverage area becomes larger. How-

ever, the macrocell’s pilot strength is so weak at its boundary that with the strong interfer-

ence from the microcell, the macrocell's Ec /Io drops below t_add . This results in a

shrinkage in the soft handoff area between the microcell and the macrocell boundary.Using directional antennas, increasing microcell pilot power, and lowering t_add , one can

easily increase the size of the soft handoff zones. A more difficult problem is equalizing

large differences in handoff zone sizes on either side of a microcell, which occurs quite

often for microcell deployments close to macrocell sites.

The handoff regions in the plot are very asymmetric; narrow in the near-end and too wide

at the far-end. Part of the problem in this case is excessive forward pilot power, which was

increased to increase microcell only coverage area. This had the counter-productive effect

of exploding the handoff zone on the far end of the microcell.

One potential solution, in this case, is the use of directional antennas. There would still be

a single sector at the microcell site but the directional antenna would be pointed facing themacrocell site. The near-end coverage would be improved and the near-end handoff zone

could be expanded. The weak antenna back-lobe could be relied on to reduce the far-end

handoff zone.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





IMPACT ON HANDOFF REGIONS

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Illustration of Coverage and Hand-off Regions

Miles

M i l e s

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






IMPACT ON HANDOFF REGIONS (contd.)

When the microcell is located further away from the macrocell, close to the macrocell’s

edge, the handoff regions are more equal around the microcell. Also, note that even a

microcell embedded a reasonable distance from the macrocell edge can be in handoff with

an adjacent macrocell.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





IMPACT ON HANDOFF REGIONS (contd.)

0 1 2 3 4 5 60

1

2

3

4

5

6

Illustration of Coverage and Handoff Regions

Miles

M i l e s

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CAPACITY FOR A SCENARIOWITH AN EMBEDDED MICROCELL

There is a capacity penalty at the micro and macrocells on the forward link. One way to

look at the capacity penalty at the microcell is the reduction in microcell-only coverage

area over and above that, which would occur, in a macrocellular type of deployment.

Another way to look at this is to look at the increase in the soft handoff area in percentage

above the nominal.

Note that the inability to get a substantial microcell-only coverage area is equivalent to

paying a large capacity penalty at the microcell. This is because most users served by the

microcell are then also concurrently in handoff with the umbrella macrocell.

Another issue is the availability of adequate forward traffic channel power at the microcell

to support microcell users in the face of macrocell interference. Equalizing the total for-

ward powers received from the macro and microcell, at the microcell boundary, may miti-

gate this problem. There is also the additional issue of the impact of the microcell transmit

power on the macrocell's ability to support all its users. In general, macrocell forward

capacity will be reduced, but the ability to support more than one microcell user for eachmacrocell user lost justifies the trade-off.

It is assumed that the capacities of the adjacent macrocells are not impacted by the embed-

ded microcell. In an example in the Microcell RF Engineering Guidelines (401-703-349),

the pole capacity of an embedded microcell turned out to be greater than the pole capacity

of a macrocell in a macrocell-only network. This is because, in the specific configuration,

the microcell experiences less interference from both the parent and surrounding macro-

cells than a macrocell receiver in the conventional case.

The pole capacity for the macrocell will be reduced. The reduction in pole capacity is a

consequence of having embedded a microcell within the macrocell which draws away.

However, the net capacity within the original macrocell coverage area is increased signifi-cantly, due to the pole capacity of the microcell.

While drawing conclusions from the above results, it is important to note that geometry

(microcell location and relative radius) as well as path loss models have a very significant

impact on the capacity numbers obtained. One must calculate pole capacities for each pro-

posed deployment taking the applicable path loss models and geometry into account.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





CAPACITY FOR A SCENARIOWITH AN EMBEDDED MICROCELL

• Pole capacity for the macrocell will decrease.

— The macrocell will see additional interference fromthe users on the embedded microcell.

• Pole capacity for the microcell may be greater than for themacrocell.

— The microcell may experience less interference.

• Simulations have shown

— βmacro = 1.2

— βmicro = 0.47.

• Note: Microcell location and relative radius as well as pathloss models have a very significant impact on capacity.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






DESENSITIZATION

In the context of microcell RF engineering, desensitization is a procedure by which the

microcell receiver noise figure is effectively raised requiring mobiles in communication

with it to raise their transmit power. Desensitization is undertaken for a combination of

reasons:

1. Provision of power margin for microcell users as a protection against high levels

of interference from macrocell mobiles operating in the periphery of the microcell

coverage area (and not in handoff with the microcell).

2. Ensuring that mobiles do not have to dramatically lower and raise their power as

they move in and of a microcell or when interference from surrounding macrocell

mobiles rises dramatically.

3. Desensitization, when implemented by placing an attenuator in the front of the mi-

crocell receiver, also provides added protection from receiver overload and the

generation of inter-modulation products due to amplifier non-linearities.

Desensitization may be implemented in one of two ways. The first, as alluded to previ-ously, is by introducing an attenuator in the receive path of the microcell receiver. The

second is by injecting noise into the receiver itself. Both implementations result in micro-

cell mobiles powering up to overcome what may be seen as increased path loss or an

increase in the receiver noise figure.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





DESENSITIZATION

• Desensitization is a procedure by which the microcellreceiver noise figure is effectively raised requiring mobiles

in communication with it to raise their transmit power. — Protection against high interference from macrocell

mobiles close to the microcell coverage area.

— Ensure that mobiles do not have to dramatically low-er and raise their power as they move in an out of amicrocell coverage area.

• Desensitization can be implemented in two ways

— By introducing attenuation in the receive path of themicrocell.

• provides added protection from receiver overload

— By injecting noise into the receiver itself.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






DESENSITIZATION CONSIDERATIONS

After desensitization, microcell mobiles transmit with higher powers than what they

would have needed to in order to simply overcome macrocell mobile interference in the

un-desensitized case. Hence, desensitization increases interference from the microcell

mobiles at the macrocell receiver. Therefore, one should be cautious and conservative in

applying desensitization to microcell receivers.

The reduction in difference between the microcell and macrocell transmit powers also

means that mobiles crossing the microcell boundary have to ramp-up by smaller amounts

of power. The conclusion then is that desensitization can help mitigate the possibility of

call drops during handoff by reducing the gap between the transmit power needed by the

mobile to communicate with the macrocell versus the microcell.

The challenge is now to find an acceptable desensitization value.

One choice may be to desensitize the microcell receiver by an amount comparable to the

difference in the path loss to the microcell and macrocell sites from the microcell edge.

The microcell mobiles, at least those around the periphery, will now be transmitting with

powers comparable to those that they would be transmitting with, if they were in commu-

nication with the macrocell (path loss to both is the same). As far as the macrocell is con-

cerned then, each microcell user is equivalent to a macrocell user in that it sees a

comparable amount of interference from either. This may be seen then, as simply a one-to-

one swap of capacity from the macrocell to the microcell and negates the notion of capac-

ity enhancement via embedded microcells. One must be careful to keep such macrocell

capacity loss in check.

In light of the above, we must re-examine whether it makes sense to attempt to equalize

mobile powers at the microcell boundary. After all, this assumes no contribution from

reverse-link power-control in accomplishing a ramp-up of micro-mobile power to the

desired level either in the process of handoff or when macrocell interference occurs. Per-haps the actual value of desensitization chosen could be smaller, and take into account, the

contribution to microcell mobile power increase, that can be expected from reverse power

control in the maximum duration allowed for handoff (or the time duration over which an

interfering macrocell mobile comes up).

To summarize: Too large a value of desensitization simply results in a one-to-one (or

worse) swap in capacity between the macrocell and the microcell. Too small a value does

not help bridge the gap between the power levels at which microcell mobile are currently

transmitting and the level at which they would need to transmit if they moved out to the

macrocell. As a compromise rule of thumb, we recommend capping desensitization at a

level that is at least 10 dB below the measured path loss difference at the microcell bound-

ary. In practice, one would start with an even smaller value and increase it subject to dem-

onstrated need.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





DESENSITIZATION CONSIDERATIONS

• The desensitization value has to be carefully chosen.

— Too large value leads to lower capacity.

— Too small value leads to possible performance prob-lems.

• A rule of thumb is to use a desensitization value of at least10 dB below the measured path loss difference at themicrocell boundary.

— In practice, start with a small value and increase it tomeet objective.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






EFFECT OF MICROCELLRECEIVER DESENSITIZATION

The data in the graph is taken from a simulation and show the impact of the desensitiza-

tion value on the mobile transmit power (the relative difference). By desensitizing the

microcell receiver we increase microcell user power and interference (at the umbrella

macrocell) for the performance benefits listed earlier. A cautious and conservative

approach is recommended based on an observation of actual need (high rate of call drops

in the microcell) and incrementing up to the needed value in steps (so as to not cause

excessive interference at the macrocell).

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





EFFECT OF MICROCELLRECEIVER DESENSITIZATION

35.000.00 5.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 25.00 30.00

16.00

14.00

12.00

10.00

8.00

6.00

4.00

2.00

0.00

Variation of Difference in Macrocell and MicrocellMobile Transmit Powers at Microcell Edge

M o

b i l e T r a n s m

i t P o w e r

D i f f e r e n c e

( d

B )

Desensitization Value (dB)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






MICROCELL ENGINEERING SUMMARY

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





MICROCELL ENGINEERING SUMMARY

• A microcell can be deployed in two configurations:

— Embedded

— Non-embedded.

• The embedded configuration has great impact on themacrocell’s capacity.

• Desensitization may be needed to balance performanceand capacity.

• See: 401-703-349

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






MICROCELL ENGINEERINGKNOWLEDGE CHECK

Question 1.

True or False? A Microcell generally increases the capacity in an area.

S

Answer: True

Question 2.

What can be done to control the reverse link interference?

A. Extend microcell coverage

B. Downtilt microcell antenna

C. DesensitizationD. Any of the above

S

Answer: d

Question 3.

How can desensitization be achieved?

A. By introducing attenuation in the transmit path of the microcell

B. By introducing attenuation in the receive path of the microcell

C. By injecting noise into the microcell transmitter.

D. Any of the above

S

Answer: b

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





MICROCELL ENGINEERINGKNOWLEDGE CHECK

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Appendix VIIRepeater Discussion

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






REPEATER APPLICATIONS

Repeater Applications

In general, CDMA repeaters can provide cost-effective solutions in addressing:

• Fill macro-cellular RF coverage holes (i.e., in-building)• Provide scattered RF trouble spot relief

• Range extension along highways

• Systematic base station area extension

Viability of cell count reduction depends upon a number of factors, such as specific appli-

cation and morphology.

• Area Extension (systematic coverage increase for every cell) is not recommended due to

large number of sites and RF complexity.

• Scattered Coverage may be viable in rural areas, provided that tailored (non-continuous)coverage is satisfactory to customer.

• Range Extension may be viable along highway, provided cost of addressing design is-

sues doesn’t offset equipment savings.

Repeater Function

Basically, the repeater receives a weak signal, amplifies it, and rebroadcasts the signal for-

ward:

• Reverse link: signal from mobile is rebroadcast to cell

• Forward link: signal from cell (donor) is rebroadcast to mobileTo ensure reliability of the repeater to donor cell RF link — line-of-sight (LOS) must be

achieved. Repeaters inject additional noise back into hosting (donor) cell site.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





REPEATER APPLICATIONS

• Repeaters may be used to:

— Fill RF coverage holes

— Provide relief for scattered trouble spots with poorRF coverage

— Range extension along highways

— Systematic base station area extension

• In general, the repeater:

— Receives a weak signal

— Amplifies the signal

— Rebroadcasts the signal

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






SCATTERED COVERAGE

Scattered coverage to provide non-continuous, tailored coverage into irregular pockets of

coverage; often in rural or radical terrain areas. Tailoring coverage can capture emerging

pockets of demand.

Example

The figure below depicts is a typical range extension application, providing scattered cov-

erage along a highway. Off the highway, a new housing development is being built.

Unfortunately, none of the highway base stations can reach the development. Instead of

deploying another base station, a repeater can be configured off on one of the highway

base stations to reach the development.

Highway coverage shrinkage can be avoided by configuring the repeater off of an addi-

tional third base station sector as illustrated. The additional costs of the third base station

sector equipment can be offset when several repeaters simultaneously cover disjointed

scattered areas.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





SCATTERED COVERAGE

Sector 1

Donor Coverage

Sector 2

Donor Coverage

S e c t o r 3

R e p e a t e d S i g n a l

Shrunk Donor Sector 3 Coverage

L O S R

F L i n k

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






RANGE EXTENSION

Repeaters can be used for range extension to the extended coverage of a donor cell along a

highway or in a small town. Range extension works best when the repeater is placed out-

side the donor cell coverage area but within the range of a high gain back beam antenna.

This antenna will also benefit from line-of-sight (LOS) propagation to and from the donor.

Maximum Range

For maximum range, high repeater gain must be used.

• Ideally, the repeater is a remote antenna.

• Accordingly, repeater gain should offset loss from J4 to J4; (i.e., the loss from input at

repeater transmit antenna to the output at cell site (donor) antenna).

• In this way, signal at donor is identical in strength to that received at repeater; no disad-

vantage in spite of distance between site and repeater.

Example

The figure depicts a typical range extension application along a light traffic rural road.

Repeaters extend the range of the a base station down the highway. Repeaters are also

shown to reduce base stations covering the small towns along the highway. Utilizing

repeaters, a 50% reduction in base stations is achieved.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





RANGE EXTENSION

BSBS R

BSR

All Base StationSmall Town

Small Town with

Repeaters

BSBS

R

BSR

Light Traffic Highway

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






REPEATER DESIGN ISSUES

Repeater applications in CDMA raises design issues that must be considered, particularly

for high repeater gains (common in range extension):

• The “cost” of amplification is additional noise which is broadcast forward along with

desired signal. On reverse link, this additional noise can shrink original donor coveragearea.

• Repeaters can extend or direct coverage but do not add CDMA capacity. The net capac-

ity within the new coverage area is unchanged.

• The need to adequately isolate the (powerful) repeater transmit signal from the (weak)

repeater receive signal may set practical limits on the amplifier gain.

Reference: 401-703-207, PCS Range Extension Repeaters CDMA RF Engineering Guide-

lines

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





REPEATER DESIGN ISSUES

• For a reliable RF link between the donor cell and repeaterline-of-sight must be achieved.

• Repeaters inject additional noise back into donor cell.

• High amplification broadcast additional forward link noise.

• Repeaters do not add CDMA capacity.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






REPEATER ARCHITECTURETraditional

Introduction

Repeater architecture was first developed for traditional applications, and later it was

modified to improve the range extension performance of the original design.

The following repeater architectures will be discussed:

1. Traditional repeater architecture

2. Modified range extension architecture

Traditional Repeater

The figure shows the repeater architecture developed for traditional applications, RF hole

filling, trouble spot relief, and in-building propagation.

How It Works

The original donor coverage area is shrunk by repeater noise.

• The repeater is positioned within the shrunk coverage area to provide continuous RF

coverage.

• The repeater Subscriber Antenna radiates away from the donor to fill RF holes, or extend

the coverage range of the donor cell.

• An additional repeater antenna, called the Donor Antenna, is required to terminate the

RF link between donor and repeater.

• The Donor Antenna is a generic base station antenna commonly available from antenna

manufactures.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





REPEATER ARCHITECTURETraditional

DonorSite

RepeaterSite

F or w ar d

B e am

R F L i n k

BS coverage, no repeater

Shrunk BScoverage

Range Extension

Donor Antenna

Subscriber Antenna

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






REPEATER ARCHITECTUREModified Range Extension

Modified Repeater

Sometime during the first half of 1998, the Lucent vendor Repeater Technologies modi-

fied their architecture. An additional Back Beam subscriber antenna was added to the orig-

inal design.

How It Works

A 6 dB antenna coupler is used to combine/split RF power between the forward and back-

ward subscriber antennas. Twenty-five percent of the forward link energy is radiated

backwards towards the donor cell while 75% of the energy is radiated forward.

• The addition of the Back Beam Antennas allows the positioning of the repeater to be out-

side of the shrunk coverage area of the donor cell, thus extending range.

• Softer handoff gain between the donor and repeater further extend range compared tothe original architecture.

• The forward beam antenna extends the base station range as in the original architecture.

• Not shown in the figure are the two forward and two backward subscriber antennas for

“diversity”.

— The antenna diversity provides additional range extension compared to repeaterswithout diversity.

• A narrow beam parabolic donor antenna is used, permitting the repeater to be positioned

further away from the donor cell.

— The narrow beam parabolic antenna makes the repeater is much less vulnerableto intersystem interference from other base stations and repeaters.

— These parabolic antennas are conventionally used in 2 GHz, point-to-point mi-crowave communications.

— The 4’ diameter parabolic dish provides the best balance between antenna perfor-mance and antenna siting constraints.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





REPEATER ARCHITECTUREModified Range Extension

DonorSite

RepeaterSite

B a c k B e a m

F or w ar d B e am

MicrowaveParabolicAntenna

Range Extension

Shrunk BScoverage

BS coverage, no repeater

R F L i n k

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






REPEATER GAINS AND LOSSES

The graphics shows the gains and losses related to repeaters and can be summarized as

follow:

Adjusted Loss: L1 = LOS + LC1 + LC2 [dB]

Composite Gain: α1 = Gr / L1 [dB]

Antenna isolation, Ir, at the repeater should be 10dB greater than Gr to avoid positive feed-

back. It is important to remember that the gain may vary based on temperature and the per-

formance of the repeater may be impacted.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





REPEATER GAINS AND LOSSES

26 dBi

Isolation = Ir;

I Gr + 10 dB

Donor Cell Repeater

17 dBi

LC1

17 dBi

LC2

Antenna Isolation

~ 100 dB

L i n e - o f - S i g h t ( L O S )

Don or De sen siti ze d

Donor Coverage

with Repeater

Donor Coverage without Repeater

- 3 dB

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






DONOR CELLNOISE RISE CONTROL

Repeater Gain

Repeater amplifier gain must be restricted to operate within the overall RF link environ-

ment. These restrictions in turn limit range extension that can be achieved.

• If gain is too high, repeater transmit will feed back into repeater receive parts. Maximum

gain is therefore limited by achievable transmit-receive isolation.

• If gain is too high, noise from repeater will desensitize (“swamp”) the donor receiver,

significantly shrinking coverage. Mitigation requires that the gain be set at less than the

J4-J4 loss.

• Composite gain must be a loss for the repeater to work.

Coverage

The best case for coverage is found when the repeater amplifier gain does not quite offsetthe adjusted loss — reducing the gain further (less than the “best case”) significantly

reduces the coverage improvement.

As shown in the graph, the “best case” operating point is located at approximately the 3

dB shrinkage point of the donor cell.

Best Case fractional coverage requires the amplifier gain to not quite offset the adjusted

loss. Backing the gain down by just 5 or 10 dB below best case sharply reduces fractional

coverage.

NOTE: Must also consider any variation of repeater gain with temperature.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





DONOR CELLNOISE RISE CONTROL

-5-10 0 5 10

0

2

4

6

α1 dB

D o n o r S h r i n k a g e

i n d B

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






REPEATER COVERAGE

In general, for a donor cell or repeater unit, a fixed net-allowable path loss exists from

donor location to coverage edge.

• For example, the total loss from donor to repeater to mobile is constant.

• Loss from repeater to mobile, therefore, depends on repeater location with respect to do-nor.

• The repeater link budget is therefore dependent upon repeater location, as well as repeat-

er gain.

In order to design for maximum range extension:

• Maximum allowable gain (dictated by isolation and noise constraints) is used.

• Repeater (ideally) placed just outside donor coverage (“back beam diversity” fills in

gap).

• Loss from donor to repeater is line-of-sight (measured or estimated).• Loss from repeater to mobile is computed, given gain and LOS loss.

Note that:

• Isolation and LOS requirements are likely to require high antennas.

• Due to gain restrictions, other Lucent products may have more range; a total comparison

must therefore consider all costs (e.g., equipment, site, back haul).

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





REPEATER COVERAGE

• The repeater link budget is dependent upon:

— repeater location

— repeater gain

• In order to design for maximum range extension:

— Use maximum allowable gain

— Place repeater just outside donor coverage

— Use line-of-sight loss from donor to repeater

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






REPEATER DISCUSSION SUMMARY

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





REPEATER DISCUSSION SUMMARY

• Repeaters may be used to:

— Fill coverage holes

— Extend coverage.

• Repeaters do not add capacity.

• It is important to have enough isolation in the repeater toavoid positive feedback.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






REPEATER DISCUSSIONKNOWLEDGE CHECK

Question 1.

True or False? A repeater generally increases the capacity in an area.

S

Answer: False

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Appendix VIIIRF Design Process

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






RF DESIGN PROCESSOverview

This section describes the basic or fundamental practices, techniques, and degrees of free-

dom available to a RF design engineer designing the RF portion of a new CDMA network

to meet the requirements of service quality, coverage, and capacity. The RF design pro-

cess presented is a generic process for a new network but can be adjusted to apply to new

cell sites in an existing network

It is important to remember that local regulations and company policies may change the

process or certain steps in the process. The practises presented in this section servers the

purpose of highlighting the important areas in a RF design.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





RF DESIGN PROCESSOverview

• The RF design process presented is a generic process for

a new network.

— The process can be adjusted to apply to new cellsites in an existing network

• Local regulations and company policies may change theprocess.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






RF DESIGN PROCESS STEPS

The CDMA RF design process consists of two phases:

• preliminary design

• final design

Fed into the RF design process are the design requirements such as link budgets and traffic

predictions, and the output of the process is the RF system design (location of cell sites,

cell site parameters, coverage prediction, site sketches, drive-test data).

The purpose of the preliminary design phase is to:

• gather and synthesize inputs to characterize the regions in which the new network must

operate.

— in an existing network the area may already be characterized and this part can beskipped.

• use limited drive-test results to tune the prediction tool to make a rough prediction of the

quantity of cell sites potentially needed to serve a targeted region.• direct the site acquisition process to identify candidates within the search area rings.

The final design phase refines and finalizes the RF system design, using actual measure-

ment data, and determines the specific cell site locations and configurations.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





RF DESIGN PROCESS STEPS

Preliminary

Design Phase

Final DesignPhase

Input: Designrequirements

Output: RFsystem design

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PRELIMINARY DESIGN PHASE

The figure shows the preliminary design phase. Before the preliminary design phase

begins, various inputs must be provided. Some of the important inputs include the cover-

age boundary map and projected traffic, and link budget and coverage/capacity testing

requirements. The link budget specifies such items as vehicle and building penetration

loss, antenna gain, and the fade margin. Other inputs include the requirements and specifi-

cations for

• voice quality (FER),

• antenna types and heights,

• probability of service, and

• traffic density and distribution.

The output of the preliminary design phase are search area rings that may be given to the

site acquisition team so that site candidates can be identified for the final design phase.

Next the steps in the preliminary design phase will be discussed.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PRELIMINARY DESIGN PHASE

Step 6: Capacity planning

Step 7: Engineering

Step 8: Determine search rings

Step 9: Preliminary designreview

Issue search rings

Step 1: Project plan and

requirement review

Step 2: Data preparation

Step 3: Area visits

Step 4: Morphology definition,drive test, calibration

Step 5: Verify input parameters

for coverage prediction

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PRELIMINARY DESIGN PHASEStep 1-3

Step 1. Project Plan and Requirements Review

In the first step of the RF design process a project plan with deliverable time frames has to

be created with ground rules and constraints identified and understood. The inputs, design

requirements, to the process has to be confirmed and reviewed.

It is important to document any requirements or changes to requirements during the first

step of the RF design process as well as throughout the entire process.

Step 2. Data Preparation

During the preparation step, the designer will gather information and data required to

begin the design. The preparation step requires data for three major items.

1. Terrain - Digital representation of the ground elevation is needed for use in the RF

coverage prediction. The digital terrain data should be derived from an accuratesource such as satellite imagery or 1:24,000 scale topographic maps. Data bin size

of 100 m is generally sufficient; however, 30 m or smaller bins may be useful in

regions of extreme elevation variation.

2. Maps - Maps showing highways, streets, political boundaries, state boundaries,

county boundaries, etc., are needed. Digital representation of this vector informa-

tion is also needed for the RF tool.

3. Boundaries - Service area boundaries and location-specific signal-strength re-

quirements should be indicated.

Step 3. Area Visits

The area visits determine which morphology class each area falls into and initiate identifi-

cation of candidate sites. It is very important for the RF design engineer to observe the

area and develop a sense of the environment for the CDMA network being designed. Dur-

ing the visit, the RF engineer shall gather qualitative and quantitative data about the envi-

ronment, including terrain, trees (type, height, density), average heights of buildings in

area, building spacing and locations, landmarks and airports, difficult areas where cell

sites cannot be placed (e.g. airports), and locations of existing cell sites, including those

owned by competing service providers.

Quantifiable data includes photographs and location coordinates in latitude and longitude.

Each area should be surveyed for preferred or desired locations of cell sites and potential

anchor cells. Anchor cells are the most important, highest-priority search rings and are

based on the morphology of the market and traffic capacity. Each site/area visited should

be documented as a package, including photographs.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






• Step 1: Project plan and requirement review

— Create project plan and a schedule.

— Confirm and review design requirements.

— Document requirements and changes.

• Step 2: Data preparation

— The designer will gather information and data re-quired to begin the design.

— Digital representation of terrain, maps, and bound-aries are useful in the RF software tool.

• Step 3: Area visits

— Determine morphology class and identify candidatesites.

— Develop a sense of the environment including loca-tions of existing cell sites for possible co-location.

— Preferred location of cell sites and potential anchorcells should be surveyed.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Step 4. Morphology Definition, Drive Test, and Calibration

The geographic area of the design needs to be classified geomorphologically into like

regions with the same morphology. The primary goal of this effort is the establishment of

a set of region categorizations that can be used to accurately estimate path loss.

The classification process can be divided into two phases. The first phase establishes gen-

eral macro morphologies (such as urban or rural). The second phase establishes sub- or

micro-categories.

The first phase of this process exploits prior design experience (not RF signal strength

measurements) which indicates observable area aspects, such as terrain, building and road

density, and foliage. When each morphology class has been mapped, uniform drive testing

(to avoid bias) of each class can be executed to obtain sufficient data for sub-classifica-

tion.

The second phase of sub-classification is primarily based on analysis that groups cells into

sets, indicating comparable RF signal path loss. After eliminating any outliers, the RF

design engineer integrates the measurements using the RF coverage prediction software.

The software typically performs a standard linear regression on drive-test data. The path

loss slope and one-mile intercept are estimated for each cell/area tested. Using this

approach, the RF design engineer groups the results (that is, the intercepts and the slopes)

of multiple tests within the same morphology class into any obvious sub-classes by com-

paring numerical values and by correlating these values with area observations. This pro-

cess should focus on groupings for the intercepts as these values primarily determine the

path loss characteristics for a cell. Grouping requires some judgment and can be accom-

plished in a variety of ways.It is important to keep in mind that both the link budget and the performance requirements

may vary on a per-morphology basis.

Step 5. Verify Input Parameters for Coverage Prediction

The link budget parameters from Step 1 and the slope and intercept values from Step 4

need to be verified, documented, and put into the RF coverage prediction tool.

Step 6. Capacity Planning

The RF design must satisfy the market capacity and coverage objectives. The design pro-cess first ensures the latter. After meeting coverage objectives, use traffic information to

add any additional cells that may be required to address local capacity shortfalls.

Traffic data in the form of demand per area (for example, Erlangs/km2) assesses whether

capacity requirements have been met. Use of additional carriers achieves capacity relief at

the cost of some additional design complexity.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






• Step 4: Morphology definition, drive test, calibration

— Classify areas into regions with similar morphology,process can be divided into two phases: macro mor-phologies and micro morphologies.

— Macro morphologies (urban, suburban, rural, etc.)relies on data and observation not obtained from RFsignal strength measurements.

— Micro morphologies are groups with comparable,

measured pathloss. Measurements are integratedinto the prediction tool.

— Keep in mind that both link budget and performancerequirements may vary on a per morphology basis.

• Step 5: Verify input parameters for coverage prediction

— Verify parameters and values from Step 1 and 4.

— Input to the prediction tool.

• Step 6: Capacity planning

— Additional cells or carriers may be required to ad-dress local capacity shortfalls.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PRELIMINARY DESIGN PHASEStep 7

Step 7. (Iterative) Engineering

When the design region is understood from morphology and capacity perspectives, the

iterative design engineering begins, and the engineer will perform the following tasks:

1. Evaluate the pre-qualified site candidates selected, if any. Identify those sites that

can be used for the area.

2. Define anchor cells (which include traffic capacity, RF trouble spot, and other must

have cell locations). These cells dictate the overall RF network design. They, in a

large sense, determine the rest of the search rings. Generate an initial cell site lay-

out, starting with anchor cells and using the preferred/desired locations and the pre-

qualified site candidates.

3. Identify new sites needed for coverage or capacity. Concentrate on coverage first

since coverage holes are undesirable.

4. In the RF tool, input the pre-qualified sites that were identified as usable and the

new sites needed for coverage and capacity.

5. Run the propagation model to obtain initial area-coverage results.

6. If there are holes or excessive overlap in coverage, revise the cell layout by moving

cell site locations to eliminate the holes or overlap. Check the revisions by running

the propagation model again to verify coverage.

7. Iterate Steps 3-6 until a preliminary design satisfies the requirements.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





PRELIMINARY DESIGN PHASEStep 7

Evaluate pre-qualified site candidates.Identify sites that can be used in the area.

Define anchor cells and generate an initialcell layout

Identify new sites needed for coverage orcapacity

Input cell sites to prediction tool

Run prediction tool to obtain initialcoverage result

Preliminary designrequirements satisfied?

Revise cell layout

Go to step 8

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Step 8. Determine Search Rings

Search rings define the areas where a need for antenna placement has been determined.

Search rings are not precise cell site locations.

1. Determine the search ring radius based on the area (morphology) characteristics.

The drive test data reveals a nominal radius for each morphology. The RF engineer

determines search rings, keeping in mind that there are two types of cells: those

driven by traffic capacity and those driven by coverage. A rule of thumb is to use

one-fourth of the cell site radius as a search ring radius. However, it may be more

accurate to consider potential revenue and the voice quality desired. For example,

in areas with high traffic, the search-ring radius would be smaller since you are

concerned both with traffic capacity and voice quality. In farmland areas, the

search ring radius may be larger since the main concern is coverage.

2. Identify anchor search rings first.

3. Identify additional search rings, starting in the area immediately adjacent to the an-

chor search rings and keeping in mind how each search ring affects the others.

Step 9. Preliminary Design Review

The final step of the preliminary design is the review and verification of the design that

has been completed according to the steps explained thus far. Key inputs for the prelimi-

nary RF design review include the following:

• service boundary map,

• drive test data with slope, intercept, standard deviation of error, standard deviation of

slope fading, and standard deviation of intercept,

• table of slopes and intercepts used by morphology class/subclass,

• preliminary total cell count, and

• preliminary cell site locations and search ring map.

Following a successful design review, the RF design engineer may release the search area

rings to the site acquisition team. If possible, the engineer will work with site acquisition

to secure locations in anchor search rings prior to issuing subsequent search rings.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






• Step 8: Determine search rings

— Determine search rings radius based on morphologycharacteristics.

— Identify anchor search ring first.

— Each search ring will affect the others.

• Step 9: Preliminary design review

— The design has to be reviewed and verified, includ-

ing boundary map, drive test data, cell count andlocation.

• Preliminary design phase output

— The output of the preliminary design phase are thesearch area rings for candidate sites.

— Search area rings are given to the site acquisitionteam.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FINAL DESIGN PHASE

The figure shows the step involved in the final design phase of the RF design process.

From the preliminary design phase the candidates that the site acquisition team has identi-

fied for each location/search area rings are used as the input for the final design phase.

The objectives of the final design phase is:

• Refine and finalize the RF design using actual measurement data

• Determine specific cell site locations and configurations

Next the individual step in the final design phase will be discussed in more detail.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FINAL DESIGN PHASE

Step 6: Capacity planning

Step 7: Final RF candidatesite selection

Step 8: Create input to cellequipment list

Step 9: PN planning

Step 10: Create predictiontool plots

Step 11: Final designreview

Step 7a: Review drawingfor final approval

Site construction

Step 1: Candidate site selection

Step 2: Preliminary evaluation ofcandidate site coverage

Step 3: Drive test of candidate

sites

Step 4: Drive test data analysis

Step 5: Update prediction toolparameters

Site Ok?

Drive test?

Yes

Yes

No

No

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FINAL DESIGN PHASEStep 1-2

Step 1. Candidate-Site Selection

After the site acquisition team has identified candidates for each site search ring, the RF

engineer will review the candidates according to the following criteria and determine if

the site is an acceptable candidate for a RF team site visit:

• cell site location latitude/longitude (is it within the search ring?),

• antenna height limitation (antenna height clearance, as a rule of thumb, is fifteen feet

above clutter),

• zoning restrictions,

• surrounding characteristics (use pictures, video, maps, etc.), and

• coverage as indicated by a software tool used to check the coverage objective and to find

sites that provide optimal coverage.

If the candidate site is not acceptable, the site evaluation team issues a request for new

candidates. Once all potential candidates have been exhausted, a new search ring will be

issued.

Step 2. Preliminary Evaluation of Candidate-Site Coverage

During the candidate-site visit, the site evaluation team performs the preliminary evalua-

tion. This team consists of RF engineering, site acquisition, and implementation person-

nel. The purpose of these site visits is to gather information on the candidate sites so that

design and implementation decisions can be made.

During the site visit, photographs and GPS coordinates of the site location should beobtained. If the candidate site is a roof top, rather than a tower, building height from build-

ing engineering drawings should be recorded and pictures from the antenna-mount posi-

tion (360 degrees) should be taken. Sketches showing cell placement and antenna

mounting should be made. For a preliminary evaluation of the cell coverage, note the fol-

lowing:

• the antenna's view (line of sight or shadow) to major highways and other target areas,

• other search rings and candidates to see how compatible they are, how they overlap, and

how they might cover each other's holes,

• other possible candidates, and

• characteristics of area, especially building or tree height/spacing and building types.The results should be reviewed and a business determination of whether or not the candi-

date is acceptable is made. For acceptable candidates, a RF determination should be made

regarding drive testing of the candidates.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






• Step 1: Candidate site selection

— RF engineer reviews the candidates from the site ac-quisition team.

— If candidates are not good enough new search ringsmay be issued.

• Step 2: Preliminary evaluation of candidate site coverage

— A team consisting of RF engineering, site acquisi-

tion, and implementation personnel should do sitevisits to the candidates.

— Make a business decision if the candidate is accept-able or not.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Step 3. Drive Test of Candidate Sites

The percentage of sites that require drive testing will depend on engineering judgment and

on the severity of the terrain. The following should be considered when drive testing:

• Classify morphology visually at the site and by using aerial photography or maps.

• Uniformly drive around the planned service area of the site and use spatial data collec-

tion mode (versus time-based collection mode) whenever possible.

• Instruct the drive-test team to drive until they lose the signal.

• Check the transmitter and receiver calibration and the correct transmit power and

VSWR at the start and end of the test using a Watt-meter.

• Choose the highest possible transmit power and use low-gain, omnidirectional antennas

positioned at design heights at least fifteen feet above the surrounding clutter.

Step 4. Drive Test Data Analysis

The RF engineer should review the drive-test data and perform the following tasks:

• Eliminate non-linearities due to power measurements exceeding the compression point

(non-linear operation) of the receiver (typically greater than -60 dBm) as well as elimi-

nate near- and far-data points (e.g. <1 km and within 5 dB of the noise floor).

• Run a measurement integration and analyze the result with regard to the previous divi-

sion of the cell into morphology classes. Find the optimal division of the cell into mor-

phology classes by minimizing the standard deviation of the error between measured

and predicted data (as a rule of thumb, the error should be less than 12 dB).• Compute log-normal standard deviation to get a feel for the validity of the data set. If

the standard deviation is much larger than what is required, apply a margin if the data

set is deemed valid. The margin is applied to compensate for the difference in assumed

log-normal standard deviation in the link budget (usually 8 dB).

• Use engineering judgment to define special morphology classes associated with each

partitioned data set; exclude data sets from statistical analysis where it makes sense.

Step 5. Update Parameters Needed for Coverage Prediction

After the drive test has been completed, the cell parameters in the RF tool need to be

updated to reflect the new information. The slope and intercept as well as adjustments forlong cable runs or antennas not covered by the link budget need to be entered into the soft-

ware tool. Also, parameters such as t_add and t_drop may need to be changed.

Step 6. Capacity Planning/Traffic Studies

Refer to Step 6 in the preliminary design phase for capacity planning and traffic studies.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






• Step 3: Drive test of candidate sites

— Uniformly drive test the service area and use spatialdata collection mode if possible

— Choose highest possible transmit power of testtransmitter and omni-directional antenna.

• Step 4: Drive test data analysis

— Eliminate non-linearities in the data.

— Perform measurement integration. — Compute log-normal standard deviation.

• Step 5: Update prediction tool parameters

— Prediction tool parameters may have to be updated.

• Step 6: Capacity planning

— See step 6 in the preliminary design phase.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






FINAL DESIGN PHASEStep 7-7a

Step 7. Final RF Candidate Site Selection and Sketch Preparation

The selection of a final candidate site is a two-part process, each of which is based on the

consideration of the candidate on its own merits and demerits and the consideration of the

candidate in the context of the current view of its surrounding neighbor sites.

The consideration of the candidate on its own merits and demerits builds on the observa-

tions and notes made during the initial candidate-site visit and other collected data. Some

of the key questions to be asked in the candidate assessment are as follows:

• Are this site area and its candidate(s) part of the official design area?

• Does the candidate satisfy the coverage objectives of this site?

• Are FAA requirements satisfied?

• Does sufficient isolation exist to other antenna systems at the candidate location?

• Can the GPS antenna be properly positioned to ensure signal reception?

• Will the link budget be effected (such as a long coaxial cable run)?

Before a final candidate can be selected it has to be considered in the context of its neigh-

bors. As the design for the neighbors may not yet be complete, the current view is simply

the RF engineer's opinion of the neighbors' most likely configuration, assumed location,

height, antenna model, and orientation. It is also important to make sure that the coverage

objective of the site in the vicinity of its neighbors is satisfied and that designed handoff

zones are achieved.

Once all candidates for a site have been fully considered, the one best meeting the objec-

tives of the site in the context of the overall design is selected as the final candidate. Now

a site configuration form can be created. The form, which includes a sketch and will be

given to the construction team to use in the creation of various drawing packages. The site

configuration form needs to include a sketch with reference points indicating the orienta-

tion of the antennas and the mounting structure as well as all relevant physical information

about the site, such as site identifier and name, structure type, per-sector specifics (number

of antennas, antenna model and dimensions, azimuth with reference to either true or mag-

netic north, estimated coaxial cable run length and type, assumed jumper configurations,

amount of mechanical downtilt, height relative to ground level or other site reference

point, calculated losses), and GPS antenna specifics.

Step 7a. Review Drawing for Final Approval

The RF engineer then reviews the site acquisition form and drawing, focusing on the

antenna system (location, orientation, type, height, tilt, cable length, etc.), for any discrep-

ancy with regard to the site configuration form before final approval.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





FINAL DESIGN PHASEStep 7-7a

• Step 7: Final RF candidate site selection

— Based on the candidate’s own merits and demerits.

— Based on the impact on neighbor cell sites, andneighbor cell sites’ impact on the candidate.

— Create a site configuration form, with a sketch andrelevant data, for the construction team.

• Step 7a: Review drawing for final approval

— Major items such as antenna system has to be re-viewed before approval.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Step 8. Create Input to Cell Equipment Lists

Before the cell sites are ordered, RF design input to the final cell equipment list should be

given to construction or program management. The RF input to the cell equipment list

should at a minimum contain the items listed below:

• number of carriers in cell,

• cable type and length,

• cell transmit and receive frequency, and

• antenna type and model number.

Step 9. PN Planning

See PN Offset Index Assignment section.

Step 10. Create Coverage Prediction Plots

Once the RF design is complete, a set of the coverage prediction plots needs to be gener-

ated. The plots listed below are typically generated using a propagation tool:

• system-wide strongest signal strength plot,

• system-wide strongest serving pilot Ec /I0 plot,

• system-wide soft handoff boundaries plot,

• system-wide balanced reverse-link coverage plot, and

• traffic analysis plot.

The plots generated for a particular market should all be the same size and scale, prefera-

bly 1:100,000 or 1:150,000. If the system is so large that it does not fit on a single plot,

then all plots should consistently show the system broken down into smaller pieces.

Step 11. Design Review

The last step of the RF design process is to review and verify the final design in which

coverage requirements, service boundaries, path loss slopes and intercepts used by mor-

phology classification, drive test data along with its analysis results, and traffic analysis

are included.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






• Step 8: Create input to cell equipment list

— RF design input to the cell equipment list, given toconstruction or program manager, should contain in-formation about carriers, cables, and antennas.

• Step 9: PN planning

— Assign PN offsets to the faces of the cell site.

• Step 10: Create prediction tool plots

— Prediction plots are important to estimate strongestsignal, serving pilot, handoff boundaries, reverse linkcoverage, and traffic.

• Step 11: Design review

— The design has to be reviewed and verified, includ-ing coverage requirements, drive test data, and traf-fic analysis.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






RF DESIGN PROCESSOutput

Once everything is verified in the final design phase, final output is generated. Included in

the final output are the following:

• exact location of cell sites and antenna locations,• PN offset assignments and neighbor lists,

• coverage prediction plots,

• RF engineering site sketch, and

• drive test data.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





RF DESIGN PROCESSOutput

• RF design process output

— Exact location of cell sites and antennas.

— PN offset assignments and neighbor lists.

— Coverage prediction plots.

— RF engineering site sketch.

— Drive test data.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






RF DESIGN PROCESS SUMMARY

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





RF DESIGN PROCESS SUMMARY

• Preliminary design phase

— Search area rings

• Final design phase

— Determine actual cell site locations and configura-tions

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Section 13




Answer Key Section 13

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


Answer Key CL8301 – v2.0




7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0 Answer Key



Section 1Answer Key

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Question 1.

What is the minimum data rate the ITU has defined for outdoor environments?

A. 9.6 kb/s

B. 144 kb/s

C. 384 kb/s

D. 2.048 Mb/s

S

Answer: a

Question 2.What is the maximum data rate the ITU has defined for indoor environments?

A. 9.6 kb/s

B. 144 kb/s

C. 384 kb/s

D. 2.048 Mb/s

S

Answer: d

Question 3.

What model is IS-2000 structured in accordance with?

A. ITU (International Telecommunication Union) model

B. IS-95

C. OSI (Open System Interface) model

D. Okumara-Hata model

S

Answer: ccomment: Okumara-Hata is a propagation model.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Question 4.

True/False: The primary function of the MAC protocol is to ensure that interference con-tributed by all the users is kept below the Total Allowable Interference Level.

S

Answer: True

Question 5.

What type of traffic is the fundamental channel (FCH) primarily used for?

A. Voice only

B. Data only

C. Voice and low speed data

D. Voice and high speed data

S

Answer: c

Question 6.

Reverse link signal detection at the base station is improved by a phase reference extracted

from what reverse link channel?

A. Dedicated Control Channel (R-DCCH)

B. Reverse Pilot Channel (R-PICH)

C. Enhanced Access Channel (R-EACH)

D. Supplemental Channel (R-SCH)

S

Answer: b

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






IS-2000 OVERVIEWKnowledge Check (Continued)

Question 7.

True/False: The transmission of user data on a supplemental channel (SCH) must be

accompanied by control data on either a dedicated control channel (R-DCCH) or a funda-

mental channel (R-FCH).

S

Answer: True

Question 8.

What is complex scrambling used for?

A. To spread the user data and achieve processing gain.

B. To compensate for imbalance between the In-phase (I) and Quadrature-phase (Q)

components.

C. To multiplex several traffic channels on the carrier.

D. To make the user data more complex.

S

Answer: b

Question 9.

True/False: Each user data bit is transmitted to the mobile on both the In-phase (I) and

Quadrature-phase (Q) component.

S

Answer: False

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Section 2Answer Key

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






CARRIER FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENTKnowledge Check

Question 1.

What is the bandwidth of a channel in the cellular (850 MHz) spectrum?

A. 30 kHz

B. 50 kHz

C. 1.23 MHz

D. 1.25 MHz

S

Answer: b

Question 2.What is the bandwidth of an IS-95 carrier?

A. 30 kHz

B. 50 kHz

C. 1.23 MHz

D. 1.25 MHz

S

Answer: c

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Section 3Answer Key

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Question 1.

Please mark yes or no in the following table if the network components are a part of

AUTOPLEX or Flexent architecture.

S

Network Component AUTOPLEX Flexent

Access Manager

5ESS DCS

ATM

PSTN

T1/E1

EthernetAPC-RCS

Autoplex Cell Site

Flexent Cell Site

Mobile Station

Network Component Autoplex Flexent

Access Manager Yes No

5ESS DCS Yes Yes

ATM Yes Yes

PSTN Yes Yes

T1/E1 Yes Yes

Ethernet No Yes

RCS-AP No Yes

Autoplex Cell Site Yes No

Flexent Cell Site No Yes

Mobile Station Yes Yes

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Question 2.

The CDMA Radio Cluster (CRC) is a common building block for all the PCS and cellularAutoplex CDMA base station products. It contains hardware required to generate and

receive CDMA signals for a cell sector. Identify the following CRC components by draw-

ing a line connecting each component and its function.

S

CUC - It is a group made up by CCC and ECUs...BBA - It is a group made up by Bus Interface Unit (BIU), ACU, and BCR...ECU - It contains 10 Channel Elements (CEs)...CCC - It is the controller for a group of ECUs...ACU - On transmit, it combines digital CE signals, converts the combined...BCR - On transmit, it converts the analog signal from the ACU...

CUC

(Channel Unit Cluster)

It contains 10 Channel Elements (CEs). A CE can be

configured as a traffic, pilot, page access, or sync

channel.

BBA It is the controller for a group of ECUs. It logically ter-

minates the packet pipe that carries the encoded

speech for the traffic CEs, and communicates with the

RCC over the TDMA bus.

ECU

(Extended Channel Units)

On transmit, it combines digital CE signals, converts

the combined signal to analog, and routes the analog

signal to the BCR connected to a sector. On receive, it

converts the baseband analog signal to digital form,

and then sends the digital signal to the CEs.

CCC

(CDMA Cluster Controller

On transmit, it converts the analog signal from the

ACU to the RF carrier, and sends it to the amplifier.

On receive, it converts the RF signal from the antenna

to a baseband signal and sends it to the ACU.ACU

(Analog Conversion Unit)

It is a group which is made up by CCC and ECUs.

This group generates and decodes the CDMA base

band signals for active channel.

BCR

(Baseband Combiner and

Radio)

It is a group which is made up by Bus Interface Unit

(BIU), ACU and BCR. This group interfaces digital

CDMA signals from the CEs and the RF signals trans-

mitted and received by each sector antenna.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Question 3.

How many packet pipes are required for Pilot Only Growth Carrier?

A. 0

B. 1

C. 2

S

Answer: a

Question 4.

True or False? A 3G-1X channel element is capable of processing 2G (IS-95A/B) calls.

S

Answer: True

Question 5.

In order to update a base station for 3G-1X, what components need to be updated?

A. Packet pipes

B. Transmit radios

C. Channel elements

D. All of the above

S

Answer: c

Question 6.

True or False? 3G-1X can co-exist on the same carrier as 2G (IS-95A/B).

S

Answer: True

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Section 4Answer Key

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Question 1.

The reverse link link budget is used to balance what parameter(s)?

A. Coverage

B. Capacity

C. Quality

D. All of the above

S

Answer: d

Question 2.Increased loading leads to increased noise rise at the base station receiver and the cover-

age ______.

A. increases

B. decreases

C. stabilizes

D. does not change

S

Answer: b

Question 3.

What value is a common, system wide, average Eb /NT margin for acceptable voice qual-

ity?

A. 15 dB

B. 7 dB

C. 3 dB

D. 0 dB

S

Answer: bNote: One could argue for a higher or lower margin, but 7 dB is a commonaverage used in the class.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Question 4.

What are needed to determine total path loss, Lp?

A. Gains and losses in the transmit path

B. Gains and losses in the transmit path and interference

C. Gains and losses in the transmit path, interference, and antenna height

D. Gains and losses in the transmit path, interference, antenna height, and a propagation

model

S

Answer: b

Note: Antenna height and propagation model is used to estimate the coverage inmiles or kilometers based on the total pathloss (dB).

Question 5.

The reverse link interference level depends on what factor(s)?

A. Base station receiver noise figure

B. Interference from other users

C. External interference

D. All of the above

S

Answer: d

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Reverse Link Analysis Variables – 850 MHz

Antenna beamwidth Gain

45 degree 17.1 dBi

60 degree 15.1 dBi

83 degree 14.0 dBi

105 degree 13.1 dBi

Coaxial cable diameter Loss per 100ft

7/8 inch 1.17 dB

1 5/8 inch 0.73 dB

Tower height

Add 20 ft. to tower height to get the length of the

cable used.

Add 0.15dB to the cable loss for connector losses.

Loading Margin

50 percent 3.0 dB

55 percent 3.4 dB60 percent 4.0 dB

70 percent 5.0 dB

72 percent 5.5 dB

Traffic Type Margin Information Rate


2G 13 kbps Voice 7.0 dB 41.6 dB





3G 153.6 kbps Data 1.0 dB 51.9 dB

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Propagation loss / propagation model – 850 MHz (Cost 231)

Radius

[miles]

Radius

[km]

Urban

Pathloss

Suburban

Pathloss

Rural

Pathloss

Highway

Pathloss

0.3 0.5 114.5 111.5 99.4 84.3

0.6 1.0 124.8 121.8 109.6 94.5

0.9 1.5 130.7 127.7 115.6 100.5

1.2 2.0 135.0 132.0 119.9 104.8

1.6 2.5 138.3 135.3 123.2 108.1

1.9 3.0 141.0 138.0 125.9 110.8

2.2 3.5 143.3 140.3 128.2 113.0

2.5 4.0 145.2 142.2 130.1 115.0

2.8 4.5 147.0 144.0 131.9 116.7

3.1 5.0 148.5 145.5 133.4 118.3

3.4 5.5 149.9 146.9 134.8 119.7

3.7 6.0 151.2 148.2 136.1 121.0

4.0 6.5 152.4 149.4 137.3 122.2

4.3 7.0 153.5 150.5 138.4 123.3

4.7 7.5 154.5 151.5 139.4 124.3

5.0 8.0 155.5 152.5 140.4 125.2

5.3 8.5 156.4 153.4 141.3 126.15.6 9.0 157.2 154.2 142.1 127.0

5.9 9.5 158.0 155.0 142.9 127.8

6.2 10.0 158.8 155.8 143.7 128.5

6.5 10.5 159.5 156.5 144.4 129.3

6.8 11.0 160.2 157.2 145.1 129.9

7.1 11.5 160.8 157.8 145.7 130.6

7.5 12.0 161.5 158.5 146.3 131.2

7.8 12.5 162.1 159.1 147.0 131.8

8.1 13.0 162.6 159.6 147.5 132.4

8.4 13.5 163.2 160.2 148.1 133.0

8.7 14.0 163.7 160.7 148.6 133.5

9.0 14.5 164.3 161.3 149.1 134.0

9.3 15.0 164.8 161.8 149.6 134.5

9.6 15.5 165.2 162.2 150.1 135.0

9.9 16.0 165.7 162.7 150.6 135.5

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Notes:

S

Answer:

S

Do the first reverse link capacity exercise with the students. Let the students dothe second exercise by themselves.





in (a)


(e) Receiver antenna gain dBi 15.1

(f) Receiver cable and connector losses dB 1.85 (125+20)*1.17/100

+0.15



(i) Receiver interference margin (loading margin) dB 3.4

(j) Total effective noise plus interference density dBm/Hz -165.6 g+h+i

(k) Information rate dBHz 41.6

(l) Required Eb /N0 for user channel dB 7.0

(m) Receiver sensitivity dB -117.0 j+k+l




(q) Building/vehicle penetration loss dB 0

(r) Maximum path loss dB 147.0 d-m+e-f+o+n-p-q

Maximum cell coverage radius miles 2.8 from propagation

loss table

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Exercise 1













in (a)

















loss table

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Notes:

S

Answer:





in (a)




+0.15














loss table

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Exercise 2













in (a)

















loss table

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Notes:

S

Answer:





in (a)




+0.15














loss table

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Exercise 3






— Information rate: 3G 153.6 kbps Data







in (a)

















loss table

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Reverse Link Analysis Variables

Where,

• M = number of users per carrier per sector

• alpha (α) = traffic channel activity factor

• beta (β) = interference from users on... other sectors / serving sector

• Tb = duration of user bit (RS1 = 1/9600, RS2 = 1/14400)• Tc = duration of chip (1/1228800)

• Eb = energy per user bit

• N0 = total noise and interference on the user channel

• Loading factor = number of users as a percentage of the pole point

S

Do the first reverse link capacity exercise with the students. Let the students dothe second exercise by themselves.

User mobility Eb /N0 Information type Alpha (α)

Non-mobility 2.82 (4.5 dB) Speech 0.50

Average - RS1 4.57 (6.6 dB) Async data 0.55

Average - RS2 5.00 (7.0 dB) G3 fax data 0.70

Information rate Processing gain Reuse efficiency Beta (β)

RS1 (8 kbps) 128 (21 dB) Omni sector 0.50

RS2 (13 kbps) 85.3 (19 dB) Three sectors 0.85

[Loadingfactor]M =

1

αx

1 + β

1x

Tb /Tc

Eb /N0

+ 1( ) x

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






For the following two exercises, use the Pole Point equation and the data on the opposite

page to estimate the maximum number of users per carrier per sector – the air interface

limit, M.

Exercise 4

Given:






M = _____ users

S

M = [(1 / 0.5) * (1 / (1 + 0.5)) * (85.3 / 5) + 1] * 0.55 = 13

Exercise 5

Given:






M = _____ users

S

M = [(1 / 0.5) * (1 / (1 + 0.5)) * (85.3 / 5) + 1] * 0.7 = 16

S

Final discussion: The only difference between the two reverse link capacityexercises is the loading factor, 55% and 70% respectively – the same as thedifference between the previous two reverse link coverage exercises.Use the four exercises to point out the trade-off when changing loading. Goingfrom 55% loading to 70% loading will increase the reverse link capacity butdecrease reverse link coverage.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Section 5Answer Key

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Question 1.

What is one of the uses for the forward link budget analysis?

A. Balance the transmit power

B. Balance the received power

C. Balance the interference level

S

Answer: a

Question 2.

Please fill in each blank with one of the numbers below.Under the conservative assumptions of the CDMA forward link power budget, the pilot

should be allocated at least ___% of the maximum output power, the page channel should

be allocated ___% of pilot power level and sync channel should be allocated ___% of pilot

power level. This will allocate ___% of the available power to control channels, and ___%

of the available power left for all traffic channels.

A. 35.1

B. 15

C. 22

D. 10E. 78

S

Answer: Under the conservative assumptions of the CDMA forward link powerbudget, the pilot should be allocated at least _b_% of the total power availablefrom the power amplifier, the page channel should be allocated _a_% of pilotpower level and sync channel should be allocated _d_% of pilot power level.This will allocate _c_% of the available power to control channels, and _e_% ofthe available power left for all traffic channels.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






This page intentionally left blank

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Forward Link Analysis Variables – 850 MHz

Amplifier Scale factor Soft and softer

handoff activity

Ratio of users to

traffic channels

Compact Minicell 20W 0.0004076 50% 0.67

20 LAM LAC/MLAC 240W 0.0017066 100% 0.50

Cellular Compact Minicell 20W Amplifier

BCR Attenuation Pilot gain Max power Pilot power 10-bcr_att/10

2 108 20.0 3.00 0.6310

4 108 13.0 1.89 0.3981

6 108 8.0 1.19 0.2512

8 108 5.5 0.75 0.1585

Control channel power dgu Information type Beta (β)

pilot gain at 15% of max power 108 Speech 0.50

paging gain at 35% of pilot 64 Async data 0.55

sync gain at 10% of pilot 34 G3 fax data 0.70

Traffic channel

gain

13 kbps

[dgu]

8 kbps

[dgu]

Traffic channel

gain

13 kbps

[dgu]

8 kbps

[dgu]

Nominal gain 96 57 Average gain 65 57

Minimum gain 34 34 Maximum gain 96 80

( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )( )( )

P t scale G G G t G t total

bcr

pilot page sync traffic i traffic i

i

N t

= + + +

−

=

∑* * *_ _10 102 2 2 2

1

β

( )P scale Gchannel

bcr

channel=−

* * *10 102

β

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Exercise 1

Given the following data, use the power equation and tables on the previous page to calcu-late the number of users on the forward link that the amplifier can support.

— Amplifier: Cellular Compact Minicell 20 Watt



— Traffic channel power: average gain



S

Maximum power

Pilot power

Paging Power

Sync power





Maximum power 8 8 Watt core coverage

Pilot power 1.2 0.15 * 8; 15% of max_power

Paging Power 0.42 0.35 * 1.2; 35% of pilot power

Sync power 0.12 0.10 * 1.2; 10% of pilot power

Total control channel power 1.74 1.2 + 0.42 + 0.12

Power used by one traffic channel 0.216 0.0004076 * 0.2512 * 0.5 * 65 * 65

Number of traffic channels supported 29 (8 - 1.74) / 0.216

Number of users supported 19 29 * 0.67

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Exercise 2

Given the following data, use the power equation and tables on the previous page to calcu-

late the number of users on the forward link that the amplifier can support.— Amplifier: Cellular Compact Minicell 20 Watt



— Traffic channel power: maximum gain



S

Maximum powerPilot power

Paging Power

Sync power





Maximum power 8 8 Watt core coverage

Pilot power 1.2 0.15 * 8; 15% of max_power

Paging Power 0.42 0.35 * 1.2; 35% of pilot power

Sync power 0.12 0.10 * 1.2; 10% of pilot power

Total control channel power 1.74 1.2 + 0.42 + 0.12

Power used by one traffic channel 0.472 0.0004076 * 0.2512 * 0.5 * 96 * 96

Number of traffic channels supported 13 (8 - 1.74) / 0.472

Number of users supported 9 29 * 0.67

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






S

Discuss the difference between the two forward link capacity exercises and theimportance of having the cell site close to where the users are. When the usersare close to the cell site, they are using less power (gain) per traffic channel.Hence, forward link capacity increases. If the users are far away from the cellsite and/or experiencing heavy interference, they are using more power (gain)per traffic channel and capacity will suffer.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Section 6Answer Key

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






ANTENNA SELECTIONKNOWLEDGE CHECK

Question 1.

True or False? A narrower antenna beamwidth generally means higher antenna gain.

S

Answer: True

Question 2.

What is a typical vertical beamwidth for an antenna?

A. 2o

B. 7o

C. 25o

D. 90o

S

Answer: b

Question 3.

True or False? Electrical downtilt will uptilt the backlobe.

SAnswer: False

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Section 7Answer Key

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






PN OFFSET INDEX ASSIGNMENTKnowledge Check

Question 1.

Please fill in each blank with one of the codes listed below.

The scrambler produces a 19.2 kbps traffic frame with a unique ______ code for each

user. The IS-95 specification defines 64 logical channels on one RF carrier frequency by

further coding each user's frame with an unique ______ code. Each traffic channel then

splits into two identical channels, and then coded with the ______ code.

A. PN short code

B. long code

C. Walsh code

D. PIN code

S

Answer: The scrambler produces a 19.2 kbps traffic frame with a unique __b__code for each user. The IS-95 specification defines 64 logical channels on one RFcarrier frequency by further coding each user's frame with an unique __c__code. Each traffic channel then splits into two identical channels, and thencoded with the __a__ code.

Question 2.

Every face uses the same PN short code as an identifier, but what is the difference of the

PN short code between two faces?

A. Different data rate of the code

B. Unique Walsh code

C. Different phase shift of the code

S

Answer: c

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Section 8Answer Key

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






TRAFFIC ENGINEERINGCAPACITY

Knowledge Check

Question 1.

What happens to the total traffic capacity that the channel elements can support when the

channel elements from each sector are pooled?

A. Capacity increases

B. Capacity decreases

C. Capacity remains the same

S

Answer: a

Question 2.

A new call or handoff into a sector must meet two criteria. If none of the criteria can be

met, then the system attempts a semi-soft or hard CDMA handoff to another CDMA RF

channel. Please choose the two criteria from the following list.

A. Eb /NT > 7 dB

B. Ec /I0 > call setup threshold

C. Channel elements available

D. No overload conditions

S

Answer: c, d

Question 3.

How many Erlangs can 13 primary traffic channels support if 13 kbps vocoders are used


A. 7.4

B. 9.0

C. 14.8D. 16.6

S

Answer: a

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





TRAFFIC ENGINEERINGCAPACITY

Knowledge Check

Question 4.

How many Erlangs can 22 primary traffic channels support if EVRC vocoders are used


A. 7.4

B. 9.0

C. 14.8

D. 16.6

S

Answer: c

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Section 9Answer Key

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Knowledge Check

Question 1.

If a sector has two carriers using 13 kbps vocoders and the per carrier capacity is 7.4

Erlangs, what is the capacity for the two carriers on that sector?

A. 3.7 Erlangs

B. 7.4 Erlangs

C. 14.8 Erlangs

D. 29.6 Erlangs

S

Answer: c

Question 2.

Fill in the blank in this sentence: “Multi-carrier systems may more efficiently utilize each

channel element and require ______ channel elements per carrier.”

A. more

B. less

C. the same number of

D. two

S

Answer: b

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Section 10Answer Key

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Knowledge Check

Question 1.

What is the objective for dropping packet in the packet pipes?

A. > 1%

B. < 0.02%

C. > 0.02%

D. < 1%

S

Answer: b

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Knowledge Check

Question 2.Given:

• Traffic mix

— 13kbps traffic: 50%

— EVRC traffic: 50%

— Voice traffic: 75%

— Data traffic: 25%

— Voice and data traffic are equally distributed between 13kbps and EVRC.

• Flexent cell site with 1 carrier, 3 sectors

— Site is engineered to carry 30.9 primary Erlangs with 2% blocking

— 35% soft handoff is assumed


• Use Packet Pipe Optimization and Packet Pipe 16 to find the number of Packet Pipes

and size needed to support the traffic load

S

Answer:

1. Given.

2. 13k voice = 1.37 PPLCEVRC voice = 1.00 PPLC

13k data = 1.85 PPLC

EVRC data = 1.33 PPLC

3. 1.37 * 0.50 * 0.75 = 0.51375

1.00 * 0.50 * 0.75 = 0.375

1.85 * 0.50 * 0.25 = 0.23125

1.33 * 0.50 * 0.25 = 0.16625

Average PPCL = 0.51375 + 0.375 + 0.23125 + 0.16625 = 1.28625 PPLC

4. Given.

5. Erlang B table => 40 primary CEsWith soft handoff: 40 * 1.35 = 54 CEs

Carried call load: 54 * 1.28625 = 69.5 PPCU

6. Table gives:

The CRC requires a 15 DS0 wide 64kbps PP

A second packet pipe is not needed.

7. Not needed.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Knowledge Check

Question 3

Assume that 3G-1X is co-existing with 2G on a carrier and 60 channel elements are

assigned to one packet pipe using 64 kbps facilities. Given the following traffic distribu-

tion, use Packet Pipe Engineering Enhancement to find the number of DS0s required to

support the traffic:

— 2G EVRC voice: 50%

— 2G 13 kbps voice: 20%

— 3G-1X EVRC voice: 20%

— 3G-1X Data (FCH): 10%

In addition, 16 channel elements are used to support SCH.

S

Answer:PPLC = 0.5 * 1.0 + 0.2 * 1.35 + 0.2 * 1.08 + 0.1 * 1.42 = 1.128PPCU = 1.128 * 60 + 1.00 * 16 = 83.68Table gives: 15 DS0s

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Section 11Answer Key

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0







Question 1.

Please choose all major capacity limits that apply from an RF engineering perspective.

A. Air interface limit

B. Hardware limit

C. Transmit power limit

D. Base station controller call processing limit

S

Answer: a, b, c, d

Question 2.What channels share the transmit power?

A. Pilot, page, sync, access, traffic

B. Pilot, page, sync, access

C. Pilot, page, sync

D. Pilot, page, sync, traffic

S

Answer: d

Question 3.

Please choose 4 major techniques for increasing carried traffic load.

A. Install additional channel elements and packet pipe resources

B. Increase transmit power

C. Install additional base station

D. Reduce co-channel interference for both reverse link and forward link

E. Increase vocoder rate

F. Implement additional carrier frequencies

S

Answer: a, c, d, f

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






Question 4.

How are the RF related capacity limits impacted by the introduction of 3G-1X?

S

Answer: The air-interface limit is expected to increase, especially if dedicatedcarriers are used for 3G-1X. The increase is mainly due to the decrease inrequired Eb/N0 for the traffic channels.

The 3G-1X channel element cards contain more channel elements, hencechannel element blocking for the same amount of traffic may decrease.

In 3G-1X Aggregate Overload Control is used, which tries to gracefully reduce

quality to prevent blocking.

Finally, processor overload may be impacted and should be closely monitored.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0






7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Acronyms

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0

A-2 LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES – PROPRIETARY



7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0

LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES – PROPRIETARY A-3Use pursuant to Company instructions


ACDN Administrative CDN

ACK Acknowledgment

ACU Analog Conversion Unit

AIF Antenna Interface Frame

AM Administrative Module

ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode

AUTHR Authentication Response

BBA BIU/BCR/ACU Trio

BCR Baseband Combiner and RF Unit

BIU Bus Interface Unit

BPF Band Pass Filter

BS Base Station

CAI Common Air Interface

CCC CDMA Cluster Controller

CCU CDMA Channel Unit

CDMA Code Division Multiple Access

CDN Call Processing/Database Node

CE Channel Element

CELP Codebook Excited Linear Predictive

CM Communications Module

CNI Common Network Interface

CRC CDMA Radio Complex

CRM CDMA Radio Module

CRTU CDMA Radio Test Unit

CS Cell Site

CSN Cell Site Node

CUC Channel Unit Cluster

DC Directional Coupler

DCS Digital Cellular Switch

DFI Digital Facilities Interface

DL Data Link

DLTU Digital Line Trunk Unit

DRU Digital Radio Unit

DS0 Digital Signal Level 0

DS1 Digital Signal Level 1

DSN Digital Switch Mode

DTMF Dual Tone Multi-frequency

ECP Executive Cellular Processor

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0




7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0



ECPC Executive Cellular Processor Complex

ESN Electronic Serial Number

EVRC Enhanced Variable Rate Codec

FER Frame Error Rate

FM Frequency Modulation

FRPH Frame Relay Packet Handler

FS Frame Selector

GPS Global Positioning System

IMS Inter processor Message Switch

IS41 Interim Standard #41

LAC Linear Amplifier Combiner

LAF Linear Amplifier Frame, contains LAC(s)

LPF Low Pass Filter

MIN Mobile Identification Number

MS Mobile Station

MSC Mobile Switching Center

MU Mobile Unit

NIPM Nonchannelized ISDN Packet Mode

OIF Optical Interface Frame

OMP Operations and Management Platform

PAI PSU ATM Interface

Pb Probability of blocking

PCM Pulse Code Modulation

PHV Packet Handler, Voice

PICB Peripheral Interface Control Bus

PIDB Peripheral Interface Data Bus

PP Packet Pipe

PCSC Personal Communications Switching Center

PS Personal Station

PSTN Public Switched Telecommunication Network

PSU Packet Switch Unit

QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying

RCC Radio Control Complex

RCF Radio Channel Frame

RCU Radio Channel Unit

RF Radio Frequency

RTU Radio Test Unit

SC Speech Coder

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0




7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0



SCT Synchronized Clock and Tone Unit

SCTi Interfaces SCT and TDM Bus

SH Speech Handler

SM Switch Module

SMP Switch Module Processor

SPE Speech Processing Element

SPU Speech Processing Unit

SSD Shared Secret Data

TDM Time Division Multiplexing

TDMA Time Division Multiple Access

TIA Telecommunications Industry Association

TMS Time Multiplex Switch

TSI Time Slot Interchange

UTC Universal Coordinated Time

(formerly Greenwich Mean Time)

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0




7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





Glossary

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0

G-2 LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES – PROPRIETARY



Abbreviated AlertAn abbreviated alert is used to remind the mobile station user that previously selectedalternative routing features are still active.

AC See Authentication Center.

Access AttemptA sequence of one or more access probe sequences on the Access Channel containing thesame message. See also Access Probe and Access Probe Sequence. Access Channel. A reverseCDMA Channel used by mobile stations for communicating to the base station. The AccessChannel is used for short signaling message exchanges such as call originations, responses topages, and registrations. The Access Channel is a slotted random access channel.

Access Channel MessageThe information part of an access probe consisting of the message body, length field and CRC.

Access Channel Message CapsuleAn Access Channel message plus the padding.

Access Channel PreambleThe preamble of an access probe consisting of a sequence of all-zero frames that is sent at the

4800 bps rate.Access Channel Request Message

An Access Channel message that is autonomously generated by the mobile station. See also Access Channel Response Message.

Access Channel Response MessageA message on the Access Channel generated to reply to a message received from the basestation.

Access Channel SlotThe assigned time interval for an access probe. An Access Channel slot consists of an integernumber of frames. The transmission of an access probe is performed within the boundaries ofan Access Channel slot.

Access ProbeOne Access Channel transmission consisting of a preamble and a message. The transmission isan integer number of frames in length and transmits one Access Channel message. See also Access Probe Sequence and Access Attempt.

Access Probe SequenceA sequence of one or more access probes on the Access Channel. The same Access Channelmessage is transmitted in every access probe of an access attempt. See also Access Probe and Access Attempt.

AcknowledgmentA Layer 2 response by the mobile station or the base station confirming that a signalingmessage was received correctly.

Action TimeThe time at which the action implied by a message should take effect.

Active SetThe set of pilots associated with the CDMA Channels containing Forward Traffic Channelsassigned to a particular mobile station.

AgingA mechanism through which the mobile station maintains in its Neighbor Set the pilots thathave been recently sent to it from the base station and the pilots whose handoff drop timershave recently expired.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0

LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES – PROPRIETARY G-3Use pursuant to Company instructions


A-keyA secret, 64-bit pattern stored in the mobile station. It is used to generate/update the mobilestation’s Shared Secret Data. The A-key is used in the mobile station authentication process.

Analog Access ChannelAn analog control channel used by a mobile station to access a system to obtain service.

Analog Color CodeAn analog signal (see Supervisory Audio Tone) transmitted by a base station on an analogvoice channel and used to detect capture of a mobile station by an interfering base station orthe capture of a base station by an interfering mobile station.

Analog Control ChannelAn analog channel used for the transmission of digital control information from a base stationto a mobile station or from a mobile station to a base station.

Analog Paging ChannelA forward analog control channel that is used to page mobile stations and send orders.

Analog Voice ChannelAn analog channel on which a voice conversation occurs and on which brief digital messagesmay be sent from a base station to a mobile station or from a mobile station to a base station.

AuthenticationA procedure used by a base station to validate a mobile station’s identity.

Authentication Center (AC)An entity that manages the authentication information related to the mobile station.

Authentication Response (AUTHR)An 18-bit output of the authentication algorithm. It is used, for example, to validate mobilestation registrations, originations and terminations.

Autonomous RegistrationA method of registration in which the mobile station registers without an explicit commandfrom the base station.

AWGN

Additive White Gaussian Noise

Bad FramesFrames classified as erasures (frame category 10) or 9600 bps frames, primary traffic onlywith bit errors (frame category 9). See also Good Frames.

Base StationA station in the Domestic Public Cellular Radio Telecommunications Service, other than amobile station, used for communicating with mobile stations. Depending upon the context, theterm base station may refer to a cell, a sector within a cell, an MSC, or other part of the cellularsystem. See also MSC.

Base Station Authentication Response (AUTHBS)An 18-bit pattern generated by the authentication algorithm. AUTHBS is used to confirm the

validity of base station orders to update the Shared Secret Data.Base Station Random Variable (RANDBS)

A 32-bit random number generated by the mobile station for authenticating base station ordersto update the Shared Secret Data.

BCH CodeSee Bose-Chaudhuri-Hocquenghem Code.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0




Blank-and-BurstThe pre-emption of an entire Traffic Channel frame’s primary traffic by signaling traffic orsecondary traffic. Blank-and-burst is performed on a frame-by-frame basis.

Bose-Chaudhuri-Hocquenghem Code (BCH Code)A large class of error-correcting cyclic codes. For any positive integers m, m >= 3, and t < 2m-

1, there is a binary BCH code with a block length n equal to 2 m -1 and n - k <= mt partly check

bits, where k is the number of information bits. The BCH code has a minimum distance of atleast 2t + 1.

bpsBits per second.

Busy-Idle BitsThe portion of the data stream transmitted by a base station on a forward analog controlchannel that is used to indicate the current busy-idle status of the corresponding reverse analogcontrol channel.

Call DisconnectThe process that releases the resources handling a particular call. The disconnect processbegins either when the mobile station user indicates the end of the call by generating an on-hook condition or other call release mechanism, or when the base station initiates a release.

Call History ParameterA modulo-64 event counter maintained by the mobile station and Authentication Center that isused for clone detection.

Candidate SetThe set of pilots that have been received with sufficient strength by the mobile station to besuccessfully demodulated, but have not been placed in the Active Set by the base station. Seealso Active Set, Neighbor Set, and Remaining Set.

CDMASee Code Division Multiple Access.

CDMA CarrierA CDMA Carrier is a pair of frequency bands, each has bandwidth 1.25 MHz, supportingforward and reverse links. A CDMA Carrier centers at a set of predefined carrier frequencies.A CDMA Carrier can be reused in every sector. There are two special CDMA Carriers;Primary Carrier and Secondary Carrier.

CDMA ChannelThe set of channels transmitted between the base station and the mobile stations within a givenCDMA frequency assignment. See also Forward CDMA Channel and Reverse CDMAChannel.

CDMA Channel NumberAn 11-bit number corresponding to the center of the CDMA frequency assignment.

CDMA Frequency AssignmentA 1.23 MHz segment of spectrum centered on one of the 30 kHz channels of the existing

analog system.

Code ChannelA subchannel of a Forward CDMA Channel. A Forward CDMA Channel contains 64 codechannels. Code channel zero is assigned to the Pilot Channel. Code channels 1 through 7 maybe assigned to the Paging Channels or the Traffic Channels. Code channel 32 may be assignedto either a Sync Channel or a Traffic Channel. The remaining code channels may be assignedto Traffic Channels.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0



Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA)A technique for spread-spectrum multiple-access digital communications that creates channelsthrough the use of unique code sequences.

Code SymbolThe output of an error-correcting encoder. Information bits are input to the encoder and codesymbols are output from the encoder. See Convolutional Code.

Continuous TransmissionA mode of operation in which Discontinuous Transmission is not permitted.

Control Mobile Attenuation Code (CMAC)A 3-bit field in the Control-Filler Message that specifies the maximum authorized power levelfor a mobile transmitting on an analog reverse control channel.

Convolutional CodeA type of error-correcting code. A code symbol can be considered as the convolution of theinput data sequence with the impulse response of a generator function.

CRCSee Cyclic Redundancy Code.

Cyclic Redundancy Code (CRC)A class of linear error detecting codes which generate parity check bits by finding theremainder of a polynomial division.

DThe distance separating base stations that have the same channel assignments and are potentialsources of co-channel interference; called the Reuse Distance.

Data Burst RandomizerThe function that determines which power control groups within a frame are transmitted onthe Reverse Traffic Channel when the data rate is lower than 9600 bps. The data burstrandomizer determines, for each mobile station, the pseudorandom position of the transmittedpower control groups in the frame while guaranteeing that every modulation symbol istransmitted exactly once.

dBA unit used to express a ratio using logarithms, called deciBel.

dBcThe ratio (in dB) of the sideband power of a signal, measured in a given bandwidth at a givenfrequency offset from the center frequency of the same signal, to the total inband power of thesignal. For CDMA, the total inband power of the signal is measured in a 1.23 MHz bandwidtharound the center frequency of the CDMA signal.

dBiA measure of the gain of an actual antenna compared to an isotropic radiator.

dBmA measure of power expressed in terms of its ratio (in dB) to one milliwatt.

dBm/HzA measure of power spectral density. dBm/Hz is the power in one Hertz of bandwidth, wherepower is expressed in units of dBm.

dBWA measure of power expressed in terms of its ratio (in dB) to one Watt.

Dedicated Control ChannelAn analog control channel used for the transmission of digital control information from eithera base station or a mobile station.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0




DeinterleavingThe process of unpermuting the symbols that were permuted by the interleaver. Deinterleavingis performed on received symbols prior to decoding.

Digital Color Code (DCC)A digital signal transmitted by a base station on a forward analog control channel that is usedto detect capture of a base station by an interfering mobile station.

Dim-and-BurstA frame in which primary traffic is multiplexed with either secondary traffic or signalingtraffic.

Discontinuous Transmission (DTX)A mode of operation in which a mobile station transmitter autonomously switches betweentwo transmitter power levels while the mobile station is in the conversation state on an analogvoice channel.

Distance-Based RegistrationAn autonomous registration method in which the mobile station registers whenever it enters acell whose distance from the cell in which the mobile station last registered exceeds a giventhreshold.

DLCIThe Data Link Connection Identifier is the address field embedded in a LAPD frame. Achannel element will be designated by a preassigned DLCI, and a frame selector will bedesignated by two DLCIs for the two “links” of the frame selector.

DTMFSee Dual-Tone Multifrequency.

Dual-Tone Multifrequency (DTMF)Signaling by the simultaneous transmission of two tones, one from a group of low frequenciesand another from a group of high frequencies. Each group of frequencies consists of fourfrequencies.

Eb Average energy per information bit for the Sync Channel, Paging Channel, or Forward TrafficChannel at the mobile station antenna connector.

Ec / I0The ratio of the combined received energy per bit to the effective noise power spectral densityfor the Sync Channel, Paging Channel, or Forward Traffic Channel.

Ec

Average energy per PN chip for the Pilot channel, Sync Channel, Paging Channel, ForwardTraffic Channel, power control subchannel, or OCNS.

Ec /N0The ratio of the average transmit energy per PN chip for the Pilot Channel, Sync Channel,Paging Channel, Forward Traffic Channel, power control subchannel, or OCNS to the totaltransmit power spectral density.

Ec / I0The ratio between the pilot energy accumulated over one PN chip period (Ec) to the totalpower spectral density in the received bandwidth (Io).

Effective Radiated Power (ERP)The transmitted power multiplied by the antenna gain referenced to a half-wave dipole.

Electronic Serial Number (ESN)A 32-bit number assigned by the mobile station manufacturer, uniquely identifying the mobilestation equipment.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0



Encoder Tail BitsA fixed sequence of bits added to the end of a block of data to reset the convolutional encoderto a known state.

ERPSee Effective Radiated Power.

ESNSee Electronic Serial Number.

Extended ProtocolAn optional expansion of the signaling messages between the base station and mobile stationto allow for the addition of new system features and operational capabilities.

Fade TimerA timer kept by the mobile station as a measure of Forward Traffic Channel continuity. If thefade timer expires, the mobile station drops the call.

FdB The noise figure of a receiver in units of dB.

FERFrame Error Rate of Forward Traffic Channel. The value of FER is calculated by Service

Option 2.

FlashAn indication sent on an analog voice channel or CDMA Traffic Channel indicating that theuser directed the mobile station to invoke special processing.

Foreign NID RoamerA mobile station operating in the same system (SID) but a different network (NID) from theone in which service was subscribed. See also Foreign SID Roamer and Roamer.

Foreign SID RoamerA mobile station operating in a system (SID) other than the one from which service wassubscribed. See also Foreign NID Roamer and Roamer.

Forward Analog Control Channel (FOCC)An analog control channel used from a base station to a mobile station.

Forward Analog Voice Channel (FVC)An analog voice channel used from a base station to a mobile station.

Forward CDMA ChannelA CDMA Channel from a base station to mobile stations. The Forward CDMA Channelcontains one or more code channels that are transmitted on a CDMA frequency assignmentusing a particular pilot PN offset. The code channels are associated with the Pilot Channel,Sync Channel, Paging Channels, and Traffic Channels. The Forward CDMA Channel alwayscarries a Pilot Channel and may carry up to one Sync Channel, up to seven Paging Channels,and up to 63 Traffic Channels, as long as the total number of channels, including the PilotChannel, is no greater than 64.

Forward Traffic ChannelA code channel used to transport user and signaling traffic from the base station to the mobilestation.

FER 1Number of good frames received

Number of frames transmitted-------------------------------------------------------------------------------–=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0




FrameA basic timing interval in the system. For the Access Channel, Paging Channel and TrafficChannel, a frame is 20 ms long. For the Sync Channel, a frame is 26.666 ms long.

Frame CategoryA classification of a received Traffic Channel frame based upon transmission data rate, theframe contents (primary traffic, secondary traffic, or signaling traffic), and whether there are

detected errors in the frame.

Frame OffsetA time skewing of Traffic Channel frames from System Time in integer multiples of 1.25 ms.The maximum frame offset is 18.75 ms.

Frame Quality IndicatorThe CRC check applied to 9600 bps and 4800 bps Traffic Channel frames.

GA The gain of an antenna.

Global Positioning System (GPS)A US government satellite system that provides location and time information to users. SeeNavstar GPS Space Segment / Navigation User Interfaces ICD-GPS-200 for specifications.

Good FrameA received frame is declared a good frame if it is received with the correct rate with no biterrors.

Good FramesFrames not classified as bad frames.

Good MessageA received message is declared a good message if it is received with a correct CRC.

GPSSee Global Positioning System.

Half FrameA 10 ms interval on the Paging Channel. Two half frames comprise a frame. The first half

frame begins at the same time as the frame.

HandoffThe act of transferring communication with a mobile station from one base station to another.

Hard Handoff A handoff characterized by a temporary disconnection of the Traffic Channel. Hard handoffsoccur when the mobile station is transferred between disjoint Active Sets, the CDMAfrequency assignment changes, the frame offset changes, or the mobile station is directed froma CDMA Traffic Channel to an analog voice channel. See also Soft Handoff.

Hash FunctionA function used by the mobile station to select one out of N available resources. The hashfunction distributes the available resources uniformly among a random sample of mobile

stations.HLR

See Home Location Register.

Home Location Register (HLR)The location register to which a MIN is assigned for record purposes such as subscriberinformation.

Home SystemThe cellular system in which the mobile station subscribes for service.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0



Idle HandoffThe act of transferring reception of the Paging Channel from one base station to another, whenthe mobile station is in the Mobile Station Idle State.

Implicit RegistrationA registration achieved by a successful transmission of an origination or page response on theAccess Channel.

InterleavingThe process of permuting a sequence of symbols.

Intersector HandoffAn intersector handoff could either be soft handoff or softer handoff. If the sectorized cell hasno more than three sectors, then, the handoff between sector will be a softer handoff. If the cellhas more than three sectors, then the sectors will be partitioned into several subcells; each hasthree sectors or less. The handoff between sectors in a subcell will be a softer handoff, and thehandoff between sectors of different subcells will be a soft handoff.

IAMPS The typical amount of co-channel interference received on an analog FM radio channel by abase station.

Io The total power spectral density of interference received by a mobile station.

IPThe initial open loop power radiated by a mobile station on the first probe during the accessprocedure.

kBoltzman’s constant (1.38 mu 10-33Joules/Kelvin).

kbpsKilo-bits per second (103bits per record).

kHzKilohertz (103Hertz).

kspsKilo-symbols per second (103 symbols per second).

KThe number of channel groups into which the radio spectrum is equally divided; called theReuse Factor; sometimes referred to as N.

LayeringA method of organization for communication protocols. A layer is defined in terms of itscommunication protocol to a peer layer in another entity and the services it offers to the nexthigher layer in its own entity.

Layer 1See Physical Layer.

Layer 2Layer 2 provides for the correct transmission and reception of signaling messages, includingpartial duplicate detection. See also Layering and Layer 3.

Layer 3Layer 3 provides the control of the cellular telephone system. Signaling messages originateand terminate at layer 3. See also Layering and Layer 2.

LC

The loss associated with a cable; called Cable Loss.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0




Local ControlAn optional mobile station feature used to perform manufacturer-specific functions.

Long CodeA PN sequence with period 242- 1 that is used for scrambling on the Forward CDMA Channeland spreading on the Reverse CDMA Channel. The long code uniquely identifies a mobilestation on both the Reverse Traffic Channel and the Forward Traffic Channel. The long code

provides limited privacy. The long code also separates multiple Access Channels on the sameCDMA Channel. See also Public Long Code and Private Long Code.

Long Code MaskA 42-bit binary number that creates the unique identity of the long code. See also Public LongCode, Private Long Code, Public Long Code Mask, and Private Long Code Mask.

Long PN CodeIt is also called User PN code. It is a PN sequence with period of 2-42 – 1, and it uniquelyidentifies a user terminal.

LSBLeast significant bit.

LP

The loss associated with propagation; called Path Loss.M

The general term for the number of simultaneous calls served.

Master Cell SiteThe master cell site refers to the original cell site from which a user terminal requests for a softhandoff. The new cell site which joining to the soft handoff is called the secondary (slave) cellsite. Only the master cell site will initiate the transmission of the forward in-band signalingmessages to the user terminal. The secondary cell site will only transpond the forward in-bandsignaling messages received from the master cell site to the user terminal.

Maximal Length Sequence (m-Sequence)A binary sequence of period 2n–1, n a positive integer, with no internal periodicities. Amaximal length sequence can be generated by a tapped n-bit shift register with linearfeedback.

McpsMegachips per second (106 chips per second).

Mean Input PowerThe total received calorimetric power measured in a specified bandwidth at the antennaconnector, including all internal and external signal and noise sources.

Mean Output PowerThe total transmitted calorimetric power measured in a specified bandwidth at the antennaconnector when the transmitter is active.

MERMessage Error Rate.

MessageA data structure that conveys control information or application information. A messageconsists of a length field (MSG_LENGTH), a message body (the part conveying theinformation), and a CRC.

MER 1Number of good messages received( )

Number of messages transmitted( )-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------–=

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0



Message BodyThe part of the message contained between the length field (MSG_LENGTH) and the CRCfield.

Message CapsuleA sequence of bits comprising a single message and padding. The padding always follows themessage and may be of zero length.

Message CRCThe CRC associated with a message. See also Cyclic Redundancy Check.

Message FieldA basic named element in a message. A message field may consist of zero or more bits.

Message RecordAn entry in a message consisting of one or more fields that repeats in the message.

MHzMegahertz (106 Hertz).

MINSee Mobile Station Identification Number.

MMAXThe pole point.

Mo The theoretical number of simultaneous calls that could be served, but only in an ideal,interference-free environment.

Mobile Protocol Capability Indicator (MPCI)A 2-bit field used to indicate the mobile station’s capabilities.

Mobile StationA station in the Domestic Public Cellular Radio Telecommunications Service intended to beused while in motion or during halts at unspecified points. Mobile stations include portableunits (e.g., hand-held personal units) and units installed in vehicles.

Mobile Station ClassMobile station classes define mobile station characteristics such as slotted operation andtransmission power.

Mobile Station Identification Number (MIN)The 34-bit number that is a digital representation of the 10-digit directory telephone numberassigned to a mobile station.

Mobile Station Originated CallA call originating from a mobile station.

Mobile Station Terminated CallA call received by a mobile station (not to be confused with a disconnect or call release).

Mobile Switching Center (MSC)

A configuration of equipment that provides cellular radiotelephone service. Also called theMobile Telephone Switching Office (MTSO).

Modulation SymbolThe output of the data modulator before spreading. On the Reverse Traffic Channel, 64-aryorthogonal modulation is used and six code symbols are associated with one modulationsymbol. On the Forward Traffic Channel, each code symbol (when the data rate is 9600 bps)or each repeated code symbol (when the data rate is less than 9600 bps) is one modulationsymbol.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0




Momni The number of simultaneous calls that can realistically be served by an omni directional basestation.

msMillisecond.

MSBMost significant bit.

MSCSee Mobile Switching Center.

Msector The number of simultaneous calls that can realistically be served on one physical antenna faceof a sectorized base station.

Multiplex OptionThe ability of the multiplex sublayer and lower layers to be tailored to provide specialcapabilities. A multiplex option defines such characteristics as the frame format and the ratedecision rules. See also Multiplex Sublayer.

Multiplex SublayerOne of the conceptual layers of the system that multiplexes and demultiplexes primary traffic,secondary traffic, and signaling traffic.

NAMSee Number Assignment Module.

Neighbor SetThe set of pilots associated with the CDMA Channels that are probable candidates for handoff.Normally, the Neighbor Set consists of the pilots associated with CDMA Channels that covergeographical areas near the mobile station. See also Active Set, Candidate Set, and RemainingSet.

NetworkA network is a subset of a cellular system, such as an area-wide cellular network, a private

group of base stations, or a group of base stations set up to handle a special requirement. Anetwork can be as small or as large as needed, as long as it is fully contained within a system.See also System.

Network Identification (NID)A number that uniquely identifies a network within a cellular system. See also System Identification.

NIDSee Network Identification.

NIPMThe nonchannelized ISDN Packet Mode refers to the method of transporting LAPD packets ina nonchannelized pipe with bandwidth of one or more DS0s.

No The absolute minimum noise power spectral density received due to noise temperature andnoise figure.

Non-Autonomous RegistrationA registration method in which the base station initiates registration. See also Autonomous Registration.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0



Non-Slotted ModeAn operation mode of the mobile station in which the mobile station continuously monitorsthe Paging Channel when in the Mobile Station Idle State.

nsNanosecond.

NT The effective noise power spectral density.

NULLNot having any value.

Null Traffic Channel DataOne or more frames of 16 '1’s followed by eight '0’s sent at the 1200 bps rate. Null TrafficChannel data is sent when no service option is active and no signaling message is being sent.Null Traffic Channel data serves to maintain the connectivity between the mobile station andthe base station.

Number Assignment Module (NAM)A set of MIN-related parameters stored in the mobile station.

Numeric InformationNumeric information consists of parameters that appear as numeric fields in messagesexchanged by the base station and the mobile station and information used to describe theoperation of the mobile station.

OLCSee Overload Class (CDMA) or Overload Control (analog).

Optional FieldA Field defined within a message structure that is optionally transmitted to the messagerecipient.

OrderA type of message that contains control codes for either the mobile station or the base station.

Ordered Registration

A registration method in which the base station orders the mobile station to send registrationrelated parameters.

Overhead MessageA message sent by the base station on the Paging Channel to communicate base-station-specific and system-wide information to mobile stations.

Overload ClassThe means used to control system access by mobile stations, typically in emergency or otheroverloaded conditions. Mobile stations are assigned one (or more) of sixteen overload classes.Access to the CDMA system can then be controlled on a per class basis by persistence valuestransmitted by the base station.

Overload Control (OLC)

A means to restrict reverse analog control channel accesses by mobile stations. Mobile stationsare assigned one (or more) of sixteen control levels. Access is selectively restricted by a basestation setting one or more OLC bits in the Overload Control Global Action Message.

PacketThe unit of information exchanged between the service option applications of the base stationand the mobile station.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0




PaddingA sequence of bits used to fill from the end of a message to the end of a message capsule,typically to the end of the frame or half frame. All bits in the padding are '0'.

PagingThe act of seeking a mobile station when a call has been placed to that mobile station.

Paging Channel (Analog)See Analog Paging Channel.

Paging Channel (CDMA)A code channel in a Forward CDMA Channel used for transmission of control informationand pages from a base station to a mobile station.

Paging Channel SlotAn 80 ms interval on the Paging Channel. Mobile stations operating in the slotted mode areassigned specific slots in which they monitor messages from the base station.

Parameter-Change RegistrationA registration method in which the mobile station registers when certain of its storedparameters change.

Parity Check BitsBits added to a sequence of information bits to provide error detection, correction, or both.

PersistenceA probability measure used by the mobile station to determine if it should transmit in a givenAccess Channel Slot.

Physical LayerThe part of the communication protocol between the mobile station and the base station that isresponsible for the transmission and reception of data. The physical layer in the transmittingstation is presented a frame by the multiplex sublayer and transforms it into an over-the-airwaveform. The physical layer in the receiving station transforms the waveform back into aframe and presents it to the multiplex sublayer above it.

Pilot Channel

An unmodulated, direct-sequence spread spectrum signal transmitted continuously by eachCDMA base station. The Pilot Channel allows a mobile station to acquire the timing of theForward CDMA Channel, provides a phase reference for coherent demodulation, and providesa means for signal strength comparisons between base stations for determining when tohandoff.

Pilot PN SequenceA pair of modified maximal length PN sequences with period 215 used to spread the ForwardCDMA Channel and the Reverse CDMA Channel. Different base stations are identified bydifferent pilot PN sequence offsets.

Pilot PN Sequence Offset IndexThe PN offset in units of 64 PN chips of a pilot, relative to the zero offset pilot PN sequence.

Pilot StrengthThe ratio of received pilot energy to overall received energy. See also E c /I o.

PN ChipOne bit in the PN sequence.

PN CodePseudo-Random Noise Code is a maximal length sequence, usually with period 2 n- 1 where nis a positive number.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0



PN SequencePseudonoise sequence. A periodic binary sequence.

Power Control BitA bit sent in every 1.25 ms interval on the Forward Traffic Channel to signal the mobilestation to increase or decrease its transmit power.

Power Control GroupA 1.25 ms interval on the Forward Traffic Channel and the Reverse Traffic Channel. See alsoPower Control Bit.

Power-Down RegistrationAn autonomous registration method in which the mobile station registers on power down.

Power-Up RegistrationAn autonomous registration method in which the mobile station registers on power up.

PPMParts per million.

PreambleSee Access Channel Preamble and Traffic Channel Preamble.

Primary CarrierThe Primary CDMA Carrier is the default Carrier in a CDMA system where a user terminalshould tune to when power-up. All CDMA systems should implement the Primary Carrier.

Primary CDMA ChannelA CDMA Channel at a preassigned frequency assignment used by the mobile station for initialacquisition. See also Secondary CDMA Channel.

Primary Paging Channel (CDMA)The default code channel (code channel 1) assigned for paging on a CDMA Channel.

Primary TrafficThe main traffic stream carried between the mobile station and the base station, supporting theactive primary service option, on the Traffic Channel. See also Secondary Traffic, SignalingTraffic, and Service Option.

Private Long CodeThe long code characterized by the private long code mask. See also Long Code.

Private Long Code MaskThe long code mask used to form the private long code. See also Public Long Code Mask and Long Code.

Public Long CodeThe long code characterized by the public long code mask.

Public Long Code MaskThe long code mask used to form the public long code. The mask contains the ESN of themobile station. See also Private Long Code Mask and Long Code.

Punctured CodeAn error-correcting code generated from another error-correcting code by deleting (i.e.,puncturing) code symbols from the coder output.

Quick RepeatsAdditional transmissions of identical copies of a message within a short interval to increasethe probability that the message is received correctly.

RThe radial distance which defines the limit of the range served by a base stations called theCell Radius.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0




Receive Objective Loudness Rating (ROLR)A perceptually weighted transducer gain of telephone receivers relating electrical excitationfrom a reference generator to sound pressure at the earphone. The receive objective loudnessrating is normally specified in dB relative to one Pascal per millivolt. See IEEE Standard 269-1992, IEEE Standard 661-1979, CCITT Recommendation P.76, and CCITT RecommendationP.79.

RegistrationThe process by which a mobile station identifies its location and parameters to a base station.

Registration ZoneA collection of one or more base stations treated as a unit when determining whether a mobilestation should perform zone-based registration.

ReleaseA process that the mobile station and base station use to inform each other of call disconnect.

Remaining SetThe set of all allowable pilot offsets as determined by PILOT_INC. excluding the pilot offsetsof the pilots in the Active Set, Candidate Set and Neighbor Set. See also Active Set, CandidateSet and Neighbor Set .

RequestA layer 3 message generated by either the mobile station or the base station to retrieveinformation, ask for service or command an action.

ResponseA layer 3 message generated as a result of another message, typically a request.

Reverse Analog Control Channel (RECC)The analog control channel used from a mobile station to a base station.

Reverse Analog Voice Channel (RVC)The analog voice channel used from a mobile station to a base station.

Reverse CDMA ChannelThe CDMA Channel from the mobile station to the base station. From the base station’s

perspective, the Reverse CDMA Channel is the sum of all mobile station transmissions on aCDMA frequency assignment.

Reverse Traffic ChannelA Reverse CDMA Channel used to transport user and signaling traffic from a single mobilestation to one or more base stations.

RNRandom Number.

RoamerA mobile station operating in a cellular system (or network) other than the one from whichservice was subscribed. See also Foreign NID Roamer and Foreign SID Roamer.

ROLR

See Receive Objective Loudness Rating.RP

The random time associated with the persistence of the mobile station during the accessprocedure.

RSThe random time associated with the sequence repetition of the mobile station during theaccess procedure.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0



RTThe random time associated with the delay before transmitting again of the mobile stationduring the access procedure.

SATSee Supervisory Auditory Tone.

Scan of ChannelsThe procedure by which a mobile station examines the signal strength of each forward analogcontrol channel.

SCISynchronized Capsule Indicator bit.

Search WindowThe range of PN sequence offsets that a mobile station searches for a pilot.

Secondary CarrierSimilar to the Primary Carrier, if a CDMA system has two or more Carriers, then it should alsoimplement the Secondary Carrier. If a user terminal can not find the Primary Carrier, it shouldtune to the Secondary Carrier.

Secondary CDMA ChannelA CDMA Channel at a preassigned frequency assignment used by the mobile station for initialacquisition. See also Primary CDMA Channel.

Secondary Cell SiteIt is also called slave cell site. See Master Cell Site.

Secondary TrafficAn additional traffic stream that can be carried between the mobile station and the base stationon the Traffic Channel. See also Primary Traffic and Signaling Traffic.

Seizure PrecursorThe initial digital sequence transmitted by a mobile station to a base station on a reverseanalog control channel.

Service Option

A service capability of the system. Service options may be applications such as voice, data orfacsimile.

Shared Secret Data (SSD)A 128-bit pattern stored in the mobile station (in semi-permanent memory) and known by thebase station. SSD is a concatenation of two 64-bit subsets: SSD_A, which is used to supportthe authentication procedures, and SSD_B, which serves as one of the inputs to the processgenerating the encryption mask and private long code.

Short PN CodeIt is also called sector-specific PN code or pilot PN code. It is a modified PN code with period215. A sector is identified by a pair of short PN codes.

SID

See System Identification.Signaling Tone

A 10 kHz tone transmitted by a mobile station on an analog voice channel to: 1) confirmorders, 2) signal flash requests, and 3) signal release requests.

Signaling TrafficControl messages that are carried between the mobile station and the base station on theTraffic Channel. See also Primary Traffic and Secondary Traffic.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0




Slot CycleA periodic interval at which a mobile station operating in the slotted mode monitors thePaging Channel.

Slotted ModeAn operation mode of the mobile station in which the mobile station monitors only selectedslots on the Paging Channel when in the Mobile Station Idle State.

Smin

The minimum signal level required to meet some criteria of Eb /N0

Soft HandoffA handoff occurring while the mobile station is in the Mobile Station Control on the TrafficChannel State. This handoff is characterized by commencing communications with a new basestation on the same CDMA frequency assignment before terminating communications withthe old base station. See also Hard Handoff.

Softer HandoffThis refers to the handoff process that is handled by a channel element which supportsmultiple sectors (up to 3). The user terminal, during the (intersector) soft handoff, willcommunicate through two sectors (radios) with only one channel element. The ROC will beinvolved in setting up the intersector soft handoff; however, the MSC will not be involved.

SOMStart-of-Message Bit.

spsSymbols per second.

Station Class Mark (SCM)An identification of certain characteristics of a mobile station.

Status Information

The following status information is used to describe mobile station operation when using theanalog system:

• Serving-System Status – Indicates whether a mobile station is tuned to channels associated with

System A or System B.• First Registration ID Status – A status variable used by the mobile station in association with

its processing of received Registration ID messages.

• First Location Area ID Status – A status variable used by the mobile station in association withits processing of received Location Area ID messages.

• Location Registration ID Status – A status variable used by the mobile station in associationwith its processing of power-up registration and location-based registrations.

• First Idle ID Status – A status variable used by the mobile station in association with its pro-cessing of the Idle Task.

• Local Control Status – Indicates whether a mobile station must respond to local control mes-sages.

• Roam Status – Indicates whether a mobile station is in its home system.• Termination Status – Indicates whether a mobile station must terminate the call when it is on

an analog voice channel.

Supervisory Audio Tone (SAT)One of three tones in the 6 kHz region that is transmitted on the forward analog voice channelby a base station and transponded on the reverse analog voice channel by a mobile station.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0



Supplementary Digital Color Code (SDCC1, SDCC2)Additional bits assigned to increase the number of color codes from four to sixty-four,transmitted on the forward analog control channel.

SymbolSee Code Symbol and Modulation Symbol.

Sync ChannelCode channel 32 in the Forward CDMA Channel which transports the synchronizationmessage to the mobile station.

Sync Channel SuperframeAn 80 ms interval consisting of three Sync Channel frames (each 26.666 ms in length).

SystemA system is a cellular telephone service that covers a geographic area such as a city,metropolitan region, county or group of counties. See also Network.

System Identification (SID)A number uniquely identifying a cellular system.

System TimeThe time reference used by the system. System Time is synchronous to UTC time (except for

leap seconds) and uses the same time origin as GPS time. All base stations use the sameSystem Time (within a small error). Mobile stations use the same System Time, offset by thepropagation delay from the base station to the mobile station. See also Universal CoordinatedTime.

TAThe specified time associated with waiting for an acknowledgement by the mobile stationduring the access procedure.

Tc The time period between chips.

Tb

The time period between bits.

Timer-Based RegistrationA registration method in which the mobile station registers whenever a counter reaches apredetermined value. The counter is incremented an average of once per 80 ms period.

Time ReferenceA reference established by the mobile station that is synchronous with the earliest arrivingmultipath component used for demodulation.

TOLRSee Transmit Objective Loudness Rating.

Traffic ChannelA communication path between a mobile station and a base station used for user and signalingtraffic. The term Traffic Channel implies a Forward Traffic Channel and Reverse Traffic

Channel pair. See also Forward Traffic Channel and Reverse Traffic Channel.Traffic Channel Preamble

A sequence of all-zero frames that is sent at the 9600 bps rate by the mobile station on theReverse Traffic Channel. The Traffic Channel preamble is sent during initialization of theTraffic Channel.

Transmit Objective Loudness Rating (TOLR)A perceptually weighted transducer gain of telephone transmitters relating sound pressure atthe microphone to voltage at a reference electrical transmission. It is normally specified in dB

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0




relative to one millivolt per Pascal. See IEEE Standard 269-1992, IEEE Standard 661-1979,CCITT Recommendation P.76 and CCITT Recommendation P.79.

Unique Challenge-Response ProcedureAn exchange of information between a mobile station and a base station for the purpose ofconfirming the mobile station’s identity. The procedure is initiated by the base station and ischaracterized by the use of a challenge-specific random number (i.e., RANDU) instead of the

random variable broadcast globally (RAND).

Unique Random Variable (RANDU)A 24-bit random number generated by the base station in support of the Unique Challenge-Response procedure.

Universal Coordinated Time (UTC)An internationally agreed-upon time scale maintained by the Bureau International de l’Heure(BIH) used as the time reference by nearly all commonly available time and frequencydistribution systems i.e., WWV, WWVH, LORAN-C, Transit, Omega and GPS.

UTCUniversal Temps Coordin.

See Universal Coordinated Time.

Voice ChannelSee Analog Voice Channel.

Voice Mobile Attenuation Code (VMAC)A 3-bit field in the Extended Address Word commanding the initial mobile power level whenassigning a mobile station to an analog voice channel.

Voice PrivacyThe process by which user voice transmitted over a CDMA Traffic Channel is afforded amodest degree of protection against eavesdropping over the air.

Walsh ChipThe shortest identifiable component of a Walsh function. There are 2N Walsh chips in oneWalsh function where N is the order of the Walsh function. On the Forward CDMA Channel,

one Walsh chip equals 1/1.2288 MHz, or 813.802 ns. On the Reverse CDMA Channel, oneWalsh chip equals 4/1.2288 MHz, or 3.255 µs.

Walsh FunctionOne of 2N time orthogonal binary functions (note that the functions are orthogonal aftermapping '0' to 1 and '1' to -1).

Zone-Based RegistrationAn autonomous registration method in which the mobile station registers whenever it enters azone that is not in the mobile station’s zone list.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0



α The channel activity factor; called alpha.

β The capacity reduction factor due to co-channel interference; called beta.

∆ The margin required to limit increase in interference to an analog base station

from a CDMA mobile station to 1 dB; called Delta.

δ The phase offset; called delta.

γ The slope for the path loss; called gamma.

κ The gain in capacity realized with sectorization; called kappa.

µ The capacity reduction factor due to loading; called mu.

µs Microsecond

η The capacity reduction factor due to imperfect power control; called eta.

ωc The frequency of the radio carrier signal in units of radians per second; calledomega.

Σ The mathematical operation of the summation of discrete terms; called Sigma.

σ The statistical attribute of standard deviation; called sigma.

υlight The speed of light; called upsilon.

ζ The sectorization efficiency; called zeta.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0




7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0





References

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0

R-2 LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES – PROPRIETARY



7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0

LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES – PROPRIETARY R-3Use pursuant to Company instructions


Lucent Technologies AUTOPLEX® Feature Descriptions:

Service Measurements Report Generator, 401-612-008,

Subscriber Access Control, 401-612-189,

Short Message Service, 401-612-010,

Authentication, 401-612-041,

Selective Paging, 401-612-056,

Non-Integrated 13 kbps Vocoder, 401-612-106,

Mobile Activity Supervision, 401-612-112,

Multiple Vocoding and EVRC, 401-612-115,

CDMA Mobile Loopback Test, 401-612-117,

PCS CDMA CATV Distribution System, 401-612-131,

CDMA Handoff Matrix, 401-612-140,Automated Inventory Control, 401-612-142,

PC CDMA Cell Translations, 401-612-155,

CDMA SMS Mobile Terminated Point-to-Point Over Traffic Channel, 401-612-183,

CDMA System Hashing Over Paging Channel, 401-612-187,

Service Measurements On-Demand, 401-612-190,

CDMA Packet Pipe Optimization (PPOPT) and Packet Pipe 16 (PP16), 401-612-221,

CDMA Private Network and User Zone, 401-612-182,

CDMA Undeclared Neighbor List, 401-612-204,

CDMA Frame Error and Power Level Measurements, 401-612-203, and

CDMA Multiple Pilots Interfrequency Handoff, 401-612-218.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0

R-4 LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES – PROPRIETARY



7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301– v2.0

LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES – PROPRIETARY R-5Use pursuant to Company instructions


Other:

Vijay K. Garg et al, “Applications of CDMA in Wireless/Personal Communications”,

1997 Prentice Hall, Inc.

Marvin K. Simon et al, “Spread Spectrum Communications Handbook”, 1994 McGraw-

Hill, Inc. Ramjee Prasad, “CDMA for Wireless Personal Communications”, 1996 ArtechHouse

Qualcomm Inc., Power Control Notes, Version 1.3, Feb. 28, 1994.

Zoran Kostic and Gordana Pavlovic, “Resolving Sub-Chip Spaced Multipath Components

in CDMA Communication Systems”, Conference Record of the 43rd IEEE Vehicular

Technology Conference, pp. 469-472.

A.J. Viterbi: “Very Low Rate Convolutional Codes for Maximum Theoretical

Performance of Spread-Spectrum Multiple-Access Channels”, IEEE

G.L. Turin: “The Effects of Multipath and Fading on the Performance of Direct-Sequence

CDMA Systems”, IEEE Trans. of JSAC, Vol. 2, No. 4, pp. 597-603, 1984.

W.C.Y. Lee: “Overview of Cellular CDMA”, IEEE Trans. of VT, Vol. 40, No. 2, pp. 328-

353, (1991).

G.L. Turin: “Introduction to Spread-Spectrum Antimultipath Techniques and Their

Application to Urban Digital Radio:”, Proc. IEEE, Vol. 68, No. 3, pp. 328-353, (1980).

K.S. Gilousen, I.M. Jacobs, R. Padavani, A.J. Viterbi, L.A. Weaver, and C.E. Wheatley

III: “On the capacity of a cellular CDMA system,” IEEE Trans. Veh. Technology, vol. 40,

pp. 303-312, May 1991.

R. Walton and M. Wallace: “Near Maximum Likelihood Demodulation for M-ary

Orthogonal Signalling,” Conference Record of the 43rd IEEE Vehicular Technology

Conference, pp. 5-8, May 1993.

J.G. Proaksi: “Digital Communications,” McGraw-Hill International Editions, 1989.

QiBi: “A Detector Based on Optimal Estimator Asynchronous CDMA Systems,

“Conference Record of the 43rd IEEE Vehicular Technology Conference, pp. 432-435,

May 1993.

Kyoung Il Kim: “CDMA Engineering Issues”, IEEE Transactions on Vehicular

Technology, vol. 42, No. 3, pp. 345-349, August 1993.

G. Vanucci and R.S. Roman “Measurement results on indoor radio frequency re-use at 900MHz and 18 GHz, “Proceedings of the Third IEEE International Symposium on Personal,

Indoor and Mobile Radio Communications, 1992.

Pursley, M.B., “Performance Evaluation for Phase-coded Spread Spectrum Multiple

Access Communications Systems, Part I, System Analysis, “IEEE Transactions on

Communications, Vol. COM-25, pp. 795-799, Aug. 1977.

7/18/2019 CL83012.0SG.EN.UL_VOL1_ISS2.0


CL8301 – v2.0